AnasayfaPortalGaleriSSSKayıt OlGiriş yap

Paylaş | 
 

  TAE WANG SA SHIN GI

Önceki başlık Sonraki başlık Aşağa gitmek 
Sayfaya git : Önceki  1, 2, 3, 4  Sonraki
YazarMesaj
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Perş. Nis. 11, 2013 6:47 am

Konunun ilk mesajı :

Başlık: 태왕사 신기 (Tae Wang Sa Shin Gi) /太王四神记(Taioshijinki)
İngilizce başlık: The Legend
: Olarak da bilinen Birinci Kral Dört Tanrıların Hikayesi
Tür: Dönem Dram
Bölüm: 24
Yayınlandığı Kanal: MBC
: Dönemi yayın 2007 Ara 05-2007-Sep-11
Yayın Zamanı: Çarşamba ve Perşembe 21:55
: Tema şarkısı Bitiş Bin Yıldır Love Song tarafından TVXQ
: Ekler bak Legend OST

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.


En son samanyolu tarafından Paz Ağus. 04, 2013 10:04 am tarihinde değiştirildi, toplamda 1 kere değiştirildi
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com

YazarMesaj
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 4:44 pm





Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 4:44 pm

Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 4:48 pm

Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 4:50 pm

Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 4:57 pm

Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 5:06 pm

Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 5:15 pm

Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 5:17 pm

Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 5:24 pm

Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 5:25 pm






_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 5:26 pm











_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 5:30 pm








_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 5:43 pm










_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Paz Nis. 14, 2013 5:45 pm












_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 9:16 am












_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 9:19 am











_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 9:21 am

slm arkadaşlar bu dizi kore mbc ödülünü almıştır. Laughing ödül töreninden resimler. yong joon bu dizi çekimlerinde sakatlandığı için uzun bir süre koltuk değneği kullanmıştır. şu anda tamamen iyileşmiştir Laughing Laughing Laughing [/img]

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 9:23 am




_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 9:25 am

selam arkadaşlar diziden sahneler


















_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 9:37 am

Korenin ünlü pop topluluğu dong bang shin gi nin seslendirdiği bu dizinin favori parçasını izlemeğe ne dersiniz? iyi seyirler Laughing Laughing Laughing


_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:02 am

Film Konusu:
TV station: MBC
Producer: Kim Jong Hak
Writer: Song Ji Na
Music Director: Joe Hisaishi
Computer Graphics : WETA

Film start date: 16th March

Broadcasting Date
10 September, Special program consisting of making, interview of actors etc.
11 to 13 September, 1 episode everyday, episodes 1 to 3
19 September, every Wednesday and Thursday 21:55-, 2episodes every week

Who was Dam-deok (Gwang Gae Toh Dae Wang)?: He was the 19th king of Goguryeo (lasted from 37 B.C. to 668 A.D.). During the time of Dam-deok, Goguryeo was the most powerful nation in East Asia (yes, even the Chinese dynasty couldn’t defeat Goguryeo). At age 11, he was made the Crown Prince and became King when he was 16. In 396, he attacked Baekje (a nation Southwest of Goguryeo) and took over the northern area above the Han River. He defeated the many invasions made by the Yeon Dynasty (China) after 400 A.D. During his reign, the number of castles he took over numbered in the hundreds and villages numbered in the thousands. However, he died at an untimely age of 39.
Storyline: Jumong, the founder of Goguryeo, establish Goguryeo with his Four Gods: Cheong-ryong (Blue Dragon), Baek-ho (White Tiger), Joo-jak (Phoenix), Hyeon-mu (symbolized as a turtle). The Japanese may know them as Seiryuu, Byakko, Suzaku, and Genbu. Jumong marries Soseono, who had a big part in the founding of Goguryeo. They have two sons, Onjo and Biryu. When the son of Jumong’s first wife came to Goguryeo in search of his father, and is named Crown Prince, Soseono takes her sons, Onjo and Biryu, South and establishs Baekje. This is how Baekje and Goguryeo were known as “brother countries”.

As time passed, the Four Gods secluded themselves from society and watched as Baekje and Goguryeo’s relationship worsened (worsened more mainly because Goguryeo’s king was killed in a battle between Baekje and Goguryeo).
ÇEV:
Kim Barajı oldu-(Gwang Oyunu Toh Dae Wang)? Deok: O Goguryeo ve 19. kralı (37 M.Ö. 668 AD kadar) sürmüş oldu. Barajı zamanı sırasında deok, Goguryeo Doğu Asya'daki en güçlü ülke olduğunu (evet, Goguryeo yenilgi couldn't bile Çince hanedanı). Yaş 11, o Veliaht yapıldı ve Kral o 16 oldu. 396 yılında Goguryeo (a ulus Güneybatı) Baekje saldırdılar ve Han Nehri üzerindeki kuzey alan devraldı. O, birçok istilalar ve Yeon Dynasty (Çin), kendi egemenlik sırasında 400 AD sonra yapılan yendi, o üzerine yüzlerce sayılı ve köy bin sayılı aldı kaleler sayısı. Ancak, o 39 bir zamansız yaşta öldü. Storyline: Jumong, Goguryeo kurucusu, onun dört Tanrıların: Cheong-(Blue Dragon), Baek ryong ile Goguryeo kurmak (Beyaz Kaplan), Joo-(Phoenix) Jak ho, Hyeon-mu (bir kaplumbağa gibi) sembolize. Japon Seiryuu, Byakko, Suzaku olarak ve Genbu bunları biliyor Mayıs Jumong evlenir Soseono olan Goguryeo kurulmasında büyük bir bölümü vardı. Bu iki oğlu, Onjo ve Biryu var. Ne zaman Jumong ilk eşi oğlu Goguryeo için babası arama ve geldi Veliaht Prensi, Soseono onun oğlu, Onjo ve Biryu, Güney ve establishs Baekje alır adlandırılmıştır. Bu nasıl Baekje ve Goguryeo "kardeş ülke" olarak bilinen bir.
As time passed, the Four Gods secluded themselves from society and watched as Baekje and Goguryeo’s relationship worsened (worsened more mainly because Goguryeo’s king was killed in a battle between Baekje and Goguryeo).

One day, Ju-ahn, “Hyeon-mu” of the Four Gods, sees two stars sour up into the sky. Since one came from the palace in Baekje, it predicted the birth of “Su”, later known as King Ah-shin. The other star came from Goguryeo, prophesizing the birth of Dam-deok, later known as Gwang Gae Toh Dae Wang.

Realizing that his new master has come to the world, Ju-ahn awaits in the vast Manchuria with a young girl, Sujini, to see which of the two will be his master. Sujini was picked up as an orphan by Ju-ahn and considers Ju-ahn as her father.

Therefore, the story is on the Four Gods looking for their master, Gwang Gae Toh Dae Wang, who was an expert in tactics, the woman he loved (Sujini), who was also loved by the coldhearted King Ah-shin.

credit: Touya (Seifall5)
ÇEV:
Zaman geçtikçe, dört Tanrıların toplumdan kendilerini gizli ve Baekje ve Goguryeo's ilişkileri daha da kötüleşti olarak izledim (daha fazlası başta kötüleşti çünkü Goguryeo Kralı Baekje ve Goguryeo arasındaki savaşta öldürüldü). Bir gün, Ju-Ahn, "Hyeon -dört Tanrıların MU ", iki yıldız kadar gökyüzünde içine zehir görüyor. Bir bu yana Baekje yılında saray gelen bu doğum "Su tahmin", daha sonra Kral Ah-bacak olarak bilinen geldi. Diğer yıldız Goguryeo gelen Barajı doğum prophesizing geldi-deok, daha sonra Gwang Oyunu Toh Dae Wang olarak bilinir. Bu yeni ana dünya, Ju-Ahn için geldi gerçekleştirmek geniş Mançurya bir genç kız, Sujini ile bekliyor görmek için bu iki onun ana olacaktır. Sujini bir sa tarafından yetim olarak seçilmiş oldu Ahn ve Ju ele-babası olarak Ahn. Bu nedenle, hikaye dört Tanrıların kendi ana arayan ise, Gwang Oyunu Toh Dae Wang, kim taktik bir uzman ise, kadının o (Sujini) da acımasız King tarafından Ah-bacak sevilen olduğunu severdi.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:04 am

BYJ 3 sinirsiz Hareket Olacak' Tae Wang Sa Shin Gi '(TWSSG). O Haemosoo, bir efsane Olarak Tangoon Bir Oğul (Kurucu Kore 5000 yil once Olarak Birinci ve İKİNCİ Bölümü Olarak) ve Joomong, Tangoon Mit Olarak Kogooryeo kuruluş kral görünür ve Büyük Kral Kwang Olarak görünür-GAE -, 5. bölüm, ana karakteri. Büyük Kral Kwang-GAE-for, kisi, vb mançurya yilinda Bölge genişleterek, met Kogooryeo ve renaisance Yol Vardi Bir fatihi Güçlü GÖRÜNTÜ var. Ayşe Parçalar da BYJ ve auction GÖRÜNTÜ çakışacak BULMAK difficult OLABILIR. Nato'da, Başkan Kim Jonghak met Barajı Deok de 16 yaşından itibaren, Diğer Ülkelerin kaleleri fethetti ölçüde cesur genel Fotoğraf Yerine DAHA çarpıcı stratejist oldugunu düşünmektedir. 'De Başbakan, o Tasvir istiyorsunuz söyledi Barajı Deok' Gibi GÖRÜNTÜ Olarak 'TWSSG

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:05 am


_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:06 am

0






Name
gaulsan


Subject
TWSSG part 1.- revised by gaulsan; part 2 by suehan


Part 1 : by gaulsan

Dear all,
Here is the translation of part 1 of TWSSG.

I think you could read it as you watch the drama in case there is no English subtitle provided.

* I translated to help you understand the drama, but I cannot make decisions whether this could be used as subtitles. It could promote understanding, but it could violate the copy right and the sales of the drama. Please be careful.

* Please let me know if there is any mistake.

* I put one more 'c' in words that has 'lac(c)e' - because this board forbids that word. I don't know why.

* Words between '[' and ']' are mine, that I add for your understanding.

* I will not translate the review and preview part.

* Below is the list of abbreviated names that I think I will use during the translation. I will add the list as the drama proceeds.

HW : Hwan Woong
Saeoh : Saeoh
Kajin : Kajin
King S : Sosurim Wang (King Sosurim)
King K : Kogukyang Wang (King Kogukyang)
Dmdk : Damdeok
Hogae : Yon Hogae
Mr.Yon : Yon Karyo, father of Hogae.
Ms.Yon : Mrs Yon, mother of Hogae.

Hyn : Hyon-go
Szni : Sujini
Kiha : Kiha
HchL : the senior priest of the Hwacheons
Kdn : Kakdan
GenK : General Kho, the guard of young Damdeok.
Saryang: Saryang
Ocle : Oracle (of Koguryo dynasty)

Ryong : Cheongryong
Cheoro : Cheoro
Jmch : Joomoochi


--------------------

TAEWANGSASHINKI - Part 1.

- 384A.D. 14th year of King Sosurim's reign, Keomool-chon -
[ÃÌ chon = õ½ = village]

Hyn: Suzini~!
You! Come right down here!

Szni: No, I won't.

Hyn: Who am I?

Szni: Well, I don't think I know you.

Hyn: I am your master, who raised you from the time you were in diapers.
Look at this!
You should know who broke my stick, which is made of very precious wood.

Szni: It was under the wagon. I just picked it up, and it broke by itself.

Hyn: How can it break like that?

Szni: Oh, What is that?

Hyn: Come down and confess right now.

Szni: That's the Burumsae![»õ sae= bird]

* Burumsae: [imaginary] bird used as messengers by Keomool villagers.

-------

* Keomool Village: A village built by people who are the guides of Hyonmoo's symbol. They are waiting for the rebirth of Jyooshin Wang [¿Õwang = èİ = king].

* The 71th village leader Hyonsoo

Leader: (to the villagers) We have been waiting for Jyooshin Wang for the past 2000 years, guiding Hyonmoo. 10 years ago, we saw the Star of Jyooshin at last. The Jyooshin Wang is now living on earth with us. I have to leave you at this critical period. I am sorry. I am very sorry.

Leader: (to the Hyonmoo's symbol)
Woosa [Hyonmoo is also called as Woosa], who came to earth with our lord Hwan Woong, Come and choose your new guardian.

* Hyonmoo's symbol Stick.

Villagers: We greet you as our 72nd leader.

--------

Old leader: Go to Gooknaesung of Koguryo, and keep your eyes on Hogae of Yon family. If he is the one, we must protect him. This is the first mission assigned to you as the leader of Keomulchon, and also as the owner of Hyonmoo's symbol.
Also¡¦ promise me that you will watch Suzini carefully, and when she is about to become a black Joojak, you must kill her for the sake of this world. You must make it sure to kill her.

-------

Villager: There was another battle. Hwan Woong wanted to stop the war.
So he went to Kajin.

Children: Did he get rid of Kajin's power?

Villager: Of course! With a single cast!
By the way, Kajin fell in love with Hwan Woong, because Hwan Woong was so handsome like me. ----Anyway,

Szni: What happened then?

Villager: From when were you here?

Szni: From the time Kajin fell in love.

Szni: Why don't anyone tell me the story?


Villager: Master, it is a long way to Gooknae-song[¼ºsong = àò = castle].
What about going with some guards?

Szni: Don't worry. I will take care of master.

Hyn: OK, let's go.

Szni: Why don't they tell me the story?

Hyn: What story?

Szni: The story about the heavenly king.
I am known as a smart and kind child. Villagers often come and ask my opinion.
But I don't know why people don't tell me that story.

Hyn: Well¡¦ so, are you angry about that?

Szni: Everyone except me know the story, so..

Hyn: Suzini.

Szni: Suzini is sleeping!

Hyn: It was two thousand years ago.
There was a tribe named Ho-jok[È£Á· = ûÛğé = Tiger tribe], that worshiped tiger as their totem.

Szni: Are you talking about the heavenly King?

Hyn: The Ho-jok had the power of fire, which they found from earth, and ruled the world. Kajin, a woman shaman, was the most powerful among them. Many people died under the swords of the Ho-jok.

Hwan Woong, who couldn't see the world ruled by sword and fire, came to earth.
Hwan Woong settled under a tree named ShinDanSoo, and call that placce Shin Shi.

HW: I hereby promulgate a new law that is to benefit the world, so people who want to live in peace shall listen.

Hyn: HwanWoong came to earth with three guards; Woonsa(blue dragon), who rules the cloud; Poong-baek(white tiger), who rules the wind; and Woosa (black turtle/snake), who rules the rain.
The kingdom was peaceful and affluent, and it was called the land of Jyooshin.
Jyooshin, a land ruled by Hwan Woong, a land that Baedal people lived.
[Baedal: the original name of Korean people]
Hwang Woong commanded the three gods to protect people in the east, west, and north side. There was peace at last.

Szni: What about the Ho-jok? Did they obey to the Lord?

Hyn: No, they thought they lost their territory because of God, and started a war against God and his people. They killed people without mercy, to take their land back. God¡¯s people had to fight back.

--------

[ Kajin, wounded, in a cave.]

Kajin was shivering like a wounded animal. It was the first time that she saw Hwan Woong with her eyes. Kajin knew that she couldn¡¯t resist.

It was the deepest sleep she ever slept since she became a shaman.
Battle was tough for her, too. She didn¡¯t go to the battle yard after that.

Szni: So, did the war end?

Hyn: No, other Ho-joks didn¡¯t stop fighting.
After a while, as a shaman of fire, she had no choice but to join the battle.

-------
Hyn:
Then it was Sae-oh, a woman of Woong-jok(Bear Tribe), who stopped them.
The war was long and exhausting.
Saeoh burst into tears while tending the wounded.
Hwan Woong also felt pain when he saw Saeoh crying.
Hwan Woong made up his mind to end the war.
He went to Kajin again, to take Kajin¡¯s power.

Kajin: You heaven people cannot last long. You don¡¯t even know how to fight. How dare you attempt to rule the earth? Kill me if you can, with your heavenly power.
I am Kajin, the goddess of fire!!

HW: I came here to save people, not to kill.

Hyn: Hwanwoong captured the power of fire in a ruby, and named it ¡®the heart of Jujak¡¯.
Maybe Kajin gave up her power more easily, because if it were not for the power of fire, she might not have to fight against Hwan Woong as a shaman.

--------

Men: We lost our power that we possessed for thousands of years.
We must take it back.
Let¡¯s slash his throat and take back the power tonight.

Hyn: Kajin killed the leaders of her tribe, who raised her for decades¡¦ to protect Hwan Woong.
Kajin ran and ran, toward Shindansoo, where Hwan Woong lives.
She wanted to become one of his people, and wanted to become his woman.

--------

HW: The Ho-jok is defeated and peace has come at last, but the Ho-jok will come back.
Saeoh, I give you the power of Joojak. Take care of people of the South.
The power of fire that human found out is in here, and you are a human.
Use this power to benefit people.

Saeoh: I don¡¯t think I can control the power of fire. I am just an ordinary person.

HW: It is a virtue of human to learn new skills.

----------

HW: It¡¯s surprising. I gave it to you so that it could protect you. I didn¡¯t expect that you would be able to use the power.

Saeoh: Use the power?

HW: Joojak is a guardian of southern land.
It is gentle, but has extremely strong power. That¡¯s why I sealed it in a gem.
To control the power of Joojak, you must cover the gem with one hand.
Can you feel the power of Joojak?

Saeoh: Yes.

HW: Take that power with your heart and then try to move your fingers on the other side.

Saeoh: It moves.

HW: Then send it to the placce you wish.
Don¡¯t forget. Control it by covering it with one hand, and then send the power out.

---------

Saeoh: The fire that I lightened last night is of no use, as the Sun is so bright.

HW: It is said that the rising sun in the morning is the greeting from heaven.
Wave your hand to the Sun, and make a wish.
The morning Sun might make your wish come true, as he is in good mood.

Saeoh: I can¡¯t speak it out. I am afraid to think of it as someone might read my mind.

HW: Father, are you looking at us? I gave the heart of Joojak to this woman.
She will make the land a warmer placce and help other people.
She will give birth to my offspring, and will become the mother of earth.

Hyn: Kajin, who came all the way here, leaving everything behind her, was overwhelmed with jealousy and anger.

--------

Szni: Did HwanWoong like Saeoh?

Hyn: I think he kept his eye on her for a long time. God sent Hwan Woong to benefit people, and Hwan Woong was moved when Saeoh shed tears while attending the wounded people.

--------

Szni: Kajin also loved Hwan Woong.

Hyn: That was the problem.
People¡¯s will against God¡¯s will, and desiring things that one should not desire.

-----

Man: The girl of Woong-jok is pregnant.

Hyn: When Kajin heard that Sae-oh was to give birth to the offspring of Hwan Woong, she made up her mind.
As he got rid of her power, she would get rid of his most precious thing.
The time has come.

Hyn: Kajin attacked the village that Saeoh live.
She thought, if she cannot have Hwan Woong in this life, she would go to the next life with him.

------

Lady: The baby took after his father Hwan Woong. The king might be very pleased if he were here.

Saeoh: Darae. Protect my child. He is the one who will be our new king. Protect him.

Kajin: Go and send my message.
If you want the baby back, tell the father to come to Noroomok, and be sure to bring the power of fire with him. It was mine, and I want it back.

-------

Szni: Darae, what happened? Where is the child?

Darae: Please forgive me.

------
Kajin: Why are you here? I told him to come.

Saeoh: Give me the child. Give him back.

Kajin: I didn¡¯t want to see you.

Saeoh: Give me the child. The child didn¡¯t do anything.

Kajin: Give me mine first.

Saeoh: If I give this to you, will you give our baby back?

Kajin: Our baby? Hmph! You said ¡®our baby¡¯!

Saeoh: This is the heart of Joojak, that Hwan Woong gave to me – to protect people, and to benefit people¡¦

Kajin: The heart of Joojak? The power of fire was MINE!

Saeoh: Give my child back.

Kajin: This child could have been mine, too.

-------

HW: Saeoh. Saeoh.
Our child is safe here, Saeoh.
No, no Saeoh!!

* Black Joojak: Joojak that is overwhelmed with anger.

HW: It¡¯s the black Joojak.

HwanWoong summons Poong-baek(white tiger), Woonsa(dragon), and then Woosa(turtle/snake).

Hyn: The three gods couldn¡¯t kill Joojak.
The four gods cannot kill each other, but can only control over each other.
The only one who could kill Joojak was Hwan Woong, who gave the power to the woman.

HW: My Saeoh¡¦.

* Dankoon: The baby of Hwan Woong and Saeoh of Woong-jok.

-----

HW: When will you believe that I came here to help you?

Kajin: Do you mean that you will not kill me? The one that killed your girl?

HW: You are one of my people, like everybody else.

Kajin: Haha¡¦ I have never wished to become one of your people. I was a queen by myself.

Hyn: It rained day and night for seven days to put the fire out.
The rain stopped the fire, but the whole world was flooded.

-----

Szni: Woaaa¡¦ This world is not made easily!

Hyn: Of course. Nothing just happens to exist.
You are living a good life because you have a good master.

Szni: It¡¯s the same with you. The master is living a good life because he has a good disciple.

Hyn: What? Now, let¡¯s go.

Szni: There must be some more story! What happened to the baby?

Hyn: Oh, yes. The baby grew up and built a country named Chosun*, and the capital was Asadal. The boy was named¡¦.
[* The Chosun is the ancient country that was said to be founded in 2333BC and Koreans think that it is the origin of Korean people. To differentiate it from another Chosun(ğÈàØ) of 14th-20th century, we call the ancient Chosun "Ko-Chosun(ͯğÈàØ)"]

Szni: It must be King Dan Koon!

Hyn: Yes. The baby was King Dan Koon.

Szni: What happened to the three gods?

Hyn: Oh¡¦

Szni: This is my last question.

Hyn: The rain stopped, but the world was flooded, and the Jyooshin was divided into many countries.

Szni: Why?

Hyn: Because HwanWoong went back to heaven.

----------

HW: I was assigned to benefit mankind, but failed.
I am going back to heaven, and I am leaving the symbols of the four gods on earth.
Someday, the heaven will send the true king once more.
On that day, the symbols of four gods will awake, too.
On the day the new king is born, there will be a star noticing his birth, so people shall know.

Hyn: Two thousand years has past since then.
The Ho-jok built a temple named ¡°A-Bullan-Sa¡± on the placce where there was the Shin-dan-Soo[the sacred tree].

Szni: Are they the Hwa-cheons?

Hyn: Yes.

Szni: How come they rule that area?

Hyn: That is what HE will take care of, and Keomool-villagers are waiting for him. He is the...

Szni: The king of Jyooshin!

Hyn: Yes, the king of Jyooshin. But the Hwacheons are also waiting for him.

Szni: To take over the power of heaven?

Hyn: Hwan Woong said, on the day the king of Jyooshin is born, the four symbols will awake, too. When the King finds out the four symbols and break the seal of the Shindansoo.....

Szni: He will get the full power of the heaven, right?

Hyn: Soojini, your are fooling around with fire again!
Don¡¯t play with fire.

Szni: Go and cover the wind, Master.

Hyn: OK, OK¡¦
So¡¦ Hwacheons are trying to get the four symbols to achieve the power of the heaven, and Keomool villagers are waiting for the Jyooshin King to help him find the four symbols. That¡¯s why we have been protecting the symbol of Hyonmoo for two thousand years.

Szni: So it is you who are the great leader of the Keomool villagers.

Hyn: Ooops..!

Szni: I am getting worried.

--------

Old leader: Keep your words. Keep your eyes on Soojini, and if she is to appear as black Joojak again, kill her for the sake of this world.

Hyn: It has been 10 years since the star of Jyooshin appeared¡¦. It¡¯s been 10 years..

------------

- 10 years ago, 375A.D. 5th year of King Sosurim¡¯s reign -

- A-Bullan-sa (the main temple of the Hwacheons) -

monk: Is that the star of Jyooshin?

Hch: The star that was foretold thousands of years ago. It is said that on the day the Jyooshin King is born, a bright star will appear, and the symbols of gods will awake.

monk: Is it today?

Hch: ¡¦ The light of the symbols will reach the sky and go through water. All Hwacheons who are sent to every part of the world, go and find the symbols.
Go to Koguryo, Baekje, Shilla, Malgal, Keoran¡¦ , placces that used to belong to Jyooshin¡¯s territory. We have to find out the symbols. That area will belong to us for ever.

===

Part 2 : by suehan

Dear all,

Here is the translation of part 2 of TWSSG.
I think you could read it as you watch the drama in case there is no English subtitle provided.
* I translated to help you understand the drama, but I cannot make decisions whether this could be used as subtitles. It could promote understanding, but it could violate the copy right and the sales of the drama. Please be careful.
* Please let me know if there is any mistake.
* I put one more 'c' in words that has 'lac(c)e' - because this board forbids that word. I don't know why.
* Words between '[' and ']' are mine, that I add for your understanding.
* I will not translate the review and preview part.
* Below is the list of abbreviated names that I think I will use during the translation. I will
dd the list as the drama proceeds.

HW : Hwan Woong
Saeoh : Saeoh
Kajin : Kajin
King S : Sosurim Wang (King Sosurim)
King K : Kogukyang Wang (King Kogukyang)
OJJ: Oh-ji-ji, Damdeok's fater, before he became Kogukyang-wang.
Dmdk : Damdeok
Hogae : Yon Hogae
Mr.Yon : Yon Karyo, father of Hogae.
Ms.Yon : Mrs Yon, mother of Hogae.
Hyn : Hyon-go
Szni : Sujini
Kiha : Kiha
Hch : the senior priest of the Hwacheons
Kdn : Kakdan
GenK : General Kho, the guard of young Damdeok.
Saryang: Saryang
Ocle : Oracle (of Koguryo dynasty)
Ryong : Cheongryong
Cheoro : Cheoro
Jmch : Joomoochi
--------------------

TAEWANGSASHINKI - Part 2.

* 375A.D., 5th year of King Sosurim¡¯s reign
* A-Bullan-sa (the main temple of the Hwacheons)

monk: Is that the star of Jyooshin?

Hch: The star that was foretold thousands of years ago. It is said that on the day the Jyooshin King is born, a bright star will appear, and the symbols of gods will awake.

monk: Is it today?

Hch: ¡¦ The light of the symbols will reach the sky and go through water. All Hwacheons who are sent to every part of the world, go and find the symbols.
Go to Koguryo, Baekje, Shilla, Malgal, Keoran¡¦ , plac{c}es that used to belong to Jyooshin¡¯s territory. We have to find out the symbols. That area will belong to us forever.

---------------

* Geomool Village: The group is the one who has kept the Symbol of Hyunmoo and has waited for the King Jooshin to come.
* The Symbol of Hyunmoo (it shows the sign of wakening)

Leader: Hyundeok!, Please make all of our disciples in our Geomool Village go anytime and anywhere (suehan: to get the symbol). Hyunwoon!, Call the remaining disciples and wait for the sign of the torch. The Symbol will wake up today or tomorrow.

Hyn:: Then, Will King Jyushin in the legend which has been descended from thousands of years ago wake up?

Leader: Yes.

Hyn: What¡¯s going to happen if the King would be found?

Leader: Hyungo, follow me to the south. We¡¯ll be able to know the exact location after the torch is being sent, but probably two of the symbols might be in the Baekjae.
----------

* Cheonji Sindang in Kokuryo

Oracle: Other star and other star. It will shine where other King and other King come. It might be same as leaves in the wind until the King wakes up by himself. Hide what you hear and what you saw, not to lose before he wakes up by himself. Be careful and be careful.

-------------

* Mr Yon¡¯s manor house in domestic castle.

Lady: Labor started.

* Mrs. Yon (Sister of King Sosurim)

Ms.Yon: It must be a boy.

Mr.Yon: Everyone has the same wish.

Ms.Yon: It must be a boy. Both for us, and for Koguryo... If the heaven is merciful, god will give us a son.

------------

* Ojiji (King Kokukyang, younger brother of King Sosoolim)

-----------

*A cobbler¡¯s village in Bookgaemadaeryong Heuksoomalgal

Old man: There is light!

* Shinmool of Baekho

Hch: Shinmool of Baekho woke up at the village of cobbler in Malgal. Follow that light and bring the Symbol of Baekho.

Blacksmith: This might be it. This might be it.


* Hyongo (Hyonmoo in this lifetime)

Hyongo: It¡¯s a white torch.

Leader:: Is this a symbol of the White Tiger? Please go and bring it here. Hyeonjang. Please go and bring him.

* Damdok was born in 375 A.D.

---------

Mr.Yon: It must be now.

Mr.Yon: Yes, he must be the one.

---------

Hwacheon: Go to Baekjae and bring the symbol. We, Hwacheon should have the symbol of the Blue Dragon.

*A symbol of the Blue Dragon

Blue Dragon Dept: You are the one who guards the East under the Tan-Gun (the founding father of the Korean nation). I will give the heart of my son to you.

* Cheoro ( Blue Dragon in this life time)

-------

* Heoksoomalgal blacksmith village in Bookgaemadaeryong

Masker: Where is the symbol? Where did you hide it?

Son: Dad~! Oh my God, Dad~~! What is going on here? Anyhow who are those bastards? Where did they come from? Why have they done this? Oh my God, Oh my God.

A lady of the blacksmith: Don¡¯t sob anymore. Did they do that because of this?

A group of Geomool: Over there.

A lady of the blacksmith: Dad!!

A group of Geomool: Are you the one who has kept the symbol? We are the people of Hyonmoo from the Geolmul village in Kokuryo. We came here to get the symbol of the While Tiger. We can¡¯t hold on too long, please give us the symbol of the White Tiger.

Lady of the blacksmith: Dad, are you okay? Dad, isn¡¯t this blood?

Dad: I have guarded the symbol. Now, it¡¯s that bastard¡¯s turn.

Lady: Dad, Dad!!

* The symbol of the White Tiger.

Dad: I have to guard this even though I don¡¯t know why. Then, probably the owner will come to get this.

Son: Where do we wait for the owner? Is there a sign on his face?

Dad: I don¡¯t know, smart ass! If he is the real owner, then he will follow it wherever it is. So, go run to the end of this world! Never give this to the one who isn¡¯t the owner! I don¡¯t know why, but I was said to do so~!.

Hwacheon: The symbol of the Red Bird woke up at Sabiseong in Baekjae. The leaders of the group of Hwancheon, go to Sabiseong. The symbol of the Red Bird is the power of earth, Hwacheon must have it.

* [Sabiseon (capital) of Baekje]

Masker: The red light of the Red Bird came up from this house definitely. Where is it?
Mom: Giha, this baby is your younger sister, and you¡¯re her older sister. You have to protect your sister no matter what happens. You have to do it.

* The symbol of Joojak

Giha: Mom~~~.. mom¡¦

Mom: (voice) Giha, This baby is your younger sister, and you¡¯re her older sister.

----------

Leader: They are faster than we¡¯ve expected. Their power has extended this far, to this village of Baekjae.

Soldier: The governors of Baekjae will come. We'd better go before they regard us as suspects.

Hyongo: Master, do you hear that?

- a child crying -

----------

* Geolmool Village

Geolmool: It was black joojak
.
Hyongo: I can't see anything, now. Look at it. It's clean.

Soldier: Master!

Leader: Kill him, Hyongo. It went wrong. We can't let the black joojak fire the world again.

Hyongo: This baby..

Leader: Kill him. We have to protect the world.

Hyongo; How do you know whether it's the black Joojak or not?

Soldier: you also have seen it. A sign of the black joojak on his forehead.

Hyongo: It wasn't black.

Leader; Hyongo!

Hyongo; It was red. Really. This disciple saw it like that. You might look wrong due to the smog. This baby, I know him better than anyone else because I saw him first. It wasn't black.

Leader: Hyongo, If this baby is the black Joojak, then he will burn the world. And lots of innocent people will be dead.

Hyongo: What's going to happen if he(she) is true Joojak, He(she) will help the King, so if we kill him (her) today, then what's going to happen? Don¡¯t you think so? I'll raise and watch him (her). If I see the sign of the black Joojak when I watch him (her), then I, myself will kill him (her). I'll always be near him (her), Right?

Leader: Water is the power of Hyonmoo¡¦. Fire is the power of Joojak. Only water will control and make him (her) sleep.

-------------

* Abullansa.
* A commander

Commander: We've been raising our people and waiting for the day for hundreds and thousands of years. But we found only one? Just one out of four.

Monk: But it's Joojak which is called the power of the earth. And it is known as the last symbol. It's said that nothing can be completed without the symbol of Joojak.

Commander: It's yours? Did you put out the fire with Joojak's eye? Are you the descendant of Joojak?
---------

* Geomool Village

Leader: Did she eat well?

Hyongo: Yes.

Leader: We must name her. What is the one that has the wings, becomes friendly with mankind, learns and shares love.

Young man: How about a chicken! (quiet~~) Then..Sujinee?

Hyon-go: Hey, Soojinee! Wake up, Sujinee! The sun is already overhead, please wake up, Soojinee~~! We have to go in Gooknaeseong before the sun sets. I¡¯ll use water to wake her up, if talking doesn't work, Soojinee~~. You must be cold.

Soojinee: Master! Did you sleep well? Master?

Hyongo: It's cold~!

----------

* 384 A.D. (14th years of King Sosoolim), Gooknaeseong

Soojinee: Wow! We're at Gooknae Sung (the capital of Koguryo) at last! By the way, master, where do we sleep at night?

Hyon-go: Right here.

Soojinee: Hold on. What did you say?

Hyon-go: What's the matter?

Soojinee: I, the great Soojinee came to Goong-nae Sung, and does it make sense that there is no plac (c)e for me to stay?

Hyon-go: It does make sense. We live hand-to-mouth. There is no problem. Just eat what you want, enjoy the day, and then sleep here.

Soojinee: How do we earn money?

Hyon-go: Would a mother let her children go hungry? Would a master make his disciple starve?

Soojinee: You gave your words! You are the one responsible for what we eat and drink, right?

Hyon-go: Of course! By the way, there is a thing that I need your help instead.

Soojinee: What is it?

Hyon-go: While looking around this city and doing whatever you want to do, ust carry this flag and hold this stick. Here! Your hand will feel sorry if it has nothing to hold.

Soojinee: Ask the constellation for your path on earth~~! You can see the entire life with a palm reading~! We can tell what happened yesterday, it's unbelievable! Please ask him about tomorrow, only 3 pennies! Oh my God. Is there something wrong today. Auntie! : If something wrong with your face? Something happened at your house?

Soojinee: Oh my God, What are you doing? Some big thing must have happened! You can ask about the street of the earth with the star in the sky. You will know your life with a palm reading!

------

* Goonaeseong Kingdom
* Cheongjusindang

King S: Help me sit up. Summon all the prominent statesmen to the palac(c)e. I will give my last word.
--------------------------

*Gowoochoong (A chief of the royal guards)
*Ojiji (later, King Gogookyang - younger brother of King Sosoolim)

Gen K: I came to take you from the order of the Imperial Majesty.

OJJ: How is the Imperial Majesty?

Gen K: He is in a critical condition. It said that not much time left. The Imperial Majesty asked me to hurry, talked barely.

OJJ: It's not the time yet. It's early. How did that happen? Already...

Gen K: Is that him?

* Damdeok (Later, King Kwanggaeto)

---------
* Cheonjisindang
* Taedaehyong Ydongaryo

Yeongaryo: Only my son is the one who got the blood of the King's family. His mom is the younger sister of the Imperial Majesty and King Gogookwondaem who is the past king's real daughter. Doesn't everybody who is the people of Kokuryo know about this?

* Cheonjisindang minister

Minister: Everybody knows that there is a younger brother of the Imperial Majesty, if he is the people of Koguryo.

Yeongaryo: That is not the will of the heavens, right? Was it your responsibility to let the people know who the real descendant is?

Minister: Are you suborning me, Daesingwan of Kogoryo, to make the law of the heaven lying?

Female: It's the order of the Imperial to open the road of heaven right away.

Minister: Is he in such a critical condition?

Female: According to the doctor of the palac{c}e, today is a difficult day. (suehan means will not survive another day) The imperial Majesty sent General Gowoochoong.

Minister: The Wind of trouble will be blown in Goongnaeseong.

Ms Yon: Are you going to cut the blood which the heavens sent and connected, Imperial Majesty? You shouldn't do that, you can't do that.

Vassal: Princess, the Imperial Majesty is..

Ms Yon: Do you know? Our child. You don't have a child and the star came out, the day when your nephew was born, didn't it? Did you see it too? That was the star of Jyoosin. A minister said that, and the people said that too. Did you see that it was shining all day long? I had given birth to a King who the heavens had sent.

--------

Vassal: Here is the Imperial Majesty.

OJJ: I, Ojiji, run in from the order of the Imperial Majesty.

King S: You're late. I almost couldn't wait for you.

OJJ: Older brother.

King S: I, now, go near the ancestors who are in heaven. I got the will of King Joomong of Big Kokuryo, but I couldn't expand the horizons. This poor king, only wish the heavens send the Ari Bird, which has three feet from the heavens generosity. And I, the King of Kokuryo, order the second son of the past king, to be the next king.

Ms.Yon: No. It's wrong. You can't do that, Imperial Majesty. Whose blood is he? The heaven knows and the earth knows too. Imperial Majesty, Please think of Kokuryo, look at our king, our king. Get off from me! Imperial Majesty, Imperial Majesty.

King S: Is that him?

OJJ: Yes. He is Damdeok.

King S: Hi.

Damdeok: Yes.

King S: Your father and I have relied upon you entirely. But¡¦ when you become the King of Jyoosin and you have to get Jyoosin back. Will you remember this?

Damdeok: Me?

King S: Find the symbols of the four Gods and protect its surroundings. They will look around you and open the way you go. Will you promise me to accomplish this?

Damdeok: Yes.

OJJ: Older brother!! Older Brother!!

------------

* 384 A.D. A coronation of the 18th king of Kokuryo, Gogookyang

----------

Ms. Yon: The heavens let us have their son. You shouldn't avoid that.

Mr. Yon: The people won't understand no matter what the heavens say.

Ms. Yon: What more proof do you need to believe it? Our son, Hogae, was born as the King. Not just the King, he is the King of Jyoosin. It was me gave the blood of God to Hogae. You are the second noble of this country. Please summon the meeting of ministers to choose the right king.

Mr. Yon: If I set up the meeting of ministers, then all of them will applaud? If they are the ones who are against it, then we have to press them with power. So, if son of this country and my son would see the blood, then will you pay the price of that blood spilled?

Ms. Yon: Okay. If you are afraid, then, I'll do it. I will take the responsibility of it whether it¡¯s the price of blood or the price of guilt. You stay there safely.

-------------

King S: Do you know where we are?

Damdeok: In the kingdom of Gooknaeseong.

KingS: Here is half of the way to Hades. Here is the plac {c}e where hungry ghosts, even though they eat and eat, who are the insects who wear the mask of mankind.

Damdeok: Is there someone like General Go?

King S: Yes. There are men among them. But, if someone wants to live like a human, then he will be eaten by ghosts and insects. They can't stand for the situation when there is someone above them. Son!

Damdeok: Yes.

King S: You have to survive first. You're still young, and we don't have power to protect you, so, don't draw attention.

Damdeok: Don't draw attention.

King S: Don't reveal that you're superior to, quicker, and braver than others. Don't reveal that you are wise and nicer than others. Make everybody point at, ignore, and forget about you.

Damdeok: How long do I have to live like that?

King S: May be until you become a King.

Damdok: I don't want it. You will be dead when I become a king. If so, I don't want to be a king.

King S: Damdeok.

Dameok: I don't want to do it.

KingS: I'm just the one who prepares and makes you a king.

Damdeok: I don't know what you mean.

King S: That is the reason why I live. I became a king who isn't suitable with me, and I know completely about that now. Now, I know that completely, ah..

King S: Don't come out from the detached palac {c}es until I call you. General Go's army will protect the detached palac{C}e, so it'll be somewhat safe. You don't need to go to Taehak. General Go and teachers who were chosen carefully will teach you necessary stuffs.

King Kogukyang: I am here only to prepare you as a king.

Damdeok: I don't understand.

King K: That is the reason I exist. I could realize it more clearly after I became a king, a position that doesn't match with me at all.

--------

King K: (voice) Do not go out of your palac{c}e unless I give my order. The royal villa must be safer than any other plac {c}e, as general Hoh's Guards regiment are protecting you. You may not attend Taehak(a national school that King Sosurim founded). General Hoh and other selected teachers will teach you everything that you need.

* Yeon Hogae (Son of Yeon Garyeo)

Damdeok: Am I allowed to make friends?

King K: I told everyone that you were born weak, so make sure to behave so.

Hagae: Prince. What brings you here?

Damdeok: I'm bored. I stroll around and came this far.

Hagae: Do you want to learn how to shoot an arrow?

Damdeok: Me? How?

* Hogae: He explained how to shoot an arrow to Damdeok.

Dameok: This isn't heavy?

Hogae: It's heavy the first time. It's light when you shoot it over and over again.

------------

Hwacheon: Hogae of the Yon's family is the only one who got the blood of king under the star of the king. Look around carefully. It's better for you make him approach you. Will you take a chance?

----------
-
Marketplacce -

Hogae: Are you all right?

---------

Hwacheon: I heard that Hogae, who is still young, already surpassed the adults in horse riding, sword fighting, and archery. We're going to be in trouble if who, is too superior to others, becomes a king. But, You, Kiha will control and make soldiers in your hands. A long time ago, Kajin had done so just like that. All soldiers, who are known to the world, knelt down in front of Kajin. Kajin is living inside of Kiha. Don't forget about that.

----------

[Kiha sneaks out from Sindang]

* Library in Guknaegoong.

Damdeok: I'm going to read until the sunrise tomorrow. Isn't it going to be hard? I smelled the lamplight that was put out just now when I came in this room. I can smell the incense, behind the shelves? This looks like the incense which is being used in the Sindang. Are you the disciple of the Sindang? If you came here to read a book like me, then don't hide yourself uncomfortably, just read the book. Books might like to be read rather than eating and piling dirt.

Damdeok: I don't know. What went wrong?

Kiha: I'm the apprentice of the Sindang, and I shouldn't talk to any outsiders until the discipline ends. So, now, I'm talking to the shelves. I learned that the basics of Bobeop which is the power of the lower body. It's said that if the lower body's power does not support it, then it is difficult to learn no matter how easy it is. Don't you think so, the shelves?

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:14 am

HW : Hwan Woong
Saeoh : Saeoh
Kajin : Kajin

King S : Sosurim Wang (King Sosurim)
King K : Kogukyang Wang (King Kogukyang)
OJJ: Oh-ji-ji, Damdeok's fater, before he became Kogukyang-wang.
Dmdk : Damdeok

Hogae : Yon Hogae
Mr.Yon : Yon Karyo, father of Hogae.
Ms.Yon : Mrs Yon, mother of Hogae.

Hyn : Hyon-go
Szni : Sujini
Wsmith: the woman blacksmith. I don¡¯t know her name, yet.
Kiha : Kiha
Hch : the senior priest of the Hwacheons

Kdn : Kakdan
GenK : General Kho, the guard of young Damdeok.
Saryang: Saryang
Ocle : Oracle (of Koguryo dynasty)

Ryong : Cheongryong
Cheoro : Cheoro
Jmch : Joomoochi

-----------


TAEWANGSASHINKI - Part 3.

Dmdk: If you are here to read books, don¡¯t hide there and read books.
Books will be happier to be read rather than being in the shelf with dusts.

Dmdk: I don¡¯t know what¡¯w wrong.

Kiha: I am an apprentice of the shrine, that I am not allowed to speak with people who don¡¯t belong to the shrine. So¡¦ I am now speaking to the bookshelf.
The basis of walking in martial art is the strength of ones legs. How easy might the walking be, it is impossible to make it yours if your legs are not strong enough. Don¡¯t you think so, mister bookshelf?


* Saryang: Messenger of Hwacheon Leader.

Kiha: Saryang. Go and tell the priests. There is no record of the symbols in the Library of the Palacce. Maybe I should search more secret placces.

Saryang: Your safety is first. Don't take risks.

---------

Szni: No, I don¡¯ want to..

Hyn: Hurry up.

Hyn: It's him, right?

Peddler: Yes. He is the medicine salesman who frequently visits the Yons nowadays. He visited there three times last month.

Hyn: Don't you have a better one? This is too small!

Peddler: There is not a single pharmacist who know him in Gooknaesung. He must be bringing the drug from outside.

---------

* Madam Yon.

Saryang: That is made by ancient magicians. We had to risk our lives to get it.

Ms.Yon: Let's make it short. Tell me the directions.

Szni: They said, it is a drug that ancient magicians had used. The lady gave him a fortune for that drug. ,

Hyn: What drug is it? Why is it so expensive? Is it a herb of eternal youth?

Szni: It kills people within a month.

Hyn: Kill?

Szni: Yes, it takes three months at most.
If they make somebody eat it by small amounts for three months, he or she will die and no one would know the reason.

Hyn: So¡¦ what is that poison?

Szni: Umm¡¦ do I have to know the name?

Peddler: No, other than the name, you should spy who are they planning to kill.

Szni: Did I have to spy it out, too?

Hyn/Peddler: Of course!

Szni: Oh, my¡¦. Masters, you stay at the back and do nothing but ordering me what to do, while small and weak Sujinee should be at the frontline.
I ate just a small piece of rice cake in the morning, and for lunch¡¦. Oh, I didn¡¯t eat anything till now! Does this make sense?

Wsmith: What? Who is abusing this child?
Take those hands off!

Szni: Auntie~~~ (name used to call old women)
Oh, Auntie~~~

Wsmith: What?

Szni: Unni~~~! (Changes the way she calls her to a name used for young women.)

-----

Kiha: (voice) How easy might the walking be, it is impossible to make it yours if your legs are not strong enough. Don't you think so, mister bookshelf?

------

* Yon Hogae

WSmith: One, two, three, four....
Look at those chipped off swords. A sword must be different from a knife...
Hey, Sujinee!


boy1: Hogae-nim is the one who was born with the star of Jyooshin, isn't he?

boy2: Did you hear that? With a single arrow, he ...

boy1: He shot the arrow and hit the head of the enemy's commander, who was behind thousands of soldiers? I heard it, too.

boy2: Yes, that's the Hogae-nim!

boy1: How could he see the commander, who was so far away?

boy2: Only Hogae-nim can do so.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:18 am

HW : Hwan Woong
Saeoh : Saeoh
Kajin : Kajin

King S : Sosurim Wang (King Sosurim)
King K : Kogukyang Wang (King Kogukyang)
OJJ: Oh-ji-ji, Damdeok's fater, before he became Kogukyang-wang.
Dmdk : Damdeok

Hogae : Yon Hogae
Mr.Yon : Yon Karyo, father of Hogae.
Ms.Yon : Mrs Yon, mother of Hogae.

Hyn : Hyon-go
Szni : Sujini
Wsmith: the woman blacksmith. I don¡¯t know her name, yet.
Kiha : Kiha
Hch : the senior priest of the Hwacheons

Kdn : Kakdan
GenK : General Kho, the guard of young Damdeok.
Saryang: Saryang
Ocle : Oracle (of Koguryo dynasty)

Ryong : Cheongryong
Cheoro : Cheoro
Jmch : Joomoochi

-----------


TAEWANGSASHINKI - Part 3.

Dmdk: If you are here to read books, don¡¯t hide there and read books.
Books will be happier to be read rather than being in the shelf with dusts.

Dmdk: I don¡¯t know what¡¯w wrong.

Kiha: I am an apprentice of the shrine, that I am not allowed to speak with people who don¡¯t belong to the shrine. So¡¦ I am now speaking to the bookshelf.
The basis of walking in martial art is the strength of ones legs. How easy might the walking be, it is impossible to make it yours if your legs are not strong enough. Don¡¯t you think so, mister bookshelf?


* Saryang: Messenger of Hwacheon Leader.

Kiha: Saryang. Go and tell the priests. There is no record of the symbols in the Library of the Palacce. Maybe I should search more secret placces.

Saryang: Your safety is first. Don't take risks.

---------

Szni: No, I don¡¯ want to..

Hyn: Hurry up.

Hyn: It's him, right?

Peddler: Yes. He is the medicine salesman who frequently visits the Yons nowadays. He visited there three times last month.

Hyn: Don't you have a better one? This is too small!

Peddler: There is not a single pharmacist who know him in Gooknaesung. He must be bringing the drug from outside.

---------

* Madam Yon.

Saryang: That is made by ancient magicians. We had to risk our lives to get it.

Ms.Yon: Let's make it short. Tell me the directions.

Szni: They said, it is a drug that ancient magicians had used. The lady gave him a fortune for that drug. ,

Hyn: What drug is it? Why is it so expensive? Is it a herb of eternal youth?

Szni: It kills people within a month.

Hyn: Kill?

Szni: Yes, it takes three months at most.
If they make somebody eat it by small amounts for three months, he or she will die and no one would know the reason.

Hyn: So¡¦ what is that poison?

Szni: Umm¡¦ do I have to know the name?

Peddler: No, other than the name, you should spy who are they planning to kill.

Szni: Did I have to spy it out, too?

Hyn/Peddler: Of course!

Szni: Oh, my¡¦. Masters, you stay at the back and do nothing but ordering me what to do, while small and weak Sujinee should be at the frontline.
I ate just a small piece of rice cake in the morning, and for lunch¡¦. Oh, I didn¡¯t eat anything till now! Does this make sense?

Wsmith: What? Who is abusing this child?
Take those hands off!

Szni: Auntie~~~ (name used to call old women)
Oh, Auntie~~~

Wsmith: What?

Szni: Unni~~~! (Changes the way she calls her to a name used for young women.)

-----

Kiha: (voice) How easy might the walking be, it is impossible to make it yours if your legs are not strong enough. Don't you think so, mister bookshelf?

------

* Yon Hogae

WSmith: One, two, three, four....
Look at those chipped off swords. A sword must be different from a knife...
Hey, Sujinee!


boy1: Hogae-nim is the one who was born with the star of Jyooshin, isn't he?

boy2: Did you hear that? With a single arrow, he ...

boy1: He shot the arrow and hit the head of the enemy's commander, who was behind thousands of soldiers? I heard it, too.

boy2: Yes, that's the Hogae-nim!

boy1: How could he see the commander, who was so far away?

boy2: Only Hogae-nim can do so.

boy1: He is really great.

boy3: He arrived right now! Let's go!

Dmdk: Sir, In this book, there is a disease named Gongkiyonha[?].
The symptom is vomiting, cyanosis, general weakness.... Do you know about the remedy?

---------


Mrs Yon: You seem to be OK.

Hogae: Yes, I¡¯m OK.

Mrs. Yon: I knew that you won¡¯t get hurt. Mother knew that you won¡¯t hurt a hair.
You are the one that the heaven has given to us, and those barbarians cannot dare touch you.
The Yons have prepared 10 cows, 20 sheeps, and will open up our 10-years old wine cellar today to celebrate the victory. So please everyone come and dance together.


Hogae: Yon Hogae, your highness's servant greet the prince.

Dmdk: The King awarded a prize to Hogae, the son of Yon family. I am here to deliver it.

Hogae: I don't deserve this, I just followed generals who were so brave.

Mr.Yon: Were there any prize for the generals? There should be no problem if his highness just shares the trophies that the generals brought from the battle yard.
Hogae, the son of Yon family would like to receive his kindness after other generals and soldiers are awarded.

Cho Joo Do[This name appeared as subtitle. Maybe this man plays some role later.] : Not anything could be called an 'award'.
If the king doesn't have a margin, the Yon family can help...

Hogae: Yon Hogae would like to receive his majesty's award.

Dmdk: Father told me to give all this to you, so¡¦
[Reading the paper in official tone.]
In recognition of his valor, I hereby give Hogae of Yon family, who has fought gallantly and raised the fame of Koguryo knights, 100 nyang ( 3.75 kg) of gold, twenty buffalo horns, silk¡¦.

Ms.Yon: Who is giving whom, whose possession?
More over¡¦ fame of knight? Did you call him a knight?

Mr.Yon: Watch your language. (to Mrs Yon)

Ms.Yon: Who in this country think he is just a knite?
Heaven knows it, and the mother earth knows it. hahaha...

-----

Ms.Yon: Trust me. I will make things right.
Do you trust me?

Hogae: Mother, please go to bed and take a rest.

Ms.Yon: The heaven gave me a mission. Sometimes I want to run away as the task is so tough. God chose me. Chose me as a mother of a king.

Hogae: Mother, somebody would listen. I could be in trouble for that. Please.

Ms.Yon: Do not run away. You should never run away from the will of heaven.


Dmdk: Um, I'm here to see if you are OK. You looked very sick.

Ms.Yon: Do you want to accuse me for treason?

Dmdk: Treason?

Ms.Yon: Didn't you hear? I said that I am the mother of a king.
Go and accuse the Yon family for treason. Try it. I want to see what would happen then.

Dmdk: Everyone say so. Everyone say that Hogae of Yon family is to be a king.
I've heard it a lot.


Hogae: She drank too much.

Dmdk: Is it only for that?

Hogae: Liquor makes people like that. When people drink liquor, they can say words they don't really mean.

Dmdk: No, I'm talking about the reason why aunt hates me.
Is it because she believes that you should be the king instead of me?
Becuase you were born with the start of the King?

Hogae: I don't know. Even if I know, I can't tell.

Dmdk: By the way, people say that you shot the arrow that flew over a thousand of soldiers and hit the head of the commander.

Hogae: Oh, people blew it up.

Dmdk: You did so! Show me your arms. Show me your arms just once!
Oh, by the way, do you know anything about medicine?

-----------

WSmith: What is this? This placce is a smithy, not a dumping ground.

Yon's: Huh, What are you talking about? This is the best weapons of the best family of Koguryo, the Yons!

WSmith: These are chipped off so badly. Is this a sword, or a stick?

----------

Hyn: People say that the Yons are repairing their weapon in a massive scale. Against whom are they preparing, enemy outside, or inside?

Peddler: I will send men to find it out.

Szni: Enemy outside are Baekje... Hooyeon...., Georan..., and who is the enemy inside?

Hyn: To the Yons, there is only one enemy inside.

Szni: Who? Me? Huh, man...

Hyn: Did you drink liquor again last night?

Szni: NO!

Hyn: You are not grown up. How come you are still drunk in the morning?

Szni: Maybe your nose is obstructed.

Peddler: She looks drunk.

-------------

Ms.Yon: Don't call me sister. Why am I your sister?
Pardon me that I don't call you a King. I can't say the word because I think only people who are the descendants of heaven can become kings.

King K: Try this tea. It has a very good taste.

Ms.Yon: Did you see my son Hogae?

King K: Yes, I did. He was just like people said. He is a great hero, in such a young age.

Ms.Yon: You must know what appeared in the sky when he was born.

King K: Yes, I know. The star of Jyooshin appeared.

Ms.Yon: Then, you should know your job while you are briefly a king of Koguryo.

King K: Haha, would you tell me?

Ms.Yon: You will come to know the will of the people and the ministers at the next cabinet meeting. If you are to obey the will of heaven, obey it while you are alive.
Even this tea and these teacups don't belong to you. Understand?


Dmdk: Your magesty! Father!

King K: I¡¯m OK. I will be alright.

Dmdk: Father!

King K: I can't leave you yet.

Dmdk: Father! Wake up!

-------------

Kiha: This placce is a herb farm of the shrine, and only the people who belong to the shrine can come in here.

Dmdk: I am here to get some tea-leaves. I heard they are good for stomachache.
Do you know anything about herb?

Kiha: An apprentice student cannot speak with people who doesn't belong to us.

Dmdk: I am talking to the flower.
Hey, flower! Is your leaf good for stomachache?

Kiha: It would be helpful to make decision if someone tell me whether his skin is dry and his hair is easily pooled out, whether his majesty often feels dizzy or numb.

Dmdk: How did you know?

Kiha: I saw him when he came to the shrine, though I could onlyh see him from distance. He seemed to be in bad condition.

Dmdk: Do you know about diseases?

Kiha: I learned a little, when I was a child.

Dmdk: He was healthy before he came to the palacce. I don't know why he is getting weaker and weaker.

Kiha: I can't tell before I have more information.

Dmdk: Let's go. Tell me what is the problem.

Kiha: There are lots of good doctors for his majesty.

Dmdk: I don't know whom I could trust here in Gooknaesuung.
Can I trust you? I will trust you, so please help.

--------------

King K: Now, can you tell me?

Dmdk: This girl knows about disease. I talked with her for a while, and I think she knows something about your disease.

Kiha: May I have a look at your hand?

King K: Now, little doctor, what is my problem?

Kiha: Can you feel my touch?

King K: No, I don¡¯t.

Kiha: It¡¯s poison.
I think it is a poison made of dark magic.
There is a poison made from dark stone made in darkness by dark magicians. Your symptoms are very similar with the symptoms made by that poison.

-----------

Kiha: I didn't make mistake. It was the poison that Hwacheons use.
Saryang, do you know anything about the poisoin that the King is taking?

Saryang: Kiha-nim, you don't have to worry about this matter.

Kiha: OK, I won't ask more about it. Just give me the antidote.

Saryang: Kiha-nim.

Kiha: You always call me Kiha-nim, but you don't do what I say.

Hch: Why do you need the antidote? Are you going to give it to the King?
Why? Why did it come up to your mind?

Kiha: Was it Hwacheon that was planning to kill the king?

Hch: Very well done, avoiding a question by asking another question. It's a good counterblow.

Kiha: Is it so? Are we going to kill him?

Hch: No. We care nothing for the present king of Koguryo, whether he lives or dies.
We care for the son of the Yon family, the boy who was born under the star of Jyooshin, who also has the blood of the King.

-------------

Dmdk: Is this the poison that you added to his Majesty's medicine every day?

Doctor: Y,yes... No, NO!

Dmdk: Did you do the same to the previous king? A drop for a day?

Doctor: I am innocent of the charge. You are doing me wrong...

Gen K: Shall I cut his finger one after another? I think it would help him open his mouth.

Dmdk: No, you don't have to.

Gen K: There must be someone behind him.

Dmdk: I already know who it is.

-------------------------


Gen K: You look down today.

Dmdk: General Kho.

Gen K: Yes, sir.

Dmdk: How big is Yon¡¯s house?

Gen K: Yons are the most powerful among the aristocrats of Koguryo, so the house must be the largest.

Dmdk: If I command you to arrest the head of that family, can you do that?

Gen K: Yon¡¯s private soldiers are twice as much as the soldiers of the king.
If they resist, it might be hard to arrest them.

Dmdk: There could be a battle within Gooknae-sung.

Gen K: Yes, sir.

Dmdk: If there is to be a battle, there is a possibility that the king¡¯s army be defeated.

Gen K: There are lots of Yon Garyo¡¯s friends around here. If they support Yon, maybe..

Dmdk: Don¡¯t worry.
I won¡¯t start a battle that I might lose.

----------

Hogae: How come a priest of the shrine comes here alone?
Are you going to prince's palacce? Do you visit there often? I saw you coming before.
You are Kiha, aren't you?
If you are going to the prince's palacce, are you going to meet the prince?
Don't you remember me? I'm...

Kiha: I know you, Hogae-nim of the Yon family.

------------
Hogae: Did you want me to come?

Dmdk: Have a seat. Were you out for a hunt?.

Hogae: There is a tiger that kills people, so I was out there to hunt it.
The hunters found its footprint, and it must be somewhere near by.
Well.... frankly speaking, hunting is only 10 percent, and having fun is 90 percent.

Dmdk: I am interested in some other subject lately.

Hogae: I heard that you paint.

Dmdk: I am studying about poison.

Hogae: Poison?

Dmdk: There are many kinds of poisons. Did you hear about a poison that ancient magicians made?

Hogae: Magicians?

Dmdk: No color, no taste, and no scent. It can kill people within a month by adding it into food.

Hogae: Why are you studying that?

Dmdk: Don't you know about poison?

Hogae: Your highness, brave men don't fight with poisons. So do not fall too deep into that subject.

Dmdk: Is it so?

Hogae: Maybe you need fresh air. When the weather gets better, let's go out for a hunt. Let's run after dears and pheasants. It's fun. Trust me.

--------------------------------


Kiha: People say that you don't know archery. Is it OK to shoot in front of that soldiers?

Dmdk: They are OK. They belong to the prince's palacce.

Dmdk: Did you know it?

Kiha: Know what?

Dmdk: That I am pretending to be weak and stupid.
Do you know why I had to do like that?

Kiha: I can't tell... even if I know.

Dmdk: To survive. Father told me not to stand out. That's why.
But maybe I am wrong. I am not pretending. I am really weak and cowardly, to the bottom. I know who it is... but ...

Kiha: Aren't you going to arrest the person?

Dmdk: I think that person wants me to do so. The person doesn't mind if we find it out. Maybe they are waiting me to call them traitors.

Kiha: What happens then?

Dmdk: Maybe I will die before I catch them.
This is me. My father is being poisoned, and his only son is afraid to speak it out.

Kiha: There is a person who raised me when I became an orphan. He told me this.
Hunting a tiger with an ax is not courage. It's temerity.
One is afraid because he/she has wisdom. Wise person catch the tiger with a trap.
Doing something despite of fear, and to make the best of one's wisdome... that is courage, he told me.

Dmdk: Kiha.

Kiha: Yes.

Dmdk: Always be with me. Always stay where I can see you.

-----------

* Gooknae-sung Palacce

Ms.Yon: This humble one came as your highness called me.

Dmdk: Please sit down.

Dmdk: Here it is.
Aunt, do you know what this is?
There is poison in this bottle. The poison can kill people within one to three months if one eats a drop of it every day.

The one who gave this to the court physician is the most stupid person that I've seen. Look, this gold is the gold that the King gave to someone.
That person gave this to assassinate the king. What an idiot!

Ms.Yon: Are you suspecting me?

Dmdk: Not at all.

Gen K: Your highness.

Dmdk: How was it?

Gen K: Hogae of Yon family is in the training field with a hundred of my soldiers.

Ms.Yon: No!

Dmdk: The court physician confessed. He said that Hogae ordered him to do that.

Ms.Yon: It's a lie!

Dmdk: Look. He wrote this with his hand. Hogae of Yon family....

Ms.Yon: Bring him here! Make him confess in front of me!
Make me here that!

Ms.Yon: You.. You...

Gen K: He is the prince of Koguryo. Behave yourself.

Ms.Yon: With such a young and innocent face.... how...

Dmdk: If it is not Hogae, who is it, then?
Who in the Yon family attempted to assassinate the king?
Do you have any idea, aunt?

Ms.Yon: Do not dare call me aunt.
Do not think that we share the same blood.

Dmdk: Just find the one who did it. I don't want Hogae to be hurt.
If you find the person, I will promise that all other Yon family will be safe.
I promise in the name of Choomoo Daewang. [the name of one of their ancestors]

Ms.Yon: haha...

Gen K: Aren't you going to arrest them?

-------


Hogae: Mother!!

Mrs Yon: Hogae, listen. Promise me, you, who were born under the star of Jyooshin.
Promise me that you will build that state again, and you will be the king of that new Jyooshin, and...

Hogae: Mother!!

Mrs Yon: Promise me that you will be the king who regain the Shindansoo. Be careful of that false prince. He has the wisdom of a snake. My son... Hogae.

Hogae: Mother, Mother!!

-----------------------

Ms.Yon: [voice] You are afraid.

Ms.Yon: The heaven used us to send the son of heaven. You shouldn't avoid your role.

Mr.Yon: Whatever the heaven wants, people won't accept it.

Ms.Yon: How much more proof do you need to believe?
Our son Hogae is born as a king. Not just an ordinary king, but the King of Jyooshin.


Hogae: I heard it clearly. The last words mother said,
She told me to be careful of the false prince, that he is like a snake.
Who might it be? How many princes are there in this country?
Father!

Mr.Yon: So what are you going to do?

Hogae: I will go and ask him. I will ask what he did to my mother; why did my mother have to drink poison; why was I arrested in the training field...

Mr.Yon: What do you think that the false prince would say?

Hogae: If he doesn't give the answer, I will kill him.

Household: Your highness...


Mr.Yon: It was so unexpected that we are not prepared formally, yet.

Hogae: What is it? Is it another bottle of poison?
Are you going to make me drink it, too?

Dmdk: Aunt gave this bottle to the court physician, to make him give this to the king every day. This is a poison made by dark magicians.

Hogae: What did you say?

Dmdk: The doctor told me. So...

Hogae: You!

Mr.Yon: So?

Dmdk: I told aunt that the doctor said so, that he received it from her.

Mr.Yon: And then?

Dmdk: Aunt took this bottle with her. I didn't know that she would drink it.

Hogae: It's a lie!

Mr.Yon: Shut your mouth.

Hogae: He is telling a lie!

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:20 am

0






Name
gaulsan [gaulsan@freechal.com]


Subject
Trans] TWSSG Part 4. N


Hi sisters,
Here is the translation of part 4 of TWSSG.

* I translated to help you understand the drama, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s appropriate to use it as subtitles. It could violate the copy right and the sales of the drama. Please be careful.
* From Part 4, I summarized the scenes in a couple of parts where YJ doesn't appear.
* I put one more 'c' in words that has 'lac(c)e' - because this board forbids that word. I don't know why.
* Words between '[' and ']' are mine, which I added for your understanding.
* I will not translate the reviews and previews.
* Below is the list of abbreviated names.
King K : Kogukyang Wang (King Kogukyang)
Dmdk : Damdeok
Hogae : Yon Hogae
Mr.Yon : Yon Karyo, father of Hogae.
Hyn : Hyon-go
Szni : Sujini
Bason: the woman blacksmith.
Kiha : Kiha
Hch : the senior priest of the Hwacheons
Kdn : Kakdan
GenK : General Kho, the guard of young Damdeok.
Jmch : Joomoochi
Black: soldiers of the Black team
Yellow: soldiers of the Yellow team
===========================================

TAEWANGSASHINKI Part 4.

Dmdk: Aunt gave this bottle to the court physician, and ordered him to give this to the king everyday. This is a poison made by dark magicians.

Hogae: What? What did you say?

Dmdk: The doctor told me. So...

Hogae: You!

Mr.Yon: So?

Dmdk: I told aunt that the doctor said so, that he received gold from her.

Mr.Yon: And then?

Dmdk: Aunt took this bottle with her. I didn't know that she would drink it.

Hogae: It's a lie!

Mr.Yon: Shut your mouth.

Hogae: He is telling a lie! He is... !

Mr.Yon: You are the same age as the prince.
How come you are so childish while his highness is so stable?

Mr.Yon: I would like to ask you one question.
Why did you arrest Hogae beforehand?

Dmdk: I needed a hostage in case the story of the court doctor told me was true.
I was worried if the Yon family would resist with its private soldiers.

Mr.Yon: You are a person who doesn't tell a lie.

Dmdk: People tell lies only when they are afraid, don't they?

Dmdk: Maybe the court physician was insane.
I ordered to cut his throat before he spreads his insane story.
Now there is nobody that would say that there were people who tried to kill the king with poison.

Mr.Yon: Karyo of Yon's family thank your highness for your thoughtful and generous decision.

Dmdk: I am sorry.

-----------
Dmdk: Withdraw all the soldiers. I think everything is settled.

GenK: Let's go!
----------

Mr.Yon: Hogae, you've lost. You've lost to Damdeok today.
I have lost, too.
I was misled... by the father and the son.
People said that he was not smart that he cannot learn more than a line at a time; that he cannot ride horse, not to mention of being a soldier.
So I didn't pay attention, and was totally misled.

If you think that people would think you as a king just because you were born with the star, you are wrong. Your mother was wrong on that point.

I will wait.
I will wait until you prove yourself as a king.
I will wait until I myself can admit you as a king.

Will I be rewarded if I wait?

Hogae: Is it enough if I become a king?
Can I do whatever I want to the one who killed my mother if I become king?

---------------

Kogukyong-wang is shocked when he heard what Damdeok did.
He scolds Damdeok of what he did - because it was very risky.

The King tells Damdeok the reason why his sister princess doesn't admit them as family.
Several decades ago, the queen was kidnapped by the neighboring country, and the queen was already pregnant when she was kidnapped.
When she came back 13 years later, with the second prince that nobody knew before, the previous king was dead and her son was the king (Sosurim-wang).
Some people thought that the second prince might not be the offspring of Koguryo dynasty.
Oh-ji-ji(now Kogukyong-wang) lived in a remote placce, but had to come back because Sosurim-wang died early without his own offspring.
Kogukyong-wang assures that Damdeok is a descendant of the Koguryo dynasty.

----------------

Dmdk: That book...

Kiha: I stole this.

Dmdk: From the library?

Kiha: Shall I remove these?

Dmdk: Do you use it like this?

Kiha: Um.. No. The course starts from here.

Dmdk: Here?

Kiha: Yes. Start from your right foot.

Dmdk: Will I become a nice king if I fight well?
I killed the mother of a good friend. Can I still become a good king?
Answer me.
If I study martial art like this, can I become a good king?

Kiha: I just want you to become stranger and faster, so that you could protect yourself and run when you are in danger.

------------------------------

Sujini tells Hyonko not to tell fortune unless people pay him 3 poons*.
[¡®Poon¡¯ is similar to cent, and ¡®Nyang¡¯ is similar to dollar.]

------
First appearance of Joomoochi and his soldiers.
Joomoochi tells his men about his three rules.
First, they don't assassinate people; second, they don't kill women and old people; and third, they don't take the offer if they don't like the person who gives them the work. He is looking for a good blacksmith. Sujini bargains as usual.

----

'Ba-son' is the name of a woman who protected Sujini in part 3. She also appeared in part 2, when her father blacksmith ran with the symbol of Baekho.
At first, she refuses to sharpen Joomoochi's ax because it could be too dangerous for a young man to carry such powerful weapon.

Joomoochi is the leader of a mercenary based in Malgal tribe. He learned to use ax from toddler.
He received the ax from his father.

-------------------

Damdeok is called "Deok, or Deok-yi" when he plays outside in disquise.
He has a good reputation among people of the marketplacce.
He helps orphans of the street, and gives advice and information to people.
He helps the old lady when she became so weak that she couldn't dye cloth by herself.

------------------------
The main characters grow up.
----------------

* Tents of the Black Army (Representing the north, Jul-no-boo, a province or state )

Sujini tries to stop the gangs adding something to the fodder.
They make noise, and when the Black Army comes out, only Sujini is left.
They think that Sujini was trying to steel something, and run after her.


Szni: How can I pay you back?

Dmdk: Whoa..
Take this hand off.

Szni: Hahaha... oh, I smelt money.

Dmdk: Who are those guys? What are they doing with the fodder?

Szni: They are rotters of the marketplacce, and they were adding laxative to the fodder of the horses. If the horses eat it, the Black team will have to hit dung instead of a ball tomorrow.

Dmdk: Who ordered that?

Szni: Three Nyang(dollars). It used to be five Nyang, but I am giving you a good offer because this is our first deal.

Szni: Hey, my name is Suzini.
You seem like a noble youngster who is tired of studying and practicing archery.
Want to have some fun?
If you lend me money, I can earn you five times you lend me.
Let's go to the Darae's[a bar]. Don't you know the Darae's?
Hey, I think we have a nerd here....
The women there are great! Even if I am also a girl, they look gorgeous!
How about that? Let's go.
It's not far from here. Over there.

Szni: You should go to the mountain to catch a tiger.
You should go up to the sky to get a star.
You should go to a proper placce to meet beauties.

Hey, be careful not to look like a nerd.
If they know that you are a newcomer, they will boil your backbone and make soup.

Szni: I'm worried. Give it to me.

Dmdk: What?

Szni: Your pouch.

Dmdk: Oh, my pouch..

Szni: I will keep it for you.

Dmdk: Is this placce called the Darae's? Is this the placce that one can meet the best girls?

Szni: Of course!

Dmdk: I didn't think they were so pretty.

Szni: What? You haven't even been here!

Women: Orabonie~~! *
[ It is an honorific and old-style expression of Obba, which is used by women to call one¡¯s elder brother.]

Dmdk: How have you been?

Women: Didn't you miss me?
Sing us your newest song. Do you know that I miss you every night?

Dmdk: Didn't you say that you wanna drink? It's free!
--------------
The soldiers of the black army is looking for Suzini.
Soldiers: Get her!

Szni: Mr. nerd, you go that way.

Dmdk: Wait a moment, what time is it?

Woman: It's past Haeshi(ú¤ãÁ, 9-11pm), almost Jashi(í­ãÁ, 11pm-1am).

Dmdk: I, have to go.

Szni: Go where?

Dmdk: Good luck!

Black: Hey!

Dmdk: Good bye!

Szni: What a manner!

Black: Hey! Wait till we catch you.

Szni: Hahahaha.... OK, I will tell you everything.

Black: I think we have some other business first.

Szni: Hey! What are you doing there? Shall I tell everything? That you ordered me¡¦

---------------

KingK: Where is he?

Dmdk: Did you come to see me late at night?
I... was at the library because I couldn't sleep.
Oh, and I had some walk, too.

KingK: There is a rumor that someone is going out over the wall every night.

Dmdk: The wall of this palacce?
KingK: It must be just a rumor.

Dmdk: There are lots of rumors floating around.
Oh, did you hear the rumor about the Dogae-pond? The pond near the north gate. They say that a woman plays a flute there at night of the end of the lunar month. Men who hear the music....

KingK: Don't go outside.

Dmdk: Yes, sir.

KingK: Especially, don't ever think of going near the Kyuk-gu stadium.
All the VIPs of this country will be there.

Dmdk: I won't appear in front of them. They won't know who I am.

KingK: Oh come now. The Yons are watching you to grab a chance to get rid of you. Don't give chance to them in this critical time that all representatives of the states are gathered here.

Dmdk: Yes, sir.

KingK: Kyeruboo of Joomong is controlled by the Yons.
Other four major tribes are half inclined to the Yons.

Kiha: They have the power anyway.
It is hard to trade without going through the network of Yons that is spread to Shilla in the East, Yonnara in the West, and also deep into the highlands in the north.

Dmdk: Show me.

Kiha: Your highness....

Dmdk: Show me. Nobody is watching.

Dmdk: There, there, and there...
It's really amazing! I can't believe that you are born with this talent.

Kiha: Do not stand out. Don't let anyone think that they should watch you carefully.

Dmdk: Then, there is only one way.
Kiha, quit working at the shrine.
I will quit being the crown prince.
Then we run away. Let's travel from villages to villages.
You show people your igniting skill, and I will collect money.

Can't you stay some more?
It's been a while since you were here before.

Kiha: Good night.

Dmdk: There is nobody who laughs with me in this palacce. There is nobody.

---------------------------

Szni: How could you leave me like that?
What did you say? 'I have to go, Good Luck..'

Dmdk: Did I have to get involved in that mess?

Szni: We went in the bar with arms around each other's shoulders; drank liquor together, and were attacked when we were together. How can you say so?

Dmdk: Hey.
Szni: Hey? Oh....All the faith of Kooknae-Sung has gone into the sewage. How on earth....

Dmdk: Have you been swept away so badly?
No matter how far you are swept away, you must have some dignity as a girl.
How can you follow me all day like this? Don't you see people's eyes?
Isn't it so? [to the people around].
They say yes. [ to Sujini. ]

Let's make is straight. Did we put our arms around each other's shoulders?
Is that what you want? Come, let's do it.

----------

Salt Merchant: Things went on just as you predicted. We could charge as we wanted.
You told us not to sell salt for a month, and that the price will double then.
How did you know that?

Dmdk: A trade mission from Sookshin was here last month.
What they wanted was salt, and would have bought it as much as they could.
Then, there will be narrow margin of salt reserved in this area. It was obvious.

Merchant: Here it is.

Szni: Don't you want to make this money increased twofold? It could be three, four, or ten folds if you are lucky.

Szni: It's so easy. Like swimming with your feet on the ground, like a piece of cake,

Dmdk: Do you still gamble?

Szni: No. This is not gambling. They are just making a bet on the team that they think will win at this Kyuk-gu match. People are betting on the Yellow team. If we bet on the Black team, and if the black team wins.... imagine how much it could be!
I will do everything for you, and just give me twenty percent.

Tout: Bet to the Yellow team that Hogae leads....

Dmdk: Don't you have any sense of pride? Do you do anything for money?
How do you know that the Black team will win?

-----

Szni: You can trust him, master.

Hyn: For what?

Szni: For money.

Hyn: Oh, does he have plenty?

Szni: It seams so.

Hyn: Oh, then...


Dmdk: Me?

Hyn: Choose one.

Hyn/Szni: Black!

Hyn: The winner will be the Black team, as revealed here.
Don't tell anyone about this. The one who breaks the secret of the heaven shall be punished.
The fee for the fortune telling is two Nyang.

Dmdk: Two Nyang...

-----

Hyn: Frankly speaking, I can read the heaven's thought by looking up the sky, and I can feel the earth's heart by listening to her. As a matter of fact, this match was so obvious that I didn't need to do so.
By the way, do you know Hogae of Yon's family in person?
The best hero of Koguryo born in the best family.
There was no one who could win him since he was 15 years old.

Anyway, he is the leader of the Yellow team, and everyone think that he will win the tournament.
What is making him still want to harm the horses of the Black team?
Why did he make someone to harm the horses of the Black team?

Dmdk: What happens if one insults a noble person without any proof?

Hyn: I am saying this just because I am curious. What made him become like this?
I watched Hogae-nim for a long time. Of course, from distance.
He was cheerful, magnanimous, and warm. What happened to him?

----

Hogae: I have to win this match. We are playing in front of all the noble people of this country.
I must show them, that Hogae is different.

----

Hyn: I didn't see him smile for quite a long while.

Szni: He smiles once in a while. Like this,

Hyn: You must know the reason if you are one of his friends.

Szni: That smile makes girls faint.

Dmd: It might be since then.

Hyni: Since when?

Dmd: Since his mother died.

Hyni: His mother committed suicide with poison, didn't she?

Dmdk: It was not suicide. She was killed, as far as I know.

Dmdk: Do you really think that the Black team will win?

------------

Hogae: There is no next match. This is our last match. Do you get it?

Yellow: Yes, sir!

-------------

Hogae talking with his mother late at night, and Yon Garyo comes. .

- abridged -

Hogae: I will show you.
In front of all the representatives of Koguryo, I will show who Hogae is.
Father, you just don't deny what everyone else admit.

Mr.Yon: I will not.

-------------------
Szni: Did you make your bet?

* Stadium for Kyukku, Kooknae Sung,

Cho Joo Do(the one sitting by Yon Garyo) is introducing the leader of the Hwacheons as a merchant to Yon.
Cho Joo Do: People say that he owns twenty trading ships, counting only the large ones. Can you see him over there?

-------------------

Red team : representing the south.
White team: representing the west
Blue team: representing the east, Soonno-boo [ºÎ(boo), İ», province or state]
Black team: representing the north, Julno-boo
Yellow team: representing the center, Kyeru-boo

----------

Bason is late for the match, and met Joomoochi.

-----------

Hogae: Is it enough if I become a king?
Can I do whatever I want to the one who killed my mother if I become king?
In front of all the representatives of Koguryo, I will show who Hogae is.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:21 am

0








Taewangsasinki Episode 5

* Kyukku Stadium in Kooknae Sung
* Game between Yellow Army (Gearoo Division) and Blue Army (Soonro Division)

Hogae: Is it possible to do it when I become a king?
the people of Kokuryo get together from five different directions ......

Szni: The girls in Kuknae Sung probably can¡¯t sleep tonight.
Look at him laughing, my heart is beating, my heart is beating..
Ah.. Don¡¯t laugh any more, I might have to go to the restroom.

Damdeok: Can¡¯t they do that?

Szni: It¡¯s okay to play like that as long as they don¡¯t touch each other¡¯s horses in kyukku. They can hit, or poke with jangsi (suehan: the name of stick in kyukku).
And then, they might be thrown from their horses... broken. and then dead...

Damdeok: Isn¡¯t the jangsi supposed to be made of bamboo with a hollow stem?
I thought that¡¯s the rule of kyukku.....

Szni: Then what¡¯s inside of the stem if it isn¡¯t hollow?

Black Army: Is that jangsi made of bamboo?
It sounds like an iron stick when I hear the sound of them being whipped.

Bason: An iron stick is inside of it.
An iron stick is inside of the jangsi.
I can tell you that from my 30 years experience as the daughter of Daejangshin. Where are your horses? I thought you wanted me to look at the horseshoes.

Jmch: Sis, where would you want me put these?

Bason: Where are your horses?

--------

* Kyukku game. Yellow Army (Central, Gearoo Division), camp

Y1: Did you see me fend off that goofball?
Y2: How could you poke his neck? You could¡¯ve killed him.
Y1: I protected Hogae nim because of it. Praise me.

Szni: Wow, it¡¯s heavy.
Are jangsi supposed to be this heavy?

Y2: Who are you?

Szni: I came to congratulate your wins. But, it¡¯s not true.
I came to look at these jangsi.

Y2: You should give it back, while I am talking to you nicely.

Szni: There is something fishy going on. How much are you going to pay me?
Do you want me to take this jangsi to the elders over there, to tell the truth?
Or would you rather pay me a little and I will close my mouth.

Y2: This girl is crazy, isn¡¯t she?

Szni: What? You talk just like a fool. You, insect chunk!
I¡¯m threatening you. If I open my mouth you as the Yellow Army will be disqualified.

Y2: Yes. I¡¯ll make you close your mouth, completely.....

Szni: Brother, you can resolve this problem with just 30 ryang (suehan: similar to dollar). Do you want to see the blood?

Hogae: What¡¯s going on here? You¡¯re facing a woman, she doesn¡¯t even have a weapon.

Szni: Oh! It¡¯s you, Hogae nim!
I¡¯m Suzini, the disciple of the master, Hyungo can see the sky when he closes his eyes and can see the earth when he opens them. The reason why I came here is......

Y2: This girl added something in the water pot. She must be a spy. I saw that clearly with my two eyes.

Hogae: Who sent you here?

Szni: I really don¡¯t know what to do....
No, It¡¯s not for that. I.....

Y2: I¡¯ll handle this girl.. I¡¯ll make her tell us the truth.

Damdeok: Don¡¯t you think there is someone that must tell the truth?

Szni: What are you doing here? Run away!

Hogae: How are you?

Damdeok: It was a good game.

Hegae: I¡¯m honored.

Damdeok: Hogae of the Yeons family. What do you want? Do you want me to show these to the people? Your father, Taedaehyung will be shocked....

Hogae: I don¡¯t have a clue .....

Damdeok: It is a definite foul to put an iron stick in the stem of the bamboo of the kyukku. .

Damdeok: You didn¡¯t know about this?
Give her some money, she will close her mouth. Pay her an adequate amount of money.

Hogae: Prince, I can¡¯t cover this. I¡¯ll reveal the truth and accept the penalty of it. I¡¯ll take all responsibility of it as the head of the Yellow Army.

Damdeok: Don¡¯t do it. If you take responsibility, then I might be in trouble as well. Actually I¡¯m grounded. I¡¯m grounded for one month because I went outside of the palac( c)e many times. So, let¡¯s do it this way. Switch the dirty Jangsis with the clean ones. You guys have never seen me, and I¡¯ve never seen you guys, either, okay?

------------

Damdeok: Aren¡¯t you supposed to say ¡®thank you¡¯, or ¡®you saved my life¡¯?

Szni: Are you going to go this way? Then. I will.....

Damdeok: Did you get paid? I¡¯ll make it short. Don¡¯t talk about me and the jangsi of the Yellow Army..... And.....

Szni: I don¡¯t think anyone will believe me even If I wag my tongue.
I am just the pupil of the fortune teller of Jeoja Street, and can talk about the prince as a Great Power....

Damdeok: shh......

Szni: Ah....Who will believe that I met someone of the Great Power, when the child of the Great Power used a trick to enhance the jangsi with an iron stick?

Damdeok: Lower your voice.

Szni: I¡¯m not scared of anything, because of my lack of education. But, I have a question for you. It¡¯s natural for me, just like a street person, to get the money first when there is a chance. But, are you at least someone of the Great Power, are you supposed to be on the side of justice? You said, ¡°Let it go?¡± What did you get while I got the bag of money?

Damdeok: You really aren¡¯t scared of anything.

Szni: I¡¯m sorry. My master is saying things like that everyday, ¡®You¡¯re not scared of anything, that¡¯s why you eat rice so much.¡¯

Damdeok: I owe him.

Szni: Who?

Damdeok: I do. I owe him, a son of the Yeon¡¯s family. That¡¯s why I paid the interests.

Saryang: Hch wants to talk to you secretly. How about tonight, Kiha?

Kiha: He laughed.

Saryang: What?

Kiha: He has never laughed comfortably since that happening when he was young, but he laughed very brightly while he was looking at her.

---------

Szni: Oh my god. Even I¡¯m stunned and my intestine is blocked.
What? ¡®You aren¡¯t scared of anything.¡¯ Ok.. I¡¯m not scared of anything.
So, are you scared now?

Hyungo: Hi, my disciple.

Szni: I¡¯ll make it short. Don¡¯t talk about what happened today.¡¯
Oh my god.

Hyungo: What happened?

Szni: You don¡¯t need to know. I can¡¯t talk..... It¡¯s killing me.

Hyungo: I see, I see, What is Yeon Hogae doing now?

Szni: How do I know about a cheater like him?

Hyungo: What¡¯s going on? Didn¡¯t I tell you to watch him carefully?
The girls in kuknae Sung even talk while they sleep like this, ¡®omo, Hogae nim, Hogae nim¡¯. But, you¡¯re not a girl. Ah.. What will I do?

Szni: I don¡¯t want to meet him anymore, I shouldn¡¯t meet him.
I won¡¯t....

Hyungo: Maybe.. Did you sleep with him, Yeon Hogae?
If not, you, a disciple, should tell your master everything.
That¡¯s why you called him a cheater. What did he tell you after that? Huh?

Szni: Master.....

Hyungo: Ah.. That¡¯s not it?

Szni: No.....

* Secret Mansion of Hwacheonhoe

Hch: It was shining weakly, but brightly, when Kiha and Hogae were close together.

Kiha: Did you have it? The heart of Jujak?

Hch: I dared to have it. I had to confirm it.
The heart of Jujak reacted when Yeon Hogae came out of Kyukkyu Stadium and was close to it.

Hch: That is...... not clear. So, I¡¯m planning to visit his house to meet him. I¡¯ll call you at the time and confirm it.

Kiha: Once you confirm it, what is next?

Hch: As planned, we have to make him as king of Kokuryo.
We have to make it find symbols; Blue Dragon, White Tiger, Hyunmoo.....which is the key to open the seal of Shindansoo as it has been sleeping under the Hwacheon Abullansa for thousands years.

----------------

Daedeon: Ah.... I¡¯m suprised. Since when did this spot become so famous? The name is the secret path, but everybody knows it.

Hogae: I came, because I couldn¡¯t let it go this way. I want to reveal the truth about the happenings which deceived King and the people. I¡¯ll tell the truth and get the penalty of it.

Damdeok: If you do it, then it will look fancier?

Hogae: You don¡¯t want me to do it?

Damdeok: Don¡¯t do it. It¡¯s annoying.

Hogae: Did you intend to hold me against the future?
I don¡¯t want you to blackmail me.

Damdeok: We are in the same situation. If somebody finds out that I went outside of the palac ( c)e, then I¡¯ll be in trouble. We didn¡¯t see each other today, okay?

Hogae: If so, I won¡¯t stop. Is it okay with you? I¡¯m desperate, I¡¯m different than someone who became the prince without any efforts and didn¡¯t get any penalties even though he had killed one¡¯s mother. I have to try very hard to return to my position.

Damdeok: What are you going to do?

Hogae: First, I¡¯ll win this kyukku game. I¡¯ll make the people of this country be on my side.

Damdeok: I don¡¯t think it¡¯s easy. Did you see Black Army? They¡¯re full of self-confidence warriors. Moreover, the best fortune teller in Kuknae Sung said that Black Army would win this game.

Hogae: Didn¡¯t you hear me? I said that I¡¯m very desperate. You don¡¯t know what it means, do you? Now, I have your permission. I¡¯m leaving.

----------

Szni: I said that I can¡¯t.... I can¡¯t..
I said that I won¡¯t, and I can¡¯t.... You made me follow somebody every day..
Why do I have to follow him? Such a cheater....

Damdeok: Can¡¯t you control yourself?
Do you have to wag your tongue even when you are alone? Don¡¯t you know it¡¯s a disease?

Szni: What¡¯s going on at this late time... Oh, you¡¯re tired of archery or reading.
And there is someone who wants to take you to interesting places.

Damdeok: That guy seems familiar.

Szni: It¡¯s natural for soldiers to flock because their boss is inside.
The son of the Yeon¡¯s family is drinking inside.

Damdeok: Hogae?

Szni: Yes. The final is tomorrow, but he is drinking a lot.
It¡¯s good if he gets drunk tomorrow, then our Black Army will win,
and I can make money.

----------

Y: Hogae.

Hogae: Why? Why?
How come you used the trick? Why?

Y: I wanted to win.

Hogae: This way, This way?

Y: It¡¯s a dream for the Kokuryo man go in Gaema Army. But, we can¡¯t win at the kyukku game then, it¡¯s a plac (c)e we dare to look at.

Hogae: Did you think we could win playing fairly?
Did you think that the Yellow Army could win the game without that dirty trick?
I, Yeon Hogae.....

Y: No, it¡¯s not that. It does not matter whether we win the game or not.

Hogae: It doesn¡¯t matter with me whether we win or lose?
Me? No. I can¡¯t lose. I can¡¯t lose to anyone. Did you get it? I shouldn¡¯t lose the game. And I shouldn¡¯t show him that dirty trick.

Y: We win. We¡¯ll win. We¡¯re insulted by the prince. Still we can¡¯t win?

Hogae: Prince? Did you say prince? You¡¯re talking about prince in front of me?
How dare you?
Ilsoo:...

Ilsoo: Yes.

Hogae: You might prepare something for tomorrow¡¯s final. You prepared something to win the game tomorrow. Like that jangsi.

---------------

Szni: They already put some bad drugs in the haystack, used the iron jangsi, what else are they planning this time? If they invent new tricks every time, it will be more entertaining to the audience.

Dalgoo: Mam! Give me a drink...

Leader: You ordered more? Aren¡¯t you going to play in tomorrow¡¯s final?

Dalgoo: Don¡¯t nag in front of the precious drink.

Leader: Let¡¯s go. Get some good sleep.

Dalgoo: No.. I¡¯m so nervous, I can¡¯t sleep
.
Youngest one: Dalgoo is always nervous. Your leg even shakes when you sleep.

Dalgoo: You, who is your opponent tomorrow? It¡¯s Yellow Army which Yeon Hogae is leading. Do you know Yeon Hogae?

Leader: So.

Dalgoo: I want to make a goal when we face Yeon Hogae.
To make a point, I want to drink.. Thanks to drinking.

Leader: Who¡¯s losing? We are? Absolutely not!.

Black Army: No, never. Never lose!

Leader: Let¡¯s drink.

------------

Fighting Scene

-----------

Damdeok: Are you okay?

Leader: Who are you?

Damdeok: Let¡¯s go to the doctor, can you walk?

Szni: Ride on his back. Hurry up. Okay?

Leader: You too get down. Thanks for your kindness. But we have a kyukku game tomorrow.

Damdeok: Why don¡¯t you get some treatments first.

Leader: We can¡¯t play a game once our injuries are in the know. So, just leave us alone.

Damdeok: Can you get a horse for me?

Szni: Three ryangs (dollars) for a day. One more ryang at night.

Damdeok: Two ryangs for one day.

------------

Hyungo: Over there... It looks like a disciple¡¯s uniform of Cheonjishindang.

Szni: Yes..

Hyungo: How did you bring a disciple of Cheonjishindang here?

Szni: I can¡¯t tell you that.

Hyungo: Anyhow, who is that guy? Why are you sticking together?

Szni: I really can¡¯t tell you that either.

------------

Leader: Thank you, first.

Damdeok: You can trust her medical skills. She is famous for her skills in Shindang.

Leader: Why? We accepted your kindness. But I¡¯m suspicious about you and that girl.
Were you with her when she caused trouble at our stall? Maybe you¡¯re in the same group. What is your plot?

Damdeok: I think your side is more of a problem than my plot. Do you have any good substitutions?

Leader: Originally, we had lots of them, more than twenty.

Damdeok: Then?

Leader: Savages of North had attacked us last time. More than half of them have died when they had fought¡¦We requested more soldiers from the Royal Court, but they refused saying that Baekje is overlooking at us and Hooyeon is doing something else, etc... That¡¯s the reason we¡¯re short of players, even though we send remaining players into the game. So, I¡¯m asking you again, who are you two?

Damdeok: We¡¯re a good two, just say ¡®thank you.¡¯

Leader: Why are you helping us. You, live in Kuknae Sung, why are you helping the vicinity of the north?.

Damdeok: I bet all of my money, for the business, on you. So you have to win, now do you understand?

Leader: I¡¯m Shoedooroo, first son of Jeolrobu Heukdoo Village.

Damdeok: Are you the son of Jeolroboo patriarch?

Leader: Once I have given my name you have to give me your name as well.

Damdeok: I don¡¯t want to.

----------------

Kiha: I think medicine should be boiled, is there someone that can do that?

Szni: It must be boiled? It can¡¯t be chewed? It looks like they have strong teeth.
And.... Have you seen me? It¡¯s strange¡¦ It feel like I met you somewhere.
You¡¯re a disciple of Shindang, so you haven¡¯t come to my master to know your future. Then, do you enjoy drinking? Did I see you at the bar?

Kiha: That man¡¯s bone even hurts. He can¡¯t put pressure on his leg.
The man outside hurt his side, I used medicine to stop the bleeding, so, he must rest until It¡¯s completely healed. And the man whose back was cut.....

Szni: Ah... I knew it at the casino.

Kiha: That man has a serious internal injury; it must be treated with medicine. Of course he must rest too.

-----------------

* kyukku stadium Black Army (North Part, Jeolrobu) camp

Dalgoo: Don¡¯t be stubborn. How can you play with your bad condition?

Shoedooroo: What about you? You can¡¯t even stand up.

Daogoo: Are you going to play? Ok, then I¡¯m going to play, too..

Shoedooroo: Jakeundol!

Jakeundol: Yes.

Shoedooroo: It¡¯s okay just don¡¯t fall down from your horse or catch the ball.

Jakeundol: I won¡¯t. You¡¯ll see. I¡¯ll die on my horse.

Shoedooroo: Don¡¯t be smart with me. You¡¯re not a brave man yet, do you still want to die on your horse? Let¡¯s go!


----------------------

*Finals: Yellow Army (georooboo) vs. Black Army (Jeolrooboo)

Szni: Wild Pig walks with two feet. He¡¯s the leader of Black Army. His nickname is
Wild Pig, because he walks with two feet It said that he will die standing.

Szni: Those players, they are pummeling Wild Pig badly. They will kill him.

Szni: Are there any substitutions for the Black Army? They should switch to
another player!

Damdeok: Do you know how to ride a horse?

Azni: I can ride a horse as long as it¡¯s not dead. Why?

Damdeok: Can you hit the ball while riding a horse?

Ref: What¡¯s this? There are wounds in your side. What¡¯s going on?

Shoedooroo: You stupid! Why didn¡¯t you release yourself and just fall off the horse? Your wrist was broken; you were still hanging on the horse?

Ref: You and you too, you can¡¯t stay in the stadium! Go and bring the bench players!

Shoedooroo: I¡¯m fine. Just kick this guy out of the stadium.

Ref: Switch to other players right now! If not you all have to sub out! Switch to another players!

Jakeundol: How can we switch! I¡¯m the last player.

Ref: Then... You forfeit? Give up?

Shoedooroo: Our Black Army is short of players.....

Jakeundol: We can¡¯t.... Oh no....

Ref: Who are they?

Damdeok: We¡¯re the bench players, Deokii and Suzinii of Black Army of Jeolrobu Hyunmoo, please allow us to substitute for our players.

---------

Hyungo: Have you seen my disciple?

Bason: She¡¯s over there, over there!

Hyungo: Oh? Suzinii?

Szni: Geosiki nim, how about we stop now?

Damdeok: We¡¯re winning right now?

Szni: It doesn¡¯t matter whether we¡¯re winning or not?
Don¡¯t you think the son of the Yeon¡¯s family looks a little strange?
He looks so ferocious.

Damdeok: I can feel it. Ha!

Hogae: You know who he is?

Y: Yes.

Chief: Prince!

-----

What are you saying?

Hyungo: Oh, he is Damdeok prince?

The son of King?

Prince?

What did you just say?

Damdeok: They weren¡¯t aware of this. I joined the team on my own. So, it¡¯s only my fault. Please consider it as generousity.

Yeongaryo: It shouldn¡¯t have happened. The royal family of Kokuryo and prince should be in the middle of this country, so they can¡¯t be biased towards any tribes. Today, prince played for the Black Army of Jeolroboo. Does that mean that he thinks, Soonnobu, Yeonnobu, Gwannobu, and Joongangbu are in a lower class than Jeolroboo?

King: There were unfair players in Jeolrobu¡¯s Black Army. They deceived me and my people. Stop the game right now and send everyone related to this matter to jail.

Damdeok: I deceived everybody, because I want to play. If there are any mistakes, I¡¯ll....

King: You should arrest the son of the King first.

General Ko: Imperial Majesty, we don¡¯t have any jail cells where the prince can stay. We can¡¯t do that.

Yeongaryo: I think this is the right step, Imperial Majesty. First you should order him to stay in Taesil, and then you should ask about the ministers¡¯ opinions about the incident.

General Ko: What incident? Prince was just excited and played a bit.

King: What are you doing? I have orders already.

-----------------

* Jail in the Yeongaryo¡¯s mansion.

Woman: Sis Bason! Sis Bason!

Hyungo: Come on.

Bason: Are you sure she¡¯s in jail in the Yeon¡¯s mansion?

Woman: I saw it. I heard that they were given food, so I followed them and saw her. She was there. I asked her ¡®Are you Szni?¡± ¡°How do you know my name?¡¯ So, I....

Hyungo: Why were they in private jails, not the jails of the government?

Woman: Do you want me to go and ask about that?

Bason: How is the situation? Were they beaten to death or dying?

Woman: They¡¯re fine.

Bason: No. No. I¡¯m sure they might be beaten sooner or later.

Hyungo: They shouldn¡¯t do that!

Bason: Oh my god. She shouldn¡¯t be beaten. If she was beaten four or five times, then she might be dead. Master, do something. You said you¡¯re the master.

Woman: I have to go.

Bason: Do I have to call a mercenary soldier? There is a guy, called Joomoochi, who belongs to the Shiwu tribe, who could be on Baekje¡¯s side, or Kokuryo¡¯s side when he gets paid. He is the best. He never has lost. Do you want me to call him? Let ¡®s break the wall, jail and everything. Let¡¯s destroy the jail.

Woman: It¡¯s about time for my husband to come. I have to go home early, because of my family.

Candy Salesman: He¡¯s Jojoodo.
He is the one making a living with sweet talks under Yeon Gaeryo.
And the one behind him is.....

-----------

* Taeshil in Kuknae Palac(c)e

Yeon Garyo: Four Gods....

Hch: Blue Dragon, White Tiger, Joojak, Hyunmoo... I believe you know about Guardians protecting the four vicinities of Kokuryo, and the symbols which have their energies.

Yeon Gaeryo: Didn¡¯t you say that you were going to talk about the Destiny of Kokuryo?

Hch: It¡¯s said that the 4 Symbols will wake up when they meet the King of Jyooshin. It is also said that the owners of the symbols will acknowledge him as well and serve the King. And the King will make this earth in one with Four Gods¡¯ help.

Yeon Garyo: Woman and children will like folk tales and fortune tellers¡¯ stories. But as you know Kojuha, there isn¡¯t wife or children in my house.

Hch: I heard that the star of Jyushin came out when Hogae, the little owner of the house, was born.

Yeon Garyo: If you want to talk about the business¡¯s rights, there is a village with a train station, please go there.

Hch: I have a heart of Joojak.

-------

Shamanist: Only attendant girls should wake to guard the night, where are you going?

-------

Hch: I found out that the owner of this Joojak is said to be in Cheonjushindang.

I want the owner and Hogae to meet at the place where the heart of Joojak is.
So, I want to know whether the heart of Joojak will wake up and the person who knows is the King.

Yeon Garyo: Why you are interested in the King of Jyushin?

Hch: He is the people of this earth. If I can meet him, we can merge the countries into one and the wars of this earth will disappear, then I want to bet everything I have on him

------

* Kakdan (Guard Army 3 Dongjoo)

Kakdan: I¡¯m Kakdan of Guardian Army 3rd Dang Joo. Do you want to talk about something?

Damdeok: Can you come in?

Kakdan: Taeshil is the room that enshrines Dangun, Choomoo King, and previous Kings.
We can¡¯t go in

Damdeok: Is that so? Then, I¡¯ll go out and come back soon. I have something to do.

Kakdan: I¡¯m sorry. You¡¯re on probation. You can¡¯t go out until the king¡¯s orders come.

Damdeok: I know you are the only one to guard me and I am really sorry but can you be my hostage.

Kakdan: Will you win against me with confidence?

Damdeok: Do I really have to do that?

Kakdan: 3rd Gaurds! Can you hear me? Prince wants to go out. I want to send him outside if he wins against me in 30 Hops. Is anybody against it?

3rd Guard: Nope!

Kakdan: Joosam!

Kakdan: I¡¯m afraid you might be hurt.

Damdeok: I¡¯m not going to cry even though I am hurt. I promise.

Kakdan: If then, so...

Damdeok: What was your name?

----------

Kakdan: The one who had been arrested at the Yeon Garyo¡¯s house.

Sharmanist: Did you come after you had become a friend of the prince at night?

Prince: Do you want me to withdraw as prince? Do you want me to persist that I¡¯m not qualified?

The position of prince is a position that prepares someone to be King.

You have been waiting for a long time. Please try to make to the son of the Yeon¡¯s family attracted to you. Meanwhile, I¡¯m going to disturb this country a bit.

Among the nobles in four directions, there aren¡¯t any people that believe that Damdeok is the next King.

Open the door!

Do you believe the star of Jyushin?

If you really are the right person for King, I¡¯ll kneel down and get an order from you.

Are you saying that I should scheme to treason?

I believe my son should be the next king of Kokuryo.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:23 am

Part 6

Kdn: Joosam! (the name of a soldier)

Kdn: I'm afraid that you might get hurt.

Dmdk: I won't cry eve if I get hurt. I promise.

Kdn: Then...


Dmdk: What was your name?

Kdn: Kakdan is my name.

Dmdk: I'll be back.

Kdn: The arrested players are at Yon Garyo's house.

------------

* Kiha was caught when she was smuggling out to meet the Priest.
The oracle asks Kiha why she was going out, whether she was a spy, or was going out to meet the prince. Kiha says that she was not going out to meet the prince.

When Kiha was about to be tortured, the messenger of YonGaryo comes to officially ask Kiha to consult for the fate of Koguryo.
The oracle had to release Kiha because it was the request of the most powerful man.

------------

* The peddler and Hyongo saw Damdeok visiting Yon's house, and decided to smuggle in by using magic.
Hyongo tried to make fog to hide them with a magic device, but failed. Hyongo is not good at magic. =)

----------

MrYon: Did I misunderstand something? I thought you were supposed to be confined to Taeshil.

Dmdk: I broke out.

MrYon: To come to meet me?

Dmdk: To ask a favor of you.

MrYon: I am very sorry. How can I dare ....

Dmdk: I heard that the Black Army players are arrested here.

MrYon: They are here temporarily. Their accusation is not clear yet.
As they deceived the king, it could be treason, and as they deceived the people, it could be fraud.

Dmdk: You must be aware that you are overly exaggerating.

MrYon:Am I?

Dmdk: You just want to punish me with this chance.

MrYon: You are overly simplifying.

Dmdk: Do as you want. You can punish me as you want. Release them instead.
What do you want? Do you want me to give my title as the crown prince?
Do you want to claim that I am not qualified as a crown prince?

MrYon: If I claim so, would you accept that?

Dmdk: If I do accept that, would you release the Black Army players? Right now.

MrYon: The title of crown prince is for a person who is preparing to become king. You must know that.

Dmdk: You may say more straightforwardly.

MrYon: Do you mean that you are giving up such title so easily?
Do you think that being a king is such an insignificant matter for you?

Dmdk: No. It was never an insignificant matter since I came to the palacce when I was ten.
I know that this title is supposed to be Hogae's.
I was aware that I should give it to him someday.
Heaven prove it with the star of Jyooshin when he was born, didn't it?
I am also a descendant of Jyooshin, and one of Koguryo peoople.
I am also expecting the King of Jyooshin to come.
But... can't you wait some more?
If you are not going to assassinate the king and take the crown, can't you wait?
When the time comes, I will joyfully give my title to your son.

--------

* Kiha goes in to Yon's house.
* Peddler asks Hyongo to go back home.

------------

MrYon: I don't think it is available right now. There must be some official reason to release them.

Dmdk: Make the reason, then. I know you can.

MrYon: I will do my best.

Dmdk: I hope you to hurry. There is one who is very wild among the detainees.
I trust you will.

Dmdk: Thank you for showing your sincerity to your servant Yon Garyo.

--------

* The Priest (Choi Min Soo) is not happy with the deal between Damdeok and Yon.
He wants to make Yon dependent to him so that he could become powerful in Koguryo.
He needs to trigger conflict within Koguryo to achieve his goal.
He orders Kiha to attract Hogae's attention.

--------

* The prison of Yon's house.
They are playing game.

--------

* Taeshil of the palacce.

Dmdk: I disobeyed your order.

King K: I just came to see if you were hurt with my order.
Now I will leave as I saw you.

Dmdk: I've been to the Yons.

-------

Hogae: Father, did you call me to come here?

* small temple of Yon's house.

-------

King K: What did you say?
You said that you will give up your title as crown prince? You want to leave?

Dmdk: I want to. Please allow me to do so.
What is the use of all this? There is the king that the heaven gave to the world. Why should I block his way?

King K: After you step down, what are you going to do?

Dmdk: Father, are you happy?
Are you happy with your life in this palacce, living with people who are aiming at you like vipers every day?
I want to live freely with a person whom I love, even if it would be just one day.

King K: Is it the woman who belong to the shrine?
Her name was Kiha, right?
Did she ask you to live with her? Leaving your country and the will of the heaven?
To live happily?
You don't know. You don't know who you really are.
You don't know how many people have been waiting you for such a long time.

-----------
* Kiha, thinking of their childhood.

---------
* Damdeok, thinking of their childhood.

---------
* Hogae, thinking of his childhood.

----------
* The symbol of Joojak responds.

------
* Soojini, dream of the black Jooojak and Saeoh.

----------

* The peddler asks Hyongo whether they should obay the king of Jyooshin even if the king is evil.
There was a prophecy about the symbol of Hyonmoo.
"When the symbol of Hyonmoo and its owner meet the king of Jyooshin, a cold anger will awaken them all."

------------
* Yon's house.

Hogae: Do you remember me?
I always wanted to know if you remember me.
As you work at the shrine, I couldn't see you often. I couldn't ask you.

Kiha: I saw you often.
At the ceremonies held at the shrine, and at the Kyukku match.

Hogae: It was just once in a long while for me, while it was often for you.

Kiha: I will be staying here for a while.

----------

The leader of the black tribe, Heuk-gae was stopped at the gate of the palacce.
He is not allowed to attend the cabinet meeting.

Cho Joodo asks the king to assign a new crown prince, claiming that Damdeok is not qualified to become a king.
The leaders of each tribes claim that Hogae is the one who was born under the star of Jyooshin.
The king invites the oracle and asks for her testimony.
The oracle testifies that it was Damdeok who was born under the sky.
The king declares that he would resign and crown Damdeok as the next king.
The oracle declares that the coronation will be held the next day at noon.

--------
* Hyongo hears that the oracle said the King of Jyooshin was Damdeok, and heads to Geomulchon to search for further information.

-------

* After the meeting in the palacce, Yon Garyo thinks that the King and the oracle were telling a lie to make Damdeok the king.
He makes his mind to stop what he thinks is a lie.
Hogae is imbarrassed with his father's behavior.
"Are you telling me to plot treason?"

--------

* The oracle tells the king that it is not yet the time for the new king; that the new king is not awaken yet.
The king tells the oracle that Damdeok wanted to yield the crown to Hogae.
The oracle warns that Damdeok could face danger, as the Yons won't be happy with the plan.
King says, if Damdeok dies because of that, he is not the one. "If he doesn't awake even if we shake him so hard, we must have been wrong."

---------

Kdn: Shall I order to bring something to eat?

Dmdk: Is this the sacred sword that King Choomodaewang(õÛÙ¿ÓŞèİ) used?

* Choomoshingum(õÛÙ¿ãêËü): The sacred sword that Joomong, the founder of Koguryo had used.

Kdn: Yes, it is the Choomoshingum.

Dmdk: It is said that the spirits of our ancestor kings are here.

Kdn: I was told that they live in the heaven and visit here from time to time; that they discuss about the fate of this country here.

Dmdk: If I ask a question, would they answer?

Kdn: The king comes here often, but I don't know what he says here.


Dmdk: Yes, I said that I will give him the title of the crown prince.
Now there will be no worry of shedding blood in Kooknaesung.
I hope you to be relieved.

Hogae of the Yon family... he was the only one who smiled to me.
He wanted to be my friend.
However... I killed his mother.. in order to save my father.
He will become a good king. I think he will. So... won't you tell me that you are relieved?

------------

* King and Heukgae, the tribe leader of Julnoboo.
Heukgae speaks straightforwardly that the king should not be wagged by Yon Garyo.
The king tells Heukgae that coronation will be held the next day, and asks Heukgae to give his daughter as Damdeok's bride. It was a tradition that daughters of the black tribe became queen.

----

* Yon Garyo and Hogae visit Hwacheon's secret residence.
Yon Garyo tells Hogae about the legend, and that the heart of Joojak proved that Hogae was the king.

* The king said that the men imprisoned in Yon's jail could die for that; the Black tribe would have to fight against other four tribes; it could mean the death of Heukgae himself.
Heukgae answers, don't ask him for cooperation, just order him what to do instead.

-----------
* Secret residence of the Hwacheons.
Yon Garyo asks the Priest to make his son a king.

--------
* The eldest sons of each tribes being kidnapped by the Hwacheons.

-------
* Kiha asks the Priest if he is going to kill Damdeok.
The Priest tells Kiha not to fall in love with anyone, reminding her that what happened after Kajin fell in love with Hwanwoong.
He tells Kiha that whomever Kiha loves, he will become an enemy of the Hwacheons.
[ I think the Priest periodically puts the fluence on Kiha when he puts his hand on Kiha's shoulder. When he does that, I think it makes Kiha obay to the Priest against her own will.]

----------
* The leaders of the three tribes gathered in Yon's house.
They think that the king kidnapped their sons in order to make Damdeok the king.
Yon Garyo introduces Kiha to the tribal leaders, and Kiha shows the power of Joojak and says that the real king is Hogae.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:24 am

TWSSG Part 7

* Yon Garyo introduces Kiha to the tribal leaders.
Kiha shows the power of Joojak to them and declares that Hogae is the King.

* Geomul Village
Hyongo at Geomul village summons all the Geomul villagers.

When Soojini saw the Burum-sae, the messenger of Geomul village, she tries to break the jail, but fails.

----------
* Geomul villagers gathered
- The fact that the symbol of Joojak has awaken, and declared Hogae as the king was discussed.
- Geomul villagers are confused, because they thought that Soojini was the guide of Joojak.
- They came to know that the Hwacheons were with the Yons, and there was another Joojak.
- Everyone who were kidnapped and were stigmatized by the Hwacheons becomes very violent and the person with the stigma cannot escape from the control of the Hwacheons
- Hyongo thinks that Kiha has the stigma of the Hwacheons.

--------

* Kiha, tries but fails to remove her stigma.

-------
* Taeshil

Kdn: Your highness, it's time to wake up.

Dmdk: I was just having a good dream.

Kdn: You have to leave here now. Your secretary is waiting for you.

Dmdk: Do you mean that the confinement is over?

Kdn: There will be a coronation held at noon.

Dmdk: What?

Kdn: It is your coronation. I will lead your way.

---------

Dmdk: What are you doing? Why are you doing this, your majesty!?

King K: I confined you to make you behave well. How come your manner became worse?

Dmdk: What is the coronation about? To make me a king?
Don't do this. Let's make the king of Jyooshin become king.
Who knows if Hogae could really build the land of Jyooshin?
Let's make that happen, father.

King K: This belonged to your mother.
At the night that the star of Jyooshin appeared, she hid into the mountains alone.
She gave birth to you when the star was shining brightest.
That night was extraordinarily cold. She hid into the mountains in that cold weather when she was about to start labor.
After three days, she passed away in a hut in the mountains. On her request, I told people that the day she died was your birthday.

Dmdk: Why?

King K: Because I believe that you are the king of Jyooshin, and I had to protect you with all my might.
The priests from the shrine told me that there are people who want to kill you; to be careful and not to be noticed; and that it was the order from the heaven.

Dmdk: Mother hid into the mountain in such a cold night, to hide me.

King K: Yes.

Dmdk: She died there, to protect me.

King K: I am going to make you become king, the one whom your mother protected with her life, and today is the day.
Change your clothes and come to the shrine on time.

Dmdk: Father, there will be people who don't agree with my coronation, and there must be people who want to punish them. Then this country will be divided. Do you want that happen? Do you want me to become king over their blood?

---------

* Kiha wakes up. She is confused.

Hogae: This is Hogae. I came to talk with you.

-------
* The tribal leaders are at the palacce, refusing to attend the coronation.

------

Dmdk: Did the king inform it to the aristocratic class?

Kdn: Yes sir, messengers were sent last night.

Dmdk: Can you check how many of them are attending the coronation?

Kdn: Check who is coming?

Dmdk: A new king cannot be approved by the heaven unless all five tribes support the new king. Check it out right now.

Kdn: Yes, sir.

------

* Oracle went to the palacce to ask the leaders to come and attend the coronation.
Chojoodo claims that the king should release the kidnapped sons beforehand.
Yon Garyo heads to the shrine to convey the message to the king.

-------

* Hogae came to discuss about the kidnap that his father and the Priest did.
Kiha thought that Hogae was involved, too.

Hogae: Is that what you think?
How can you recognize me as a king while you think like that?
Can Joojak serve the one she is scornful of?

Kiha: Did... I recognize you as a king?

Hogae: Don't do this. Don't look at me like this.
I am the one that was raised as a king. You shouldn't look at me like this.

Kiha: If I was wrong, thinking that you were involved, can you do me a favor?
Please let me out. Somebody is in danger.

Hogae: Can you tell me who it is?

Kiha: If I cannot protect him, I can't live.

---------

Dmdk: The sons of the tribal leaders were kidnapped?

Kdn: Yes, sir.

Dmdk: People would think that the king ordered it.
What about the tribal leaders?

Kdn: They are demonstrating at the palacce.

Dmdk: Aren't they going to attend the coronation?

Kdn: They want their sons back first.

Sodliers: Stop!

Kiha: I have to meet the prince. It's urgent. I am Kiha, a priest.

----------

* Hogae goes to the Hwacheons' residence.
Hogae disagrees with the way the Priest and his father are doing.
The Priest says, only the king and the prince will die, and other Koguryo people will be safe.

------

Dmdk: You mean that Yon Garyo kidnapped the sons of the tribal leaders, right?

Kiha: Yes, sir.

Dmdk: If the king insists on my coronation, Yon will kill them.

Kiha: Yes, he is very likely to do so.

Dmdk: Then a civil war will break out right away.

Dmdk: How many soldiers are protecting the king right now?

Kdn: All Guardian Armies except the third squad are at the shrine.

Dmdk: I am not going to the shrine.

Soldier: Your Highness!

Dmdk: Leader of the Third squad.

Kdn: Yes, your highness.

Dmdk: Go and send my message.
I am going out of this city. I will come back after everything is settled down.
Please ask the king not to put himself in danger.

Dmdk: You said your name is Kakdan. I have to ask a favor of you.

Kdn: Kakdan of the third squad, waits for your order.

Dmdk: Protect my father, the king.

Kdn: I am already ordered to protect you.

Dmdk: Instead of me, protect him as if you are his son.
I am asking you because I think you as my brother.

Dmdk: You said that you know where the kidnapped sons are?

---

* Jeok Hwan, the leader of Gaema Corps comes to guard the shrine.
The king orders Jeok Hwan to bring the tribal leaders to the shrine, but JeokHwan refuses - claiming that the army cannot forcefully manipulate the will of the heaven and the tribes.
The king asks Jeok Hwan to protect the prince instead.

* Yon tells the king that Jeolnoboo kidnapped the sons, and will hold the players of the black army as hostages.

--------

JH: Jeok Hwan, the leader of the Gaema Corps came to guide you.

Dmdk: There is a placce to go together.

[ Jeok Hwan thinks of the light that Kiha as Joojak made the other night. He happened to see the scene at Yon's house. ]

-------

* The news that the three tribes summoned thousands of their private soldiers to Gooknaesung arrived. The private soldiers will arrive in several hoursl. King ordered to close the gates of the capital.

------

Kiha: There is a small temple over there in that mountain. There are the sons of the tribal leaders. There must be at least a dozen of guards keeping them.

Dmdk: We should be careful or the sons could be injured.
We have to decide whether we should make a sudden attack or not.
I think we should reconnoiter first. Give me two soldiers.

JH: Your highness, there will be neither reconnoiter, nor a sudden attack.

Dmdk: What do you mean?

JH: I am a descendant of the Jeok-family that have served Koguryo from its begin ing. I have been thinking deeply about what is the best way for Koguryo and what is the way to rebuild the Country of Jyooshin. I am ready to sacrifice my life for this country. Are you the same with me?

Dmdk: Are you telling me that my death would help this country?

JH: Your highness, can you kill yourself for the sake of this country, the Great Koguryo?

-------

* Kakdan delivered the message of Damdeok, and the king decided to stop the coronation.
The leader of Jeolnoboo asks the king's permission to bring his army to the palacce, but the King orders Jeolnoboo to return to their territory and wait there to help Damdeok.

-----

Kiha: Something's wrong. There must be some misunderstanding.
Bring the one that is behind you.

JH: Aren't you the owner of the symbol of Joojak?
I heard that Joojak is serving Hogae-nim. Am I wrong?
Does Hogae-nim know that you are here?

Kiha: I won't answer to a traitor.

Dmdk: You are right. There will be nothing to worry if I die.
There will be peace in Gooknaesung again.

Kiha: Your highness...

Dmdk: And the one who was born under the star of Jyooshin could become king.

JH: Yes, sir.

Dmdk: Did the one who will be the king of Jyooshin want all this?
To kidnap the sons of tribal leaders and accuse the king for the crime;
to stir up conflict between the king and the tribal leaders; t
o bring armies of the tribes to threaten the king;
and to demand the death of the crown prince?
Did Hogae of the Yons, who claims to be born under the star of Jyooshin want this?
All I want is this. Can you tell me?

Hogae: May I answer to your question instead?

--------

* The Oracle announces that the coronation is postponed.
The tribal leaders ask the oracle to release their sons.
Yon Garyo says that the king should release the sons if the king wants to sit on the throne again.

-------

Hogae: There is something that you don't know, your highness.
The one that was born under the star of Jyooshin wasn't me alone.
You were also born in that night, under that star.
The point is, there must not be two of us, there must not be two kings in Koguryo.


Kiha: I made him faint with my skill. I promise. I will be back tomorrow, before sunrise. And then....

Hogae: Tell him to go afar and never return to Gooknaesung.
I don't think I can save his life twice.

Kiha: What about the king?

Hogae: The king will be safe as far as the prince is absent.
Oh, I should tell you one more thing.
I have nothing to do with this dirty plot.
I will become a king openly and squarely. Don't you think that it is required to make you obey me from the bottom of your heart?
Before sunrise. I will wait.

-------

* Yon Garyo burst into anger when he hears that Hogae released Damdeok.
Hogae blames his father for the kidnap, and says that he will become a king in his own way. Garyo and the Priest says that many young men will die and Hogae is responsible for that.

------

* A refugee camp in the outer area of Koguryo.

Kiha: Good evening. This is not a good placce to stay, but I had no choice.
Please bear one night, and I will find a better placce to stay.

Dmdk: Are they people of Koguryo?

Kiha: Yes, I think they are migrants from various placces.

Dmdk: I heard that there was a severe famine three years ago.
The king opened up his private warehouse to give relief to the people.
Is the famine still so serious?

Kiha: There are migrants at any time in every country.
Some loss their land due to the drought, some loss their homeland because of war.
It happens always.

Dmdk: The child was dead. The boy that the woman was holding.
He died a long time ago.

Kiha: I brought something to eat.

Dmdk: Kiha.

Kiha: I heard that Jeolnoboo protected the king to the last moment.

Dmdk: Can you tell me?

Kiha: I've sent people to Gooknaesung to get some news. They will come soon.

Dmdk: What can I do?

Dmdk: The tribal leaders are against my father.
They want to kill me to make someone else a king.
The soldiers who are supposed to guard me wants me to kill myself.
The woman I have trusted is a servant of someone else.

Kiha: You must be angry at me.

Dmdk: You look so pale...

Kiha: You should rage at me. I deceived you. I...

Dmdk: Is it your own will?
I am asking if it is your own will.
Now that Joojak is your destiny that the heaven has chosen for you, don't hurt yourself because of me.

Kiha: I remember. It was at the library.
I remember how fast my heart beat when you first spoke to me

-------

The refugee comes with information about Gooknaesung that the Jeolnoboo tribe returned to their territory, and the king is alone.

-------

* Kiha runs back to Kooknaesung to gather people who would help Damdeok and the king, but was stopped by the Hwacheons.
The Priest warns Kiha that it is Kiha's fault if anything happens to the person she loves.

-------

* The peddler and Hyongo going back to Gooknaesung to rescue Sujini.
They come to a conclusion that there are two Joojaks, that were Kajin and Saeoh.

--------

In the letter Kiha left, she wrote that she will be back with the king and people who would help them. She also wrote that she would choose to stay with Damdeok in this life, even if she shall get punished for disobeying her fate as Joojak.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:33 am

[Episode 8]

Hogae: I heard that you¡¯re not feeling well, are you all right? I was waiting for you. I was waiting for you all night long because I didn¡¯t know when you were coming back. And I heard that you were brought here due to your bad condition. Are you okay now?

Kiha: I need a favor from you.

Hoage: Tell me. You, the owner of the Joojak, can ask me anything you want. Actually, I thought you might not come back again. I heard that you and Taeja (Damdeok) were friends since you were young. That¡¯s right.

Kiha: He is not my friend. He is a greenae (lover) to me. I¡¯ll miss him even when I die. It has been a while. Please find someone who can agree with Joojak better than me.

Hogae: Does that mean whoever can be the owner who can has this heart?

Kiha: I don¡¯t think it¡¯s me. Joojak or Jyooshin, either one is useless to me. It¡¯s not dear to me. For these reasons, I don¡¯t think the owner would be me.

Hogae: Then, Were you just saying words without any true meaning when you called me a King?

Kiha: Because I want to save him. I¡¯ll do anything to save him. Please be a King, a King of Kokuryo, and a King of Jyooshin. Please send me to him. I¡¯ll let him not meet you even though he is alive and hear about him.

Kiha: Sharyang, I need a favor from you.

Mandeuk: Ah, It hurts me.

Bason: Is this your bedroom? Do you want to destroy everything? Out!! Go out!

Soldier: Oh my god.

Bason: Hit me. Hit me. I¡¯ll peel your back and crimp on it. Hit me. Hit me. Hit me.


* Saryang came to the blacksmith shop and wanted to hire the people. Joomoochi didn¡¯t like to do it, but he changed his mind after Saryang said that the job is saving the innocent people who supposed to be killed at noon. Bason asked him whether the jail was in the Yeon¡¯s.

Saryang: I asked them to destroy the jail within one hour and took Taeja (Damdeok) to a refugee camp to the Jeolroboo.

Kiha: Thanks. I won¡¯t forget what you did for me today.

* Mandeuk looked around and reported the situation to Joomoochi. Joomoochi talked to him and said not to kill anyone, just to make them unconscious.

Hyeongo: Where is everyone?

Bason: Who is this man? You¡¯re the master, who actually doesn¡¯t do anything.

Hyeongo: Where is everyone? The mercenaries were crowded here.

Bason: Why do you, the useless master look for them?

Hyeongo: I need them. I brought money to hire them.

Candy salesman: Leader, I¡¯ll do such thing from now on.

Hyeongo: Ah.

Candy Salesman: The highest person in this country will be in danger soon. That¡¯s why a master.

Heongo: Where are you?

Bason: I did it. Because the master doesn¡¯t do anything.

Hyeong: What were you saying?

Bason: They¡¯re somewhere near your disciple. We¡¯re going to meet Suzinee soon somewhere?

Hyeongo: You didn¡¯t have money.

Bason: I was going to do that.

Byeongo: Did you pay it?

Bason: Jeolroboo sent someone with money. A bag of money.

Candy Salesman: Jeolroboo?

Bason: I wasn¡¯t supposed to tell anyone.

Hyeongo: It¡¯s a trap.

Candy salesman: Leader.

Bason: A trap?

Hwacheon Leader: Did you do it because it¡¯s for Joojak?

* Saryang came to the jail and killed jalors before Joomoochi arrived.

Joomoochi: Hurry, get out.

Saryang: They¡¯re escaping. Jeolrooboo is here.

Joomoochi: Let¡¯s go. What am I doing this work for, so little money? I¡¯m not gaining in this life.

Soldiers: You, Jeolroboo people, how dare you cross the wall!

Joomoochi: Would you have opened the wall if I had told you to do? Anyhow, I don¡¯t want to kill you, move! Didn¡¯t I say to you not to kill them?

Mandeuk: Yes?

Joomoochi: That order has withdrawn.

Suzinee: You, jerk caused a fire in front of me?

Joomoochi: Run! Mandeuk, I¡¯ll see you outside.

Bason: Oh! Suzinee

Joomoochi: What are you doing? Get on! We don¡¯t have time. Let¡¯s go, Mandeuk.

* Hwacheon Leader found out that Kiha asked Saryang for help Taeja (Damdeok),
scolded her for that, and told her that Damdeok wouldn¡¯t see the rising sun tomorrow.

Candy Salesman: The security is tight. East, West, South gates have been closed due to three tribes. Gaema armies are crowded in the alleys.

Hyeongo: What about North gate?

Candy Salesman: The guards of North gate were doubled, and Gaema Army will join them soon.
*
Joomoochi: Sis Bason is passing the Gate now.

Shoedooroo: Is he in the refugee camp in the west-north?

Joomoochi: It¡¯s over the Daetimaroo, it takes less than one hour. You take Taeja (Damdeok) to Jeolroboo. That¡¯s the end of my work. Are you ready? Let¡¯s go.

Shoedooroo: Take a nap. Don¡¯t talk while you sleep.

Candy Salesman: It¡¯s strange. I think someone organized well to spread the rumor. Master! Speaking of escape, there are strange rumors that Heukgae brought the solders to destroy the jail. Such rumor is spreading in Kuknaesung.

Hyeongo: Is that right?

Candy Salesman: What do you think? Who is spreading such rumor?

Hyeongo: I have no idea. You should have told me about that before, why are you telling me now? Suzinee! Can you guess who did it? Where did she go?

Joomoochi: Where are you going?

Suzinee: None of your business.

Joomoochi: Becaue I and my followers would be in trouble if you get caught.

Suzinee: There is no one to catch me in this earth unless I get caught by the Gaema Armies.

Joomoochi: Are you on your way to meet Taeja?

Suzinee: I thought that you used the black thingyee (head) to eat, but you use it to think too.

Joomoochi: Anyhow, It might be dangerous if you go there alone. Stop over there!

Suzinee: I really don¡¯t know what to do with him¡¦

*The leaders of Soonro and Soroo tribes were talking about the kidnapping of their sons, and have gotten angry, they wanted to go the King to save them.

* Yeongareo has talked to them and said the King has done it, and can¡¯t consider such person the King any more.

* General Ko said to the King that the gates of East, West, and South were opened, and several hundreds of soldiers were wounded. He urged the King to order the Gaema Army into battle. The King said that he doesn¡¯t want the son of Kokuryo to get hurt.

Yeongaryo: Was it the outside of the West of Kuknaeseong? I stopped by there about 10 years ago. I remembered that the flowers of peach tree blossomed fully.
I¡¯ll give you the a hundred lee (* lee is the measurement of the distance) of the field and mountains. Also I¡¯ll give you enough servants as well. If you promise me, you will only stay there with Damdeok, you can spend a long time with him.

Can¡¯t you do it? The soldiers of three tribes are surrounding the kingdom. I can¡¯t control them once they get into the kingdom.

King Kokukyang: Minister Yeon! Do you know why I have stayed as King? I just want make Damdeok the King.

Yeongaryo: That¡¯s why you used Cheonjishindang, to lie? You lied that Damdeok was born when the star of Jyooshin was shining.

King Kokukyang: Why do you think it¡¯s a lie?

Yeongryo: I humbly can say to you this. I can understand since you are a father like me. But King Choomoseong has built this country and sixteen kings took care of Kokuryo. The people of Kokuryo have been waiting for the King of Jyooshin. Don¡¯t be against the intention of Heaven (God). Don¡¯t be greedy. I¡¯m afraid that they might hurt you.

King Kokukyang: I¡¯m not afraid of going to heaven. I¡¯m afraid that my mission might not be accomplished. I¡¯ll make Damdeok a King. That¡¯s my role.

General Ko: Did you summon me?

King Kokuryang: You better leave the kingdom.

General Ko: Pardon me?

King Kokuyang: Please go with the security and look for Taeja (Damdeok).

General Ko: I already hired hounds to look for him.

King Kokukyang: Please go now. Take as many Guard Armies as you can. Just leave some here, so not to raise suspicion.

General Ko: I don¡¯t understand, Imperial Majesty. May I ask for the reason?

King Kokukyang: You are the general of the army that guards and protects the King of Kokuryo, not me.

General Ko: Yes, Imperial Majesty.

King Kokukyang: It has been two thousand years since Jyooshin has been built and destroyed. Still, I don¡¯t know whether Damdeok is the King or not, please protect Damdeok, if he is the King. Kill my son if he isn¡¯t the King.

General Ko: Imperial Majesty.

King Kokukyang: The people will be miserable when there are two kings in this country.
Direct the soldiers as well as you can and protect your kingdom.

General Ko: I am at your command.

SangdangJoo! Armies 2 and 3 protect the King.

Kakdak: Yes.

General Ko: Did you understand what I said? You have armies 2 and 3.

* Bason passed the gate after she paid money to the guard. She remembered the guys wearing red clothes when her father had died and she talked to Joomoochi about them.

* The soldiers from Hwacheon were looking for Taeja and asked the woman who was holding her baby whether she saw him.

Jeokhwan: Are you the owner of Joojak? I heard that the owner of Joojak worships Hogae.

Hogae: Go to Taeja and tell him, ¡°leave and don¡¯t come back, because I can¡¯t save him twice.¡±

Kiha: You have to be angry with me. I lied to you.

Damdeok: Kiha, don¡¯t suffer because of me.

* Shoedooroo and his younger brother saw Taeja waiting with someone and was concerned that they had to move before the sun rises. They heard the horses¡¯ steps.

Shoedooroo: It¡¯s the horses¡¯ steps.
In this secluded area.. They looked like tracers.

Dalgoo: Let¡¯s fight with them. I¡¯ll torture them.

Shoedooroo: There are a lot of them, at least 50.

Damdeok: There is only one way out. If we move together, we will be surrounded right away. Do you know the Horimolgi plan in Kyukkoo?

Jakeundol: One runs to the side with the ball, and the other waits at the net of the opponent.

Damdeok: I¡¯ll catch the ball.

Shoedooroo: It¡¯s too dangerous. How about the Hutggwi plan? We have a better chance with this plan.

Jakeundol: By running in different directions we could fake out the opponents by making it look like all of us have the ball..

Dalgoo: He knows that at least.

Shoedooroo: If you go to Jeolroboo, you will arrive tomorrow night.

Damdeok: I¡¯m not going to go Jeokroboo.

Shoedooroo: Taeja!

Damdeok: I will go to Kuknaeseong.

Shoedooroo: Are you saying you are willing to die?

Damdeok: I have something to do. Go to Jeolroboo before you get in danger.

Shoedooroo: Taeja!

Dalgoo: Bro, let¡¯s go to Jeolroboo. Actually, we have been in danger because of him.

Jakeundol: That¡¯s right, so let¡¯s go!

Dalgoo: It was our Kyukku game. Why was he involved? Why did he care whether we won or lost the game? Now we don¡¯t have to see him again. When I think about the jail because of him, ahhhh

Suzinee: You¡¯re such a loser. You, Jeolroboo don¡¯t have any faith. Do you remember the incident you were attacked at Gaekjan? Yeonhegae did. Taeja played for you because you were bleeding after you were hit by the knife. What did you just say? You don¡¯t need to see him any more? If I meet you again, I¡¯m not a human being anymore.

* The follower of Yeongaryo talked to the leader of the Gwanro tribe about his sons¡¯ whereabouts and lied by saying he was kidnapped by the King as he was in the small house of the kingdom. He got angry and summoned his soldiers to go to rescue his son.

Shoedooroo: It¡¯s a trap, Taeja. Let¡¯s leave.

The leader of Gwanro tribe: Oh, God.

Dalgoo: You misunderstood. We didn¡¯t do this. We just got here.

The leader of the Gwanro tribe demanded silence. I¡¯ll kill you, Taeja for revenge for killing my son. Attack him!

Shoedooroo: Taeja, please.

Candy Salesman: Suzinee, it¡¯s me.

Shoedooroo: If they go to Kuknadseong, then they might cause the big problem. Even the King will get in danger.

Damdeok: Can you come back to Kuknaeseong with the soldiers of Jeolroboo tonight?

Shoedooroo: I need at least two days.

Damdeok: I¡¯ll go to Kuknaeseong. An elite unit, prepared to conquer the North, is there.

Shoedooroo: I got it. Let¡¯s go.

Damdeok: Suzinee.

Suzinee: Yes.

Damdeok: Can you go to Kuknaeseong? Let me know the news of Kuknaeseong, please.

Candy Salesman: They were rescued, but where are they going now? Where are you going?

Suzinee: I have important things to do, so I have to go to Kuknaeseong. Please let my master know. I¡¯ll leave first.

* Leader of Hwacheon talked to Hogae that Damdeok was lucky enough to escape twice and he would create the chance for Hogae to kill Damdeok. He said that he would make Hogae the king of Kokuryo. He also said that it had been seventeen years since he had lost the chance to get all four symbols. He is wondering of Yeongaryo¡¯s whereabout.

Kakdan: The leaders of the three tribes put the corpse of their son in front of Kuknaeseong and confronted the security.

* Kakdan and the other soldiers talked about the shortage of soldiers to protect the King.

* The leaders of the tribes demanded to see Damdeok for the sake of their sons.

* Damdeok is heading to the Daejaseong, but the soldiers of Daejaseong closed the gate.

Jakeundol: What¡¯s going on here?

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:35 am

Episode 9]

* The leader of Hwacheon talked to Yeongaryo and said that Taeja was heading towards Daejaseong and the soldiers of the three tribes were confronting with the soldiers of the kingdom. Yeongaryo was wondering what Hwacheon, how he would benefit when his son became the King. The Leader of Hwachon answered, that he just is doing what he is supposed to do.

* Kakdan said that she would take the King and the disciple of Cheonjishindang to the Taesil and order the soldiers to guard them.

* Kakdan took the King to the Taesil and said to him that Taesil is room only for someone related by blood to the King and the person was delivering the words of God could go inside.

Soldier of Kakdan: Danjoo!

Kakdan: What?

Soldier of Kakdan: You¡¯re bleeding.


King: I know you, an old friend of my son.

King: You cured me when my body was decomposed by poison.

King: You came here again to rescue me.

Kiha: Yes. That¡¯s why I came here and I want to protect you by all means. I¡¯ll take you to the outside of kingdom.

King: Do I go out? Do I go out from the kingdom?

Kiha: Taeja is waiting for you. We¡¯re going to meet.

King: Did he say like that? Did he ask you to take me where he is at? Did he ask you to run away with us?

Kiha: Not, that. It was not his idea. They want not only Taeja but you as well. You can¡¯t stay here, Imperial Majesty.

King: Do I have to run away to survive?

Kiha: I wish you do that. I hope you live comfortably away from this kingdom.

King: Go far and live comfortably?

Kiha: This kingdom, Kuknaeseong is not the kingdom for you to stay. It¡¯s unclean here, Imperial Majesty. I¡¯ll take both of you far away.

King: I wish I could do that too. I was happy when I saw both of you.
I want both of you to go far away and live peacefully somewhere else.

Kiha: Not much time left. We have to leave the kingdom before dawn.

King: Look at this. It¡¯s the sword of King Choomo. It has been hundreds of years, but the blade of the sword is still shining. Isn¡¯t this amazing?

Kiha: The soldiers outside are not the regular soldiers. Please hurry.

King: Can you see that vase?

King: King Yuri had brought it here from Booyeo. Madam Yuhwa made it herself. Can you bring it here?

King: I¡¯m sorry. My son was born when the star of King Jyooshin enlightened, we can¡¯t prevent him from becoming the King.

Kiha: Why are you doing this, Imperial Majesty?

King: My son, Damdeok can¡¯t run away. He can¡¯t do that, so you have stay far away from him. I¡¯m sorry.

Kakdan: Excuse me.

King: Give this sword to my son.

Kakdan: Excuse me?

King: King Choomo¡¯s sword¡¦.. to Taeja.

King: Tell him to become the King if he wants avenge my death. Make sure you tell him that.

Kakdan: Imperial Majesty, Imperial Majesty.


Kakdan: Who asked you to do this? Tell me.
Okay. Don¡¯t tell me whom. I¡¯ll ask your soul after you die!


Leader of Hwacheon: Let¡¯s go.

Kiha: It wasn¡¯t me. It wasn¡¯t me.

Leader of Hwacheon: You have completed very difficult work.

Kiha: It wasn¡¯t me.


* Kakdan said that she had to go to Taeja to deliver what the King told her.

* Hyeongo told Suzinee to stay away from them because the people of Geomool Village were not supposed to involve politics.

* Suzinee and Hyeongo were taking Kakdan to Daejaseong where Taeja was.


Damdeok: I¡¯m Taeja, Damdeok. I¡¯m pursued by the enemies. Open the gate!

Shoedooroo: Did you hear him? Open the gate!

Castellan: Down below, Did you say you¡¯re Taeja?

Damdeok: Open the gate first, and then you can confirm it.

Castellan: Put down all your weapons.

Castellan: Then tell your people to put down their weapons as well.

Damdeok: Did you hear me? I¡¯m the prince of this country?

Castellan: I¡¯m a castellan; please tell them to throw the weapons far away.

Dalgoo: What¡¯s going on here? Isn¡¯t this castle on our side? What are they doing?

Shoedooroo: We¡¯re the soldiers of Kokuryo. Don¡¯t you know that we take our weapons even when we go into a coffin? What is your nationality?

Jakeundol: Taeja.

Follower of Hwacheon: I¡¯m Joodo from Guearoo Jo¡¯s family. The signed proclamation between Cheonjishindang and the four leaders of the tribes was delivered to everyone today. It says that whoever finds you, should take your weapon away and bring you to Shindang in Kuknaeseong. The castellan of Daejaseong is just obeying the order. Do you now understand?

Shoedooroo: They¡¯re lining up not so far from here.

Damdeok: All you get down from your horse!

Damdeok: Use your horse as a shield.

Damdeok: The King gave me this arrow when I was thirteen.

Damdeok: Are you still fearful of me? Open the gate!

Follower of Hwacheon: Please don¡¯t try deceiving us anymore. I don¡¯t believe that just your men and you came here today. Did you bring all those soldiers behind you? Are you going to deceive the castellan, and to take over the castle?

Castellan: First defense line of Daejaseong, Ready!

Hogae: It¡¯s saying that my father is the wisest person of Kokuryo, and he has already occupied Daejaseong. A wise person is supposed to be the King rather than a man predicted by an astronomer, isn¡¯t it?

Hogae¡¯s soldier: The defense line of Daejaseong already were ready to fire. What do you want to do? Do you want to wait until they come out?

Hogae: No. I started this because I don¡¯t want to wait any longer.

Castellan: Did they hit him?

Follower of Hwacheon: Don¡¯t fall for that, castellan.

Black armies: Taeja.. Taeja..

Castellan: What¡¯s going on?

Follower of Hwacheon: I was saying..

Castellan: Didn¡¯t you say that they¡¯re on same side.


* Suzinee and Hyeongo are taking injured Kakdan to Daejaseong where Damdeok is.

* General Ko saw the messenger and ordered his soldiers to stop him.


Damdeok: Let¡¯s end it here.

Hogae: What is it that you want to end?

Damdeok: Just kill me and go back.

Hogae: It seems like it is already too late.

Shoedooroo: What are you doing? Why are you talking to a rebel?

Hogae: They saw my face. I don¡¯t think they will remain silent, so I have to make take care of it.

Damdeok:; Hogae of the Yeons.

Hogae: Talk. I¡¯m listening. You, Damdeok, killed my mother.

Damdeok: Do it then. Avenge your mother.

Damdeok: If you¡¯re a soldier of Kokuryo, fight on your own. Why don¡¯t you fight one to one.

Shoedooroo: Taeja.

Damdeok: Stay there. Did you forget that you offered your life to me?

Hogae: It¡¯s my fight. Stay away from us!

Shoedooroo: Taeja.


* Suzinee and Hyeongo are watching the fight between Damdeok and Hogae. Kakdan is driving the cart by herself, Suzinee got on it, but Hyeongo left behind.


Kakdan: A rebel, Hogae, stop it!

Suzinee: Stop it!

Suzinee: Can you tell them to stop it? This arrow has poison on it. I tremble when I¡¯m scared.

Damdeok: Why are you here? What about the kingdom?

Kakdan: I, Kakdan delivered the last words of the King.

Damdeok: Last words?

Kakdan: It¡¯s a sword of King Choomo. He told me to give this sword to you and deliver his last words.

Damdeok: I asked you about what the last words are.

Kakdan: He said right before he passed away that you should be the King of Jyooshin.

Damdeok: Did you say my father has died? Who? My father?

Kakdan: He was pursued by the enemies all night long and went into Taesil. He was with the disciple of Shindang.

Kakdan: The disciple killed him.

Damdeok: The disciple did it?

Kakdan: The King trusted her, but she killed him. Her name was Kiha.

Damdeok: It can¡¯t be true.

Kakdan: I clearly saw her killing the King with this sword.

Damdeok: Who asked you tell the lie?

Kakdan: I delivered that you should be the King. Did you hear me?

Kakdan: If so, I¡¯ve done my mission.

Damdeok: Kakdan!

[The symbol of Hyeonmoo will wake up when the King of Jyooshin is as angry as his heart burns. Time will stop. But there is still someone awake. He is the King of Jyooshin.]

Hyeongo: I¡¯m Hyeongo, the 72nd leader of Geomool Village. Hyeonmoo is the first of four symbols, who has the responsibility to find the King. I had the symbol of Hyeonmoo for two thousands years. The four symbols are Hyeonmoo, Joojak (Red Bird), Cheongryong (Blue Dragon), and Baekho (White Tiger),

Hyeongo: I found you, the King of Jyooshin, and I greet you in the name of the Geomool village that has Hyeonmoo..


* General Ko and his soldiers are heading to Daejaseong.

* General Ko arrived at Daejaseong and are wondering about Taeja¡¯s whereabouts.


Dalgoo: He is gone. He was gone when we woke up. He disappeared like the wind.

Castellan: It has happened in a blink of an eye. It was dazzling, so I just closed and opened my eyes once. He has lined up these dead bodies and wrote down these words. You should have seen the light. Please tell me that the light wasn¡¯t of the Heaven. I should have opened the gate for the King of Jyooshin.

Follower of Hwacheon: Can¡¯t you read these words from the ancient times? Loyal vassal died after they saved the King of Jyooshin. Am I correct?


* Joomoochi is teasing Bason that she can eat even after she was suffering all night because she saw the men who had killed her father.

* Bason persuades Dalbee to eat to survive even though her husband got killed.


* Jojoodo (Follower of Hwacheon) is telling to Yeongaryo and the leader of Hwacheon about what he saw at Daejaseong. Yeongaryo is treatening him to be remained in silent.


* Two men are talking about the rumor and believe that Taeja is the one who killed the sons of tribes and even his father.


Hyeongo: We¡¯re here. We¡¯ had a symbol and waited for the King since Hwanwoong had sealed the symbols two thousands years ago.

Hyeongo: Salute the King.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:46 am

0






Name
suehan


Subject
[Trans] TWSSG Episode 10


[I translated to help you understand the drama, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s appropriate to use it as subtitles. It could violate the copy right and the sales of the drama. Please be careful.]

# A secret mansion of the Hwacheon troop

Leader of Hwacheon troop (Choe Min Soo) and Yeongaryo are talking about the light, which is so intense that it can nearly make the people blind and the disappearance of Damdeok at Daeja Fort. Their conversations have taken a detour, and shows signs of their distrust.

# Hogae¡¯s room

Hogae is dreaming. He opens his eyes and finds himself hyperventilating and perspiring.

Kiha: Were you successful?

Hogae: Does the owner of Joojak ask about the King¡¯s success this way?

Kiha: I¡¯m asking you whether you finally killed Taeja, Damdeok.

Hagae: What if I was successful?

Kiha: Then, I¡¯ll avenge my greenae¡¯s (lover) death, and I¡¯ll pay for this sin later on.

Hogae: What if my cousin, the one you call greenae, is the real King of Jyooshin?

Kiha: Nonsense.

Hogae: I... saw it. The moment I couldn¡¯t move in that light. Tell me! You, the owner of Joojak! What did you kneel down in front of me? Were you sure that I¡¯m the King> Really? Do it! I, Hogae might not be the King of Jyooshin. So, You are Joojak, Stab me!

Kiha: Then, You didn't kill him?

Hogae: If you¡¯re the real owner of Joojak, you can¡¯t kill me. Hyeonmoo, Joojak, Cheongryong, Baekho are the patron saints of God. If you are the real one, then you can¡¯t kill me. Here! Here is my heart. Stab me! Do it! Do it!

# Camp of the Jeollo Division

# Funeral at the Jeollo Division

# Room of the Geomool Village

Damdeok wakes up from the nightmare and looks around the room. He finds the sword Kakdan delivered to him. He picks the sword up and goes to the exit of the room.

Suzinee: Wrong way.

Suzinee: Exit is this way. I knew it! I knew you were going to go outside after you woke up unconsciously. That¡¯s why I was waiting for you.

Suzinee: How about talking to my masters before you leave. The people of Geolmool Village know everything of this world and every location on this earth.

# Geomool Village

Disciple: King, where are you going? Your wounds aren¡¯t healed yet.

Disciple: You shouldn¡¯t go to Kuknaeseong. You shouldn¡¯t go there. The fellows who want to kill you are looking for you everywhere. I¡¯m sorry to say this, but they say that you killed the previous King.

Disciple: They say that you and the Jeollo tribe united, and hired killers to kill the previous King of Kokuryo.

Damdeok: Why is that?

Hyeongo: So, King Damdeok kidnapped the sons of tribes and threatened his father to have a ceremony to be tje King. But it didn¡¯t work, so you killed your father to be a King. The story is like this.

Hyeongo: If Damdeok was stabbed by Hogae and killed, then the story makes sense. But, you¡¯re alive. That¡¯s why you can¡¯t be spotted.

Damdeok: Why?

Hyeongo: Excuse me?

Damdeok: Why do you call me a King?

Hyeongo: Because you¡¯re our King.

Damdeok: My father, the King of this country is still alive.

Hyeongo: He passed away.

Damdeok: You talk nonsense.

Hyeongo: He already went to Heaven.

Damdeok: I have to see him through my own eyes. I have to see him.

Hyeongo: I heard it and you heard it as well. It¡¯s said that a disciple, called Kiha killed him. That woman belongs to the Hwacheon troops.

Hyeongo: That group lasted in the darkness for more than one thousand years.
So you¡¦.

Damdeok: Don¡¯t call me that way!

Hyeongo: You still don¡¯t understand? We serve the King of Jyooshin here, not the King of Kokuryo.

Damdeok: Don¡¯t you have eyes to see, ears to hear, and a brain to think? I used my men for the shields to survive alone. I was the one who wanted to leave my father and my country to go somewhere with girlfriend to live comfortably. You call me such a person like a King? Huh¡¦

Damdeok: Look for someone else. Find a crazy person like you. Leave me alone.

# Kuknaeseong (Kingdom)

# Oracle¡¯s room

Yeongaryo asks for the oracle¡¯s cooperation. He threatens her when she refuses.

# A conference room in Kuknae kingdom

A castellan and Jojoodo come in while a conference is in session.

The leaders of the tribes and Yeongaryo ask a castellan about Damdeok¡¯s whereabouts and ask him about the details of the event occurring at his castle.

Jojoodo and a castellan of Daeja Fort talk about the sword Kakdan delivered to Damdeok.

A minister wants to hear from Damdeok, while the other wants to know Damdeok¡¯s whereabouts.

Yeongaryo accuses Kakdan of killing a King with a sword and suggests taking away Damdeok¡¯s position as prince until the truth is revealed. He also issues a warrant to arrest Damdeok and suggests that all work of Kokuryo to be decided in the conference of the five tribes. A minister agrees first as the others follow.

# Street of the Kuknaeseong.

The notice of the warrant is posted.

# Market

* Damdeok hears that merchants think that he killed his father, and says that he should be punished for it. Suzinee follows him.

Damdeok: I told you.

Suzinee: What?

Damdeok: There isn¡¯t any business between you bunches and me.

Suzinee: Oh..

Damdeok; I don¡¯t want to repeat it.

Suzinee: I was thinking same thing. Why am I following him?

Damdeok: Go back.

Suzinee: I don¡¯t know why either? But now I can understand why you ask me not to follow or care for you?

Suzinee: Because you are worried that I might get killed like those people of Jeolloboo, aren¡¯t you?

Suzinee: Aren¡¯t you afraid of that?

Damdeok: If I break your leg, then will you sit down?

Suzinee: Where do you want to go first? I heard that you father is at the Cheonjushindang (shrine). Do you want to go there first? Or do you want to see her first?

Suzinee: I¡¯ve never been in Cheonjushindang (shrine). I heard that the woman went to Yeongaryo¡¯s house.

Suzinee: Since you¡¯re dangerous, I¡¯ll go to bring her. But, how is my life?

Damdeok: What do you mean?

Suzinee: My teachers say that she is the minion of the Hwacheon troops. So, she¡¯ll kill me first, and then she will kill you. They say that she killed your father as well.

Damdeok: It¡¯s you whom I don¡¯t trust now, you and your teachers. She and I were friends since we were eleven. Do you get it?

# Blacksmith¡¯s house

Bason cooks and complaints to Joomoochi that he and his men eat too much. She goes to Dalbee to tell her to eat something. Joomoochi is angry about Dalbee not eating. Joomoochi tried to take the rice from Bason to bring it to the starving children. They fight over the rice as the rice is dropped on the ground until Dalbee picks up it and starts to eat it.

# The shrine

Damdeok: I heard that my father is here. I want to see him.

# Yeongaryo¡¯s house.

Suzinee is at Yeongaryo¡¯s house.

Kiha says to the Leader of Hwacheon troops that he didn¡¯t need to kill the King to make Damdeok run. He says that all things happened because of Kiha¡¯s love towards Damdeok.

Suzinee looks around.

# The shrine in Kuknaeseong

Oracle comes out from the shrine and meets Damdeok. Damdeok bows to her politely. She is so happy to see him alive.

# Yeon¡¯s house.

Saryang and Leader of Hwacheon troops come out and Suzinee passes them with her head down. Saryang stops and turns around.

Suzinee: Kiha. I brought snacks.

Suzinee: It¡¯s raining. You might get cold in such wet air. You know yourself better than anyone else, because you heal very well.

Kiha turns around.

Suzinee: Please drink the tea before it gets cold. The aroma is fantastic.

Kiha finds the little note under the snack plate.

Kiha: Thank you.

Suzinee: I was worried you might not like it.

Kiha: You might know how much I appreciate it.

Suzinee walks out from the room. The Leader and Saryang see her. Saryang remembers seeing her in the Kyukoo field.

# Shrine

Damdeok stands in front the coffin.

Oracle: A King was found in the Taesil.

Oracle: It¡¯s said that the corpses of the securities were lined up from the King¡¯s room to Taesil.

King Kokukyang: Son!

King: Look at me. Look at my eyes.

King: If you don¡¯t see me straight, it means you¡¯re insulting your grandmother and your mother. The blood of King¡¯s family is in my body, and it went to you. You¡¯re the son of the King¡¯s family.

King: You don¡¯t know how long and how many Kings were waiting for you. You don¡¯t know it.

# The shrine

The oracle talks to Damdeok that only one of the security guards survived and other disciples brought badly injured security guards to him. The security can barely talk to him in his critical condition and explains to him that Kiha killed the King.

Security: I saw that woman kill the King. Now, this country is under Yeon¡¯s control.

Damdeok hits the pillar hard.

Oracle: This country already was taken by Yeon. Please go away and don¡¯t come back. That¡¯s the only way you can survive.

# An open space

Kiha rides a horse to meet Damdeok. She watches Damdeok and Suzinee fight with the soldiers of Hwacheon. Saryang stops her not to approach to Damdeok.

# Geolmool Village

The old disciple indicates that her critical situation has subsided.

Damdeok is outside of the treating room.

Hyeongo: The poison inside her body has been taken care of. The problem was because of the poison, not her wounds.

# A room in the Geomool Village

Damdeok: Are you alive?

Suzinee: When did I die?

Damdeok: I thought you were dead.

Suzinee: I¡¯m persistent. I don¡¯t die easily.

Damdeok: I told you that I have known her since I was eleven.

Suzinee: Don¡¯t you know that ¡±Trust is the mother of deceit!¡±

Damdeok: Hey.

Suzinee: My name is Suzinee.

Damdeok: I made a mistake.

Damdeok: I almost killed you because of my mistake. I killed my father and the guys at the Daeja Fort because of my mistakes.

Suzinee: So?

Damdeok: Hey.

Suzinee: I¡¯m Suzinee.

Damdeok: Your master said that I¡¯m the King because the light came out from the cane. What do you think about that?

Suzinee: Me?

Damdeok: Do you just follow him when he said that such person is the King?

Suzinee: Please look here.

Suzinee: Has it been healed?

Suzinee: It was like this since I was young. It got healed one night after I got hurt, stabbed, or even cut. It might be the problem since there is poison. But only Hwacheon troops are using the poison.

Suzinee: I think the King should be like me.

Suzinee: You might kill much more people once you become a King. What if the war begins? You command, ¡°attack¡±. Most likely most of your soldiers will fight and get killed. Then you will sit down and cry because of the outcome of your command. What kind of King will you be then? I think the King should recover from the pain no matter how severe it is, after one night. The King should stand up, go forward, and tell his people ¡°follow me, I¡¯m the King¡±.

Suzinee: I think I have said too many good words. I have a headache. I want to sleep.

Damdeok: Suzinee, Did I tell you this before?

Suzinee: What is it?

Damdeok: I said, ¡°thank you.¡±

# A room in Hwacheon

Yeongaryo says to the Leader of Hwacheon troops, that Damdeok showed up at the shrine. The leader says the people of Kokuryo believe that Damdeok killed his father. Yeon says that Damdeok might come to the shrine at night on the last day of the month and the leader is glad to hear that Damdeok will probably come by himself.

Hogae enters Kiha¡¯s room

Hogae: Do you know that tonight is the last night of the month?

Hogae: A ceremony will be held at the shrine tomorrow to ask who murdered the previous King. Will he go there?

Hogae: Did you hear me? You met him yesterday.

Hogae: Were you going to ask him about that later on? After you run away with him?

Hogae: If you can reach him, tell him not to come to the shrine. Tell him that he wont survive if he goes there.

Hogae: Have you heard about the Karoori Sword?

# Hwacheon¡¯s house

Leader of Hwacheol troops: I heard that it is called Kawoori Sword.

Leader: It¡¯s said that it is used by the oracles on behalf of the Heaven to find out who are the criminals.

Yeongaryo: The nobles of Koruryo and the King¡¯s families are the only ones who are suppose to know about it.

Leader: I¡¯m not sure I heard right. The way to find out is by stabbing the sword in the heart of the accused.

Yeongaryo: You, outsiders can¡¯t understand it.

Leader: Yes. I do understand. It is probably a method used to eliminate the superiors, not ordinary men. And I heard that nobody survived it, since the system of Kawoori Sword has been used.

Yeongaryo: Maybe they were all criminals.

Leader: Damdeok might know that. He might know that the Kawoori Sword is waiting for him, when he walks into the shrine. Do you think he will still come?

# Kiha¡¯s room.

Hogae: He might come. Tell him I¡¯ll use the Kawoori Sword myself when he comes to the shrine.

# Hwacheon¡¯s house.

Kiha informs that she will go to the shrine to meet Damdeok.

# Geomool Village

Hyeongo: You don¡¯t want me to address you as the King. Then, what do you want me to call you? Do I have to call you Taeja (prince)?

Hyeongo: You shouldn¡¯t go there because the sons of the tribes are dead and the leaders of the tribes bear you a grudge.

Damdeok: You send me off here

Hyeongo: Because of your pride? Or are you going to give up? Will you risk your life?

Hyeongo: Would you mind to use your wisdom a little?

Damdeok: Didn¡¯t you say that Heaven has sent the King of Jyooshin?

Hyeongo: Because the Heaven has made Jyooshin.

Damdeok: If you¡¯re right, the Heaven will protect me.

Hyeongo: No¡¦

Damdeok: Don¡¯t you believe it? Was it just talking when you addressed me as the King?

Hyeong: That was¡¦

Damdeok: I don¡¯t believe it either, that¡¯s why I¡¯m going to ask.

Suzinee: Master! Don¡¯t you believe it?

Hyeongo: I believe it, but.

# Kuknaeseong

Joomoochi spots when Dalbee falls down to the ground. Bason meets the candy salesman and the disciples of Geomool village and wonders where they are going.

Candy salesman says that they¡¯re going to look for Damdeok, Suzinee, and the master. Bason is surprised when the candy salesman called Damdeok the King.

# Shrine

Yeongaryo: It has been said that the security has killed the previous King, stolen the sword of King Choomoo, and delivered it to Taeja, Damdeok. Many people have witnessed it.

Damdeok: You¡¯re correct!

Damdeok: It was delivered to me. Her name was Kakdan. Please honor her. She guarded my father until he died. She was a faithful soldier and risked her life to obey the King¡¯s order.

Damdeok: I became the prince of Kokuryo by the will of the previous King and Heaven. Now, Heaven has sent me here.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 10:49 am

TWSSG Episode 11

* Shrine
Tribal leaders gathered at the shrine to make judgment about the recent event.
The prince and Julnoboo kidnapped the sons of the tribal leaders and threatened the king to abdicate the Throne in favor of Damdeok.
The king announced abdication, but the tribal leaders opposed the king's will.
The kidnapped sons were murdered, and prince Damdeok was found with them.
A leader of the royal guards assassinated the king, stole the sacred Choomoo sword, and gave it to the prince.

---

Damdeok: Yes, You are right.
I did receive this sacred Choomoo sword.
Her name was Kakdan. Please honor her.
She guarded the king until she died. She risked her life to obey the King's order.
She was loyal and brave.
Damdeok, the one who became crown prince by the will of the heaven and my ancestors, is here to follow the call from the heaven.

Yon: Stop.
Criminal Damdeok and his followers should hand over all their armors.
Kneel down in front of the king's body and wait for the punishment of the heaven.

Hogae: I will keep the sword.
I, Hogae, is a descendant of the heaven. I will keep the sword.

Damdeok: I have a question. Did you do all this by yourself?

H: Why did you come back? You shouldn't have come.

Damdeok: Is it you who planned all this?
Did you deceive the tribal leaders, kill my father, and accuse me of all this?

H: You cannot leave this placce alive.
Did you come even if you know that?

Yon: What is the shrine for? How come the oracle is doing nothing even the criminal came on his own feet?

Damdeok: I felt like applauding at you for what you did if this is your work.
I could admit that you deserve to rule this country.
Such a smart and courageous man would deserve it.

H: Is that why you came here, to hand over this country to me? It's too late.
You should have run away if you wanted to live - instead of coming here with this sword.

Damdeok: I have a question to the oracle.

Oracle: The guardian of the heaven's word is listening.

Damdeok: I've heard that this meeting is held to find out the criminal who assassinated the king.

Oracle: Yes, it is.

Damdeok: There was one more person at the Taeshil at the moment the king was killed.

Oracle: Yes, there was. A guardian who witnessed the murder came to the shrine and told me.
That guardian was killed soon after that.

Damdeok: Did the guardian tell you who else was there?

Oracle: Yes, she did.
The guardian told me that this woman who claims herself as Joojak was there.

Damdeok: Would you ask her why did she kill my father?

Oracle: She claims herself as the guardian of Joojak.
The guardians are sent by the heaven, and I have to obey the heaven's will.
I am not allowed to ask her any questions, your highness.

H: Wait a moment.
Even if you are spoiled by being raised in the palacce, you are a man of Koguryo.
How can you accuse a weak woman of your crime?
Don't you have any pride?

Damdeok: Which one are you?
Are you a weak woman, or the guardian of Joojak?

K: I will answer... if you ask directly to me.

* Hogae requests the oracle to judge the prince with the Gauri sword.
Yon Garyo argues that the oracle must conduct the Gauri test when four tribal leaders request for the test. The tribal leaders and other attendants ask for the test.

Oracle: The Gauri test is a test to ask the judgement of the heaven by stabbing the suspect's heart with a sword
If one is guilty, one shall die. If one is not guilty, one shall not die.
However, only the king or the royal family can conduct the test.

H: I will do that.
I will conduct the test with this sacred Choomoo sword, would it be sufficient?

* People ask for the test.

Sz: Are you all mad?
Can any one of you survive if your hearts are stabbed with that knife?
Master, let's leave this placce with the prince. They are all mad!


Damdeok: There are people who think I am the king of Jyooshin.

Oracle: And I am one of them.

Damdeok: But I'm not sure of that.

Oracle: Your Highness.

Damdeok: I myself want to ask the heaven.

Oracle: Nobody has ever survived the test.

Damdeok: I want to know whether Heaven really exists, whether the heaven knows who I am.

Oracle: Did you come here in dispair? Did you come hear to die after your father?

Damdeok: How come the oracle doesn't have faith?
If Jyooshin is Heaven's kingdom, a king of that kingdom cannot die with heaven's sword.

Damdeok: I, Damdeok, will receive the Gawoori test.

---

Damdeok: Did you do this to my father, too?

K: I thought that you would trust me.

Damdeok: Did my father also die like this, because he trusted you?

K: I won't let you go alone. I will go with you.

---

Oracle: The heaven has given it's answer.
Prince Damdeok is not guilty. The heaven has answered with it's sacred Gawoori sword.

-----------

* Notice of the shrine
The symbol of Hyonmoo and Joojak has awaken, but the guards of the two symbols nominated different men as their kings.
The one who finds the remaining two symbols, the one who is admitted by the guardians of the symbols shall also be admitted as our king.
Until then, prince Damdeok will rule Koguryo temporarily as the king.

-------------
* Recall
King S: Is this child the one?

OJJ: Yes, his name is Damdeok.

King S: Child.

Damdeok: Yes, your majesty.

King S: Your father and I deeply trust in you.
Become the king of Jyooshin and rebuild the kingdom of Jyooshin.
Don't forget this.

Damdeok: Do you mean me?

King S: Find out the four symbols and find out its guardians.
Make them protect you and lead your way. Promise me.

Damdeok: Yes, I promise.

---

Damdeok: From the beginning, I was asked to become the king of Jyooshin, not Koguryo.

Sz: You must become a king of Koguryo before you become the king of Jyooshin.

Damdeok: Do you know what it is like to become a king?

Sz: To become a king... isn't it good?
No one can treat me badly, not even the master! haha..

---

King K: My son, first of all, I think you must survive.
You are still young, and I don't have power strong enough to protect you.
So don't stand out. .....

Damdeok: What do you mean?

King K: Don't let anyone notice that you are outstanding.
Don't reveal that you are faster and braver than others.
Don't reveal that you are wiser and nicer than others.
Make everybody think you are idle, and then forget about you.

King K: My role is to prepare you to become king. That is the reason I live.
It became clearer when I became king, I don't fit in this title at all.

Damdeok: I will become a king that worths its title. Please protect me father.

-------------

Damdeok: Geomulchon.

H: Yes, sir.

Damdeok: You told me that your group have been waiting for the king for a long time.

H: We've been waiting for over a thousand years.

Damdeok: Then you must know a lot about king.

H: Yes, sir.

Damdeok: Teach me. How can I become a good king?

H: Do you mean a good king, not an ordinary king?

Damdeok: I am ready to learn.

-------

* Blacksmith

Peddler tells Bason that the prince survived the Gawoori test, and the sacred Choomoo sword has broken into dust.
Bason doesn't pay attention to the fact that the prince has been stabbed into his heart and survived. She is panicked by the fact that Choomoo sword has broken into dust.

-------

* Yon's house

Yon Garyo claims that Damdeok has made a trick again by using a fake Choomoo sword.
All tribal leaders are listening to him, but Jeok Hwan, the leader of Gaema Army warns the leaders to behave themselves because Damdeok is proved innocent and is the new king of Koguryo.

----------------

* Hwacheon

Priest: Now I understand why you gave your heart to him.
Long time ago, our shaman, gave her heart to him, too, and she lost everything.
Do not resist.
I am going to erase your emotion towards him. You won't feel pain any more...

Saryang: What was that?

Priest:: Something is there inside Kiha-nim.

------------

* Blacksmith

Dalbee asks Joomoochi to teach her how to fight.
Joomoochi tells her to learn how to walk properly beforehand.
Young noble men come to Joomoochi and ask him to help them fight for the Yons.
They offered a good payment worth more than Joomoochi's annual income.
Joomoochi refuses.

-----------

* Palacce, briefing room.

Hyongo informs Damdeok of news inside and outside Koguryo.
- People think that Damdeok deceived the leaders again.
- Over ten thousand men volunteered to fight for the Yons.
- Jinsungwang, the king of Baekjae who had stolen the throne from his nephew Ashin is losing power. Western part of Baekje is trying to make Ashin the king.

- The Royal Guards decided not to take part until General Kho returns.
- The Gaema Army is likely to be on the Yons' side.
Jeokhwan, the leader of Gaema Army is from Gyeruboo(a tribe that belongs to Yon).

* Hyonko finds out that the newly transformed handle of Choomoo sword is identical to the drawing on the ancient scroll titled "Heavenly Bow".

---

Secretary: Your Majesty. He came back. He came back at last.

Gen K: Your servant Kho Woo Choong has no regret even if he dies, as he sees the king safe and sound.

Damdeok: Welcome back. I've been waiting for you.

GenK: There is some one who came with me.

Heukgae: I am Heukgae, the leader of Julnoboo.

Damdeok: I am Damdeok, who made your son die.

Heukgae: I've heard that my son has died to save your life.

Damdeok: Yes, he did.

Heukgae: I've heard that you are now a temporary king of Koguryo, and you are competing with Hogae to become the king of Jyooshin.
Yons' house is full of soldiers who are volunteering to fight, while you are here in this room, reading papers with that stinking monks.

Damdeok: As of yesterday, the number of Yon's soldiers reached 19 thousand.
I have less than 8 thousand, including Royal Guards, Gaema Army, and Central Army.

Heukgae: Are you considering of becoming the king of Jyooshin anyway?

Damdeok: Yes, I am. That is the way to pay back the deaths of your son and other Julno soldiers.

---
Damdeok: Are you OK now? I...

Dalgoo: You don't have to say a word. Jakeundol and Soedooroo must know everything.

-----

* Notice of Yon
A tournament will be held.
The winner and other seven strongest men will become leaders of Hogae's army.

--------

* Yon's house

The priest is here with Kiha because Kiha is unconscious for several days.
She is refusing to wake up. The priest is here to see if Hogae could wake her up.

--------

* Blacksmith

A household of the Yons came to ask Bason to work for them. Bason refuses that offer.

Bason: Sir, are you looking for something? I'll bring someone else to help you....

Hyongo: How have you been?

Bason: Oh?

Hyongo: This is the one (that I've told you).

Bason: Who is he?

GenK: You are in front of the king. Lower your head.

Bason: What? King?

Damdeok: I've heard that you are the best blacksmith in Gooknaesung.
Won't you stand up?
It is me who came to ask you a favor.
I think I will have to start a war in near future.
Can you help me to make my soldiers get less wounded?
Hyongo told me that you would know about that.

Bason: So, you mean you want a better thing to protect your soldiers, not a better weapon?

Damdeok: Can you help me?

---

* Bason introduces her collection of armors

First one is made of leather. It is good for archers to move their arms freely, but arrow can penetrate it.

Second one is made of steel. Arrow cannot penetrate it, but soldiers who wears that armor need help to ride horses.

The third one is used in western world.
The soldiers need two servants to help them ride horses.
They cannot use swords. They can only use spears.
If one falls down from the horse, they cannot even stand up easily... like a turtle.

Damdeok: Is this made of steel? It looks very light.

Bason: Um... I made it.

Bason: Now, this is an armor that I've made.
This armor weighs less than half of the ones used by the Gaema Army.
I will show you how strong this is.
Shoot me.

------------

* Kiha's room in Yon's house

Hogae: When will you wake up?
Open your eyes and look at me.
I am planning to start a long journey to become your king.
I want you to stay with me and watch me.
I think I could do really well if you are with me.

* Kiha, morning sickness

----------

* Blacksmith

Joomoochi: Bason, I'm back.

Hyn: It's him. He is the strongest soldier in Koguryo.
But people don't know their real strength. Horse riding is bred in their bones.
Some even say that they are born on the horses.
If they have good horses, they can easily run 500 Rhee(1 Rhee is about 0.4km) within a night. .

Damdeok: Are you Joomoochi?
I am Damdeok. I became a king of Koguryo several days ago.

GenK: Don't you know how to honor your lord?

Damdeok: This warrior is a leader of a Malgal clan.
You cannot force him to obey.

Joomoochi: We don't work in three conditions.
We do not assassinate. We do no attack women, children, and old people. We do not work for a person we don't like.

Damdeok: What about me?

Joomoochi: I don't like you.

Damdeok: It's not good.... I don't have much time.
Shall I wait till you like me?

---

GenK: The leaders are asking for the assembly of J-meeting [Jegahweyi, Á¦°¡È¸ÀÇ, a meeting of representatives of every tribes that belong to Koguryo, I guess. It must be something like a senate.] to approve the advance of Hogae's Army.

Damdeok: It's not the time yet. We don't know how Hooyon and Sunbi(?) will respond.
Most of all, we don't know whether Shilla will support us.

Hyn: We should warn them about that, but it won't be easy.

GenK: What about not approving the J-meeting?

Hyn: That is not possible. J-meeting is originally a meeting organized by the tribes, not the king.

* Dalbee comes to Joomoochi and says goodbye.
She says she is leaving to help the king.
Dalbee's change of attitude made Joomoochi to give Damdeok a chance.

---

Joomoochi: King, are you good at fighting?

Damdeok: Do you mean you want to fight with me?

Joomoochi: I cant serve you as a client as I don't like you.
I can't serve you as a vassal because I don't belong to you.
If you win me with your force, I could help you for about a year.

Damdeok: I heard that you can pull out the horn of a bull with bare hand, and you are the best ax fighter.... I don't think I can win.

Joomoochi: Will you fight instead?

Damdeok: If genderal Kho wins, you will obey him, not me.

Joomoochi: All right then.

Damdeok: Thirty blows. I will defend thirty blows of your ax.
Accept me if I don't die till then.

Joomoochi: I don't think you will stand a couple of blows.

Damdeok: Then ten blows.

Joomoochi: OK, ten.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 11:03 am

TWSSG Episode 12

Joomoochi> King, are you good at fighting?

Damdeok> Do you mean you want to fight with me?

Joomoochi> I can't serve you as a client as I don't like you.
I can't serve you as a vassal because I don't belong to you.
If you win me with force, I could help you for about a year.

Damdeok> I heard that you can pull out the horn of a bull with bare hands, and you are the best ax fighter.... I don't think I can win you.

Joomoochi> Will you fight instead? (to General Kho)

Damdeok> If genderal Kho wins, you will obey him, not me.

Joomoochi> All right, then.

Damdeok> Thirty blows. I will defend thirty blows of your ax.
Accept me if I don't die till then.

Joomoochi> I don't think you will stand a couple of blows.

Damdeok> Then ten blows.

Joomoochi> OK, ten.

---

Damdeok> I think it's over 10 blows.

Joomoochi> You must've heard that we are very expensive.
Give me half the money in advance. We charge our food expenses separately.

Damdeok> I will get the Sheewoo's [the name of Joomoochi's tribe] land back for you.

Joomoochi> Hey, King!. Are you saying that you are going to buy us for free?
Don't you have any money?

Damdeok> I said I will get the land of the Sheewoo back for you. Live there and raise your horses there with your people.

Joomoochi> Kings and nobles exploit and then discard people. Isn't that your behavior?

Damdeok> Joomoochi, are you a guy that could be discarded so easily?

Joomoochi> Don't ask me to kneel before you.

Damdeok> I won't.

Joomoochi> Don't make my people and me belong to Koguryo.

Damdeok> Baekje, Malgal, Sunbi, and Koguryo were all brothers in the beginning.

-------

* Palacce

Hogae, recollects his childhood.

Damdeok> I'm glad that you came. People told me that you wouldn't come.

Hogae> I think you shouldn't meet me without body guards.

Damdeok> Why? Are you going to assassinate me?

Hogae> I am considering of it.

Damdeok> Are you going to attack Baekje, first?

Hogae> There is information that followers of Sosuhno, the queen of Choomodaewang, brought the symbol of Chongryong there. I think your majesty already have this sort of information, don't you? Are they called Geomulchon?

Damdeok> As you called me your majesty, I must ask you a question. If your army goes to the battle yard, will you obey my order?

Hogae> Did you forget that this is the competition to prove who is the King of Jyooshin? Soldiers of my army came to me because they wanted me to become King.

Damdeok> There must be some way other than war to achieve the symbols.

Hogae> Maybe you don't have the gut to start a war.
You can make people commit suicide with tricks. Is that the only thing that you are good at?

Damdeok> The soldiers that you are planning to bring to the battle yard are people of Koguryo. Don't make them die because of us.

Hogae> Ask the tribal leaders tomorrow at the Jaega-meeting, to the people of Koguryo.

--------

* Palacce

Secretary> The King is entering.

Secretary> The King has entered.

Hogae> Yon Hogae of the Gyerooboo have a request.

Damdeok> I am listening.

Hogae> The priest said that the last day of this month is an auspicious day.
I would like to set out to the front with my soldiers on that day. I hope you approve my request.

Damdeok> War costs lives of the soldiers.
If you care for their lives, you must have good reasons to cost their lives.
You need tactics and strategies to save their lives.

Hogae> First, we have ample of reasons.
We need the symbols of four gods to rebuild the Land of Jyooshin, and one of those symbols is in Baekje.
However, I am not going to start a war against Baekje just because of that.
What did baekje do in the past?
Did you forget that Gogookwonwang has been killed by an arrow of Baekje?

* Gogookwonwang (the 16th king of Koguryo).
Died in a battle when Baekje's Geunchogowang has invaded Pyongyang in 371 A.D.

Hogae> I, Hogae, will make revenge of our ancestor kings.
Next, did you ask about my tactics and strategies?
The tactics and strategies of me and my 30 thousand soldiers are the soul of the dragon and the heart of the tiger that are engraved in our souls.

Damdeok> There is 50 to 50 chance to win if we fight like this.
Before we start this war, we should arrange the diplomatic issues in this region.
We should make Shilla, Hooyon, and Malgal at least not to help Baekje, let alone to invade us while we fight against Baekje.
On the other hand, Baekje is devided into eastern and western Baekje. We should make them fight against each other.

Tribal leader> Your Majesty, I hope you don't mind my saying this to you.
Are you against the war because you are afraid?
Hogae-nim has fought in the front line since he was a child.
What about learning his courage a little bit?

Heakgae> Watch out our words!
Are you mad? Don't you know where you are?

Chojoodo> Your Majesty, I would like to give my heartfelt advice.
This war is a revenge of Koguryo rather than an expedition to find the symbols.
Hogae-nim is so respected that soldiers from the whole country are volunteering to help him.
Your Majesty, you should not be jealous of him.
Your Majesty, your servant Chojoodo earnestly beg you.
The victory of Hogae is also the victory of Koguryo, which is the victory of you, too.

-----------

* Palacce, at night

Damdeok> Are you drinking again?

Suzini> Oh, no, I'm ...

Damdeok> Where have you been all day?

Suzini> It's a secret.

Damdeok> How come this liquor is so strong?

Suzini> I will let someone bring milder one.

Damdeok> I told you not to do that.

Suzini> Not to do what?

Damdeok> You've been to the Yons.

Suzini> Who told you that?

Suzini> Did you forget it?
I told you not to wander around and meddle in another's affair.

Suzini> Oh, Gushigi,,, Lord..., your Majesty, Do you think I went there to play around?

Damdeok> Do play around!
You used to like gambling. Go to the gambling house or some placces like that! .

Suzini> Oh,.... Yes, I was playing around.
I heard that there are lots of liquor in Yon's house and went there to see what kind of liquor they had.

Damdeok> What is it?

Suzini> What is what?

Damdeok> What is it that you are not telling?

Suzini>Hew..... Lord.
Do you still like her so much?
All the Geomul people know that you liked each other from the time you were young.
We thought that she was a nice woman.
Then why did she kill the previous king?
Oh, there must be some reason.
Maybe she didn't mean it. He was the father of her lover anyway.

Damdeok> It's enough. Stop.

Suzini> I think you'd better not like her.
She stabbed you with the sword.
There might be some excuse for that, too.
Being the Joojak, she could have known that you wouldn't die. How great she is!
However, I can't forgive her as I get to know more and more about her.

Damdeok> I said stop!

Suzini> Don't you know anything?
Don't you know what she is doing?
I think it is you who should stop.
Why are you so angry? Isn't it because you still love her?

Damdeok> Yes, I do.
I can't stop once I start thinking of her.
The most embarrassing thing is... that I still miss her.
I want to meet her, and talk to her.
That's why I don't want to start thinking of her.
So don't tell me about her.

Suzini> Yes, sir.

------

* Office of the Palacce

Heukgae> There are various rumors such as 'the new king is such a coward that he is hiding like a pheasant.' Have you heard of it?

GenK> Would you please watch out your words?

Heukgae> What's wrong with my words?
Your Majesty, please allow us Julnoboo to join the battle.
We will fight and win for you.

Damdeok> How much is the possibility that we would win if we fight with Baekje?

Hyongo> As both countries are well prepared to defend attacks, the attacking side is definitely handicapped.

Heukgae> Look, I will bring all the reserve forces of Julnoboo. I will summon the border guards of the east.

Hyongo> If you bring the border guards, the Hooyon and Georan will joyfully invade this country. Do you want that?

Heukgae> Joyfully what?

Hyongo> Oh, I almost forgot it.

Geomul> If Hogae takes the shortest rout to attack Hanseung[Seoul] of Baekje, he should take over 20 citadels. Let's assume that it takes 10 days to take over a citadel. He needs at least three months to attack half of those citadels.
The number of Hogae's soldiers is near 40 thousand. Shall I calculate how much food they need?

Damdeok> Master.

Hyongo> Yes, - I'm his master[speaking to Heukgae] - I'm here to serve you.

Damdeok> You said that Geomool can gather most informations of this world.
On the contrary, can you leak information?

Hyongo> What do you mean?

Damdeok> I need to leak a secret secretly.
If that is available, I will approve Hogae to start the war.
I don't have other choice anyway.

Heukgae> What are you going to do after they go?
Are we going to sit here and watch them fight?

Damdeok> Didn't you hear at the Jega-meeting?
They said that Hogae's army is Koguryo's army, and Hogae's victory is my victory.
I'm going to help them, to make them win so that I could win.

-------

* Blacksmith.

Blacksmiths gather to Bason't workplacce to help and learn from Bason.
Iron ore arrived.

--------

Hyongo> If we fight against Eastern Baekje alone, there is possibility that we could win. But if the army of Western Baekje joins, I don't think we could win.
We cannot win with 40 thousand soldiers.

Damdeok> Master.

Hyongo> Yes, sir.

Damdeok> I'm not calling you master and I didn't bring your group to the palacce to learn "we can't do this, we can't win... " sort of things from you.

Hyonko> I don't intend to tell you so.

Damdeok> I've heard a lot about the reasons that we can't win, so tell me now. How can we win?

Hyongo> Is there any possibility that you could stop Hogae?

Damdeok> He won't stop.
Now, we have 40 thousands soldiers that I might have never been able to make by myself. Let's discuss how we can make victory with this soldiers.

Hyongo> The military forces of Baekje and Koguryo are about the same level.
We have similar armors and similar weapons.
We might be a little better in horse riding. .

Damdeok> How is Bason doing?

Secretary> Bason announced that she will release her classified skill that blacksmiths of this country are all gathered to her workplacce.

-------

* Blacksmith

* Office.

Hyongo> We are short of time.
It will take a half year to equip 40 thousand soldiers.

Damdeok> How long would it take for Hogae to bring his army to the border of Baekje?

GenK> Hogae is an experienced soldier, and he is good at tactics.
He will reach the border in seven days.

Damdeok> How long would it take for Western Baekje to come across the sea to support?

GenK> The move of Hogae will be noticed instantly.
Western Baekje will know that in three days. It will take ten to fourteen days for them to arrive in support of Eastern Baekje..

Damdeok> We should try our best to delay Hogae's army.

Hyongo> What for?

Damdeok> We will block the support of Western Baekje.

Hyongo> Do you mean the soldiers of General Kho and Julno-tribe?

GenK> The total number will be around three thousands.

Damdeok> Isn't the smaller the better? We can arm the soldiers in less time.

Hyongo> Are you saying that we fight with three thousand soldiers against the army of Western Baekje?

Damdeok> Master.

Hyongo> Yes, sir.

Damdeok> Let's delay the departure of Hogae for about two weeks. We also have to make them proceed towards more eastern direction.

Hyongo> In the meanwhile, are you going to fight against Western Baekje with three thousand soldiers?

Damdeok> How strong is Baekje's intelligence network in Koguryo?

GenK> If you catch cold tomorrow, Baekje will know it within five days.

Damdeok> Let's make them believe that I am staying at the palacce, that I am too afraid to join the battle. Damdeok will keep being the coward pheasant. All right?

Hyongo> It's not all right.
Do you mean that you will risk your life to help Hogae?
Are you going to let Hogae get the symbol of Cheongryong while you fight in the frontline, your Majesty?

Damdeok> Master. Can one become king without his people?
Hogae's soldiers are all my people. I cannot let them die in vain.

----

* Blacksmith

Suzini asks Bason why didn't she make such splendid weapons before.
Bason answers that she saved the secret for the possible future lord that she thinks is worth supporting.

Dalbi gives Suzini a notebook that she wrote, and asks her to show it to the king or anyone who would be interested in it.
It is a note of logistics that she thinks is needed for the army - including food, goods, carts, horses, etc.
Dalbi did that job when she was in Yon's house since Mrs. Yon had died.

--------

* Hwacheon

Hogae recalling the death of his mother, and promises her that he will become king for her, and for Kiha.
Kiha's power to use fire became stronger, but strangely, she can ignite fire much more easily, but cannot put out fire.

Hogae is glad to meet Kiha, but Kiha doesn't pay attention to Hogae.
Hogae asks why did she stab Damdeok.
Kiha replies, she was planning to die together.
Now Kiha has a reason to live.
Kiha wants to meet Damdeok to decide how she shall live.

-----------

Suzini> Do you know what this is?

Damdeok> Did the maid of the Yons write this?

Suzini> Her name is Dalbi. Her husband was the captain of Yon's soldiers, but was killed. She almost died then, but she managed to escape. She is living with Bason nowadays. What do you think about this note?

Damdeok> General Kho.

GenK> Yes, your Majesty.

Damdeok> Didn't you say that you were looking for a quartermaster?

* º´ÂüºÎ´ë> a quartermaster corps. an army that is responsible for soldiers' accomodation, food, and clothing.

GenK> Yes, reliable staffs are now working for Hogae's army.

Damdeok> Would you have a look at this? I am quite impressed.

GenK> If you think so, I don't think I need to recheck this. I will appoint this person as the quartermaster.

Damdeok> General.

GenK> Yes, your Majesty.

Damdeok> Long time ago, you taught me that even the best soldiers cannot fight well unless the quartermaster logistics support them properly.

GenK> You didn't forget that!

Damdeok> What if I made a mistake in choosing such an important staff?
Would it be only my fault, or would it also be a fault of you who didn't raise questions to my order?

GenK> It would be mainly my fault.

Damdeok> So... ?

GenK> I will meet this person, and give her the job that I think is appropriate for her.


Hyongong> Don't bother me.

Suzini> You made a mistake here. These three lines....

Hyongong> All right, I made a mistake.

Hyongong> Look what you're doing!

--------

* Palacce, at night

Suzini> This is made of water springing out from the deep mountain range, mountain ginseng and white snake are added, and was purified three times and stored for three years. It's name is.... the name was ...made of four letters...

Damdeok> Can't you stop drinking for a single day?

Suzini> I can stop breathing, but I cannot stop this.
What a great placce a palacce is! There is a storage room only for liquors, and it is all for you! Have you been there? I thought as if I was in heaven.
This liquor is exclusively for the king, but once the king tastes this, other people can taste the remaining liquor. So please have a taste.

Damdeok> The scent is quite good.

Suzini> You don't have to drink more. Just... .

Damdeok> But the taste is....

Suzini> Didn't you say that you don't like liquor?

Damdeok> Hmm.... a bit too strong...

Suzini> Augh...

Damdeok> Not quite good!

Suzini> Oh...

Damdeok> Where are you going?

Suzini> Why are you stopping me?

Damdeok> You are going to get drunken and misbehave to any man you meet, aren't you?

Suzini> I've never behaved like that.

Damdeok> Sit there. Drink where I can have my eyes on you.
You are so called my contemporary. Your disgrace is my disgrace. Sit there.

--------------

* Kiha returns to Hwacheon's residence.

Hogae is leaving tomorrow. He says he will wait for her.

-------------

* A small village near the seaport of Baekje.

Strange-looking people are delivering a chest(box).

Man> We must hurry. The symbol is unstable nowadays.

The strangers are Geomul villagers who are acting to give false information to the Hwacheons.
They know that the restaurant is owned by the Hwachdon's spy and are behaving as if they are carrying the symbol of Cheongryong to Palgoonsung.

The owner of the restaurant sends message to the Hwacheon.

--------

* Hwacheons, Gooknaesung

Priest> Did they say it was the symbol? I can't believe it.

Saryang> They wrote that they even saw the light coming out from the chest.
They are moving to the eastern territory of Baekje.

Priest> If they are carrying the symbol from Western Baekje, why are they heading to such a remote placce instead of Hanseong?

Saryang> Could it be the placce where the Guard of the symbol lives?


Yon> The guard of the symbol?

Priest> Some say that in the reigns of Choomodaewang, Sosuhno carried the symbol when she moved south with her two sons.

* Sosuhno> The wife of Choomodaewang[the king who built Koguryo], who moved to the south with her two sons and built Baekje.

Priest> Others say that the Guard of Cheongryong was conscious and chose to follow Sosuhno.

Yon> You said that you don't know exactly where the symbol is.

Priest> The light of Cheongryong has shown on the day that Hogae-nim was born, but no one knew where it was since then.

Yon> That symbol appeared in Eastern Baekje, and a strange group of people are carrying it to the eastern border.

Priest> Yes. We should inform Hogae to go after that symbol. Attacking the capital of Baekje should be the next step.

--------------

* Palacce

Damdeok> If the Geomul disciples do their jobs properly, Hogae's army will move towards Palgoonsung.

Heukgae> Are you going to make him attack that well-prepared citadel?

Damdeok> The battle line must be formed far from Western Baekje, and we must delay the battle as much as we can.

Heukgae> Oh, my head aches. Someone put fire on top of my head.
Can you see smoke coming out of my head?

Damdeok> Hogae's soldiers count 40 thousands.
Baekje must have noticed the movement of such a large army.

Heukgae> The entire Baekje must know by now unless they are blind.

Damdeok> Well prepared Baekje plus reinforcements... Do you think Hogae will win?

Heukgae> Even though I don't like that leader, who do you think can defeat the army of Grand-Koguryo?

Damdeok> Do you think he will win? Can he win?

-----------

* Market placce

An actor is performing a monologue praising Hogae.

* Office

Damdeok> So we will go here.
These provinces must have sent most of their resources to the east.
They've sent more than half of their soldiers, and they are not expecting us to come.... I think we have a good chance to win.

Heukgae> Are we fighting, too?

Damdeok> Once we attack these provinces, the soldiers who were sent for reinforcement will return to their provinces. General Kho.

GenK> Yes, sir.

Damdeok> When that happens, send my command to Hogae, to attack Baekje's army from their back. Understand?

GenK> Yes, your Majesty.

Heukgae> So we are fighting, too!

Damdeok> We are not attacking Hanseung of Baekje. We will attack the middle part connecting Eastern and Western Baekje. If we succeed, we will acquire direct access to the sea.

* Monologue> Chanting Hogae who is searching for the symbols.

* Office

Damdeok> There is a mission that Julnoboo should accomplish.

Heukgae> I'm waiting for your order, your Majesty.

Damdeok> First, go back to Julnoboo territory.

Heukgae> Y, Your Majesty!

Damdeok> I have something yet to prepare.
I cannot send my soldiers to the battle field unless everything is ready.

Heukgae> Prepare, prepare, what the helI!
People go to the battle field with their determination to win. They don't go after everything is prepared.

Damdeok> I will do so. I won't start a war that I am not sure that I will win.

Secretary> Your Majesty, The Gaema soldiers and their leader Jeok Hwan has requested an audience with you.

* Monologue > Teasing Damdeok as a coward king.
"I won't go unless there is an armor that is impenetrable."

-----------

* Palacce
Jeok Hwan reminds Damdeok of the proud history of the Gaema army.

Damdeok> Oh...

Jeok Hwan asks Damdeok to allow his army to join Hogae's war.
He says that it is a shame for the Gaema not being able to lead the van.

Damdeok> Gaema should not be put to shame.
It is my mistake. Of course Gaema should lead the van.
I allow Gaema army to go.
Gaema should be in the vanguard no matter what happens.
Send a message to Hogae not to start the battle unless Gaema arrives there..

Jeokhwan> Thank you sir. The Gaema soldiers won't forget your kindness.


Damdeok> Now we have ten days to prepare.
What we need is time. Delay the departure of Gaema as long as you can.

GenK> Yes, I will find out what I can do.

Damdeok> I hope Hogae to be a little more cautious.

------------

* Hogae and his army

Messenger delivers the order of the king.
The message is that the king is sending the Gaema army, and orders not to start battle unless they arrive.

The adjutant generals are angry that the order is not reasonable from their viewpoint.
They think that they should attack as soon as possible before Baekje is fully prepared.

Messenger sends one more message from Yon Garyo that Kiha is coming with the Gaema army as the guardian deity.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 11:23 am

TWSSG Episode 13


[ * I translated to help you understand the drama, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s appropriate to use it as subtitles. It could violate the copy right and the sales of the drama. Please be careful.]

-------------------------------------------

* Hogae and his army

Messenger delivers the order of the king.
The king is sending the Gaema army, and orders not to start battle unless they arrive.

The adjutant generals are angry that the order is not reasonable from their viewpoint. They think that they should attack as soon as possible before Baekje is fully prepared.

Messenger sends one more message from Yon Garyeo that Kiha is coming with the Gaema army as the guardian deity.

* The King¡¯s chambers.

Heungae: It is the biggest warship of the Jeolo tribe. It can carry about 50 soldiers and we have about 30 of it. Compared to us, the warship of Baekje is the battleship type and it can carry hundreds of soldiers. That ship is mostly used for commerce. It¡¯s not very useful for battle.

Damdeok: What about this?

Heukgae: Why is it here? You don¡¯t need to look at this. It looks like a cargo ship and I can say that it is more advanced than a raft. It can carry lots of goods, but it¡¯s slow. It just floats on the water rather than creating its own speed and it doesn¡¯t move if the water doesn¡¯t flow.

Damdeok: This is it. This is the one I want.

Heukgae: Excuse me? You said that you want a ship for battle. Are you sure you want this ship?

Damdeok: How many do you have?

Heukgae: Ah. This isn¡¯t the ship for battle. If we use this when we face against the naval forces of Baekje, then..

Damdeok: How many soldiers and horses can this ship carry? We have to move 3,000 soldiers and 4,000 horses. Do you think it will be possible?

Hyeongo: There are about 4,000 soldiers and 5,300 horses. Unexpectedly, more people are joining as Joomoochi calls.

* The gathering of Siwoo tribe

Siiwoo tribes, who have hardship after they left their homes, are gathering as Joomoochi calls. Joomoochi says¡°Thank you for surviving and gathering,¡± and tells them to follow him.

* Blacksmith

Bason discuses the efficiency of the new weapons.
She says that she made them with the finest iron and with all her skill.
Only her arrow can penetrate her armor and shield.
[There was an explanation in the 12th episode were it indicates that Bason¡¯s arrows can go one and a half further than any other arrows.]

Damdeok: How many do you have, now? We have to leave soon.

Bason: How soon do you need them? Because our time and high positions, time like yours are different from ours.

Damdeok: Don¡¯t you have a date yet (to depart)?

Hyeongo: Not tomorrow, nor the day after tomorrow, but the day after.

Damdeok: He said after three days.

Bason: I knew it! I knew you would suddenly show up at night, smack my head and demand the weapons. You drive me crazy!

Joomoochi: He is the King of Kokuryo. You, Siwoo tribes don¡¯t you know how to greet him?

Siwoo tribe: Our young chief said that ¡°the King of Kokuryo would recover our land¡±. We, Siwoo tribes fought against ten thousands of Baekje soldiers until the end. Don¡¯t try to deceive us to make us the servants of Kokuryo. If you want to do so, please tell us now.

Joomoochi: Oh, lord.

Damdeok: Joomoochi.

Damdeok: I don¡¯t think you¡¯re the chief. Because they don¡¯t believe you.

Joomoochi: Same with you. Right? Your nobles believe your words just like the dog down the street. hahaha..

Joomoochi: You shouldn¡¯t have started it.

Damdeok: Do they usually wear that?

Joomoochi: Would you like to have it? Do you want me to tell them to kill one and make one for you?

Damdeok: Are they going to obey your order?

Suzinee: Aren¡¯t we going to have a party? Let¡¯s have some drinks and cook the meats.

Damdeok: General Ko!

General Ko: Yes, your Majesty.

Damdeok: They look like they¡¯re starving.

General Ko: All right, your Majesty.

------

* Geomool Village

Hyeongo¡¯s briefing.

Baekje is divided into East and West and Gwanmi Fort is located in the middle.
If we can have Gwanmi Fort, then we can have their workers and skills. It¡¯s like we have all the sea because they have the biggest shipyard. All other countries want to have Gwanmi Fort, but it¡¯s just a pie in the sky because it's an unreachable.
It¡¯s impossible to attack at the same time no matter how many soldiers we bring along because there is only one path to Gwanmi Fort. And the castellan of Gwanmi has become more fearful.

He became the castellan when he turned 10 years old and always went to war by himself. He has never captured all his enemies and those who have approached him closely were killed. He becomes the killing ghost when the war begins.

Damdeok: I want to acquire the Gwanmi Fort.

Siwoo tribe: Chief! Then, is this the first combat we have to face? Are we fighting against the ghost?

Joomoochi: Why? Are you scared?

Damdeok: We can¡¯t obtain Gwanmi Fort by ourselves. Hogae and his army went to the mainland of Baekje, but they will join us soon. Until then, we have to prepare the battle ground. That¡¯s our first goal for now. Now, it¡¯s ready.

* The shrine

not let other people know. Because we have to deceive our people first to deceive our opponents.

* Front yard of the palacce

Jo Joodo: Are you suddenly going to go hunting? What¡¯s going on?

Damdeok: I¡¯ll go hunting for a while. Please take care of the national affairs even if I come back a little late.

Yeon Garyeo: I don¡¯t think it¡¯s the right time, your Majesty. Our central armies went to get Baekje now. How come you, your Majesty..

Damdeok: That¡¯s why I¡¯m going to go hunting. It¡¯s said that the hunters saw the white deer in the Youngsoo Mountain. I want to catch them and use them for an offering when we pray to God for the luck of the war. It¡¯s said that the white deer shows the sign of the matter of congratulation of the country God sent, isn¡¯t it? I¡¯ll catch them alive, please look forward to it. You¡¯re in Kuknaeseong, so I trust you. I¡¯m leaving.

Yeon Garyeo: your Majesty..

------------

* Hyeongo¡¯s briefing.

There are two ways to get to Gwanmi Fort.
By the land – We have to pass about 30 castles. More than 50,000 soldiers and 3 months are needed to defeat them.

Second – by the sea
A naval battle is not necessary. We¡¯ll flow on the river secretly and land in front of Gwanmi Fort. There are ten castles from here to Gwanmi Fort.

Damdeok: We¡¯ll occupy these ten castles within twenty days. I believe everyone has enough training for it.

General Ko: The security army¡¯s training is perfect.

Joomoochi: We, Siwoo tribes, are ready since we started to walk.

---

* Yosoo River in Jeollo Tribe

Bason: Distributing new armors. She is lining up the soldiers by size.

Dalbee: She took the quartermaster position and is working hard.

Damdeok: Are you new quartermaster?

Dalbee: Yes. I¡¯m Dalbee, quartermaster, your Majesty.

Damdeok: I have a favor to ask of you. The winning or losing of this war is on your shoulder. So, please take care of your shoulder.

Joomoochi: Where are the ships that will secretly take us to the center of Baekje?

Soldiers: It¡¯s coming~~!

-----

* Yeon¡¯s house

Damdeok¡¯s secretary is coming to Yeon to deliver his order.
He says that Damdeok is heading to Baekje to cut back-ups for Hogae.
He doesn¡¯t inform Yeon about the route and destination because it¡¯s a secret.
Yeon Garyeo was surprised when he heard that Damdeok went for the war without discussion with the ministries.

----

* Hwacheon

Yeongaryeo blames the leader of Hwacheon about his insufficient information.
¡°Didn¡¯t you say that you¡¯re going to be our eyes, ears, and brain?¡±

Saryang reports that Damdeok moved to the West with the securities and Siwoo tribes.
Siwoo tribes have been known as the braves, but they got lost due to the frame-ups of Baekje, Malgal, and other tribes about 10 years ago.

The leader of Hwacheon doesn¡¯t believe Damdeok¡¯s message to go face the Baekje back-ups, because Damdeok is heading towards the Jeollo tribe¡¯s side.
He guesses that the King went to the Jeollo tribe to make a friendship, not to fight against Baekje. He adds that Damdeok won¡¯t be able to fight in the war with only a few thousand soldiers. He advises him to send the messages to all the leaders of the tribes and not to believe Damdeok¡¯s message.

Yeongaryeo: The King, Damdeok.. I¡¯ve seen him for long time. He is not an easy mark. I don¡¯t know what he is hiding in his mind.

---------------

* Back-ups for Baekje Seokhyeon Frot were sent to the war.

* Hogae¡¯s army.

* Damdeok¡¯s army

General Ko: It¡¯s said that 40,000 soldiers of Yeon are moving slowly than were expected. Thanks to that, it is said that Baekje is sending all the soldiers to the borders.

Geomool: It¡¯s said that Baekje¡¯s castles are nearby Yosoo river and are sending back-ups. Because they think that here won¡¯t be attacked.

Heukgae: We¡¯re passing around here. With this speed, I think we will be able to arrive at Baekje¡¯s territory tonight. Where are we going to land?

Damdeok: We¡¯ll keep going.

Heukgae: Here is the territory of Baekje.

Damdeok: You said that our ships can¡¯t be used for the battle at all.
Then, who will notice the cargo-ships? We¡¯ll keep going.
We¡¯ll wait until tomorrow when the sea¡¯s waves ebb and land.

Heukgae: Your Majesty, It¡¯s right in front of Seukhyeon Fort in Baekje. Seokhyeon Fort is the biggest castle in the east of Gwanmi and the west of Yoha.

Damdeok: That¡¯s why I want to occupy it first. If we attack the small castle first, then it makes the larger castles prepare for war. It causes havoc for us. The security army and Siwoo army will attack Seokhyeon Fort.

Heukgae: Do you just want me to stay in the ship? Do you want our Jeollo tribe not to fight against it?

Damdeok: Please just pretend to attack Gwanmi Fort.

Heukgae: Pretend? Pretend to fight, not fight against them?

Damdeok: Please pretend to make Gwanmi Fort so that they won¡¯t send any more back-ups until we join you.

Heukgae: Oh, Do we fight after that?

Damdeok: Don¡¯t fight. We shouldn¡¯t disclose our small numbers. Just make back-ups of Baekje, the ones who went to the east, be surprised.

Joomoochi: Then, Do you mean our four thousand troops should fight against castles in Baekje, Gwanmi Fort and back-ups who come back?

Damdeok: No, we won¡¯t. We¡¯re going to run away when back-ups approach.
We have the best cavalrymen and the lightest armors. We don¡¯t have any problems running away, do we?

Heukgae: Then, we lure them, and bring the back-ups who went to attack Hogae, run away like the scared dogs, and make Hogae¡¯s army win. You mean the guy who killed the previous King and my son?

Damdeok: Just choose one of two. Who do you want to fight against? Baekje or Hogae?

Heukgae: Your Majesty, Everyone sees the world through his own eyes. Do you think Hegae understands your intention? Do you think he would kneel when bowing?

Damdeok: He doesn¡¯t know that?

Heongo: My disciples of Geomool village will meet Hogae tomorrow.
I¡¯ll try to make him show courtesy even if he doesn¡¯t bow. Maybe he doesn¡¯t know that.

------

* The camp of Hogae¡¯s army at the border of Baekje

The disciple of Geomool comes to meet Hogae.
Hogae is very sensitive and is waiting for the patron saint of the Joojak and Gaema¡¯s army.

Hyeongong (the disciple of Geomool village) delivers the King¡¯s order.
Its contents are; ¡°The person who has this document will convey my order.¡±

It can¡¯t be written on paper and he conveys the King¡¯s order verbally because it¡¯s a secret. He says that Damdeok plans to attack Seokhyeon Fort in Baekje. He¡¯ll pass Yoha, invade Baekje, and attack Gwanmi Fort.

Hogae has received information that Damdeok left Kuknaeseong for hunting and moved towards Jeollo¡¯s tribe.

Hyeongong further says that Damdeok tries to stop the back-ups of West Baekje and attacks Baekje when most of Baekje returns.

Hogae doesn¡¯t believe him. He orders his soldier to confine Hyeongong to make him confess the truth.

----------

* Hwacheon

It¡¯s a mess to prepare for Kiha¡¯s departure.
The leader of Hwacheon says that he¡¯ll stay because he has to watch the situation of Kuknaeseong. He says that Kiha¡¯s power is getting stronger and her fire power alone can defeat about 40,000 soldiers.

¡°Who is the real King of Jyooshin?¡± Kiha asks. The leader says that Hwacheon needs the boy who has the blood, not the King. He says that Hwacheon needs only the blood and can have power if Hwacheon has the blood and the four symbols.

Kiha asks what he would do if there is another person who has the blood of Jyooshin. He answers that the King of Jyooshin brings chaos to Hwacheon, so he should be killed when he¡¯s not worth keeping.

------------

* Kuknaeseong

Gaema¡¯s army and Kiha depart.

* In the forest

Kiha disappears and goes near the cliff of the mountain.

Saryang finds her and asks her to stay away from the cliff.

Kiha thinks Damdeok betrayed her because he didn¡¯t ask her whether the rumor is true or not and he tried to kill her. She says that she never wanted to be an owner of Joojak nor a mother of the earth. She wanted only one thing, just him and she wondered whether it was a sin? She says that Hwacheon is the same as Damdeok. They try to take advantage of her, and will abandon her like him.

Saryang asks whether her baby will die as she dies.

Kiha: The baby will eventually be used just like me. I don¡¯t want to see that happen.

Saryang: Use me, Kiha. Use this world, him, or Hwacheon. Do whatever you want and throw it all away if it doesn¡¯t work. You can then protect your baby, do you understand?

Kiha: Does the baby want to be born? Does the baby want to enter this miserable world? I don¡¯t like this world. How about you, baby?

----------

* In the ship heading towards Yoha river
Damdeok is suffering from the nightmare.

----------

* on the deck

Joomoochi looks for Dalbee. She gives a present, Bason¡¯s good charcoal, to him.
Dalbee adjusts Joomoochi¡¯s shoes and wishes him a safe return.
Joomoochi says that he¡¯ll send the Siwoo tribes to protect the quartermaster team.

-------------

* on the deck of another ship

Suzinee : Are you O.K.? What kind of dream made that ruckus? Did you dream of him?

Damdeok: It¡¯s strange..

Suzinee: What?

Damdeok: I cannot remember the image, or the voice. I heard something in my dream but I cannot remember what it was.

Suzinee: Ah~~(Yarn) Is tomorrow the first day of the war? I figure that I should have a good night¡¯s sleep that will keep me in good condition for the morning. I might doze during the fight, well, I=d better go back to sleep.

Damdeok: Suznee

Suzinee: Yes.

* the room inside of ship

Suzinee: Do you want me to put your armor on you?

Damdeok: Don=t you know how to handle armor?

Suzinee: I will bring someone who knows actually knows.

Damdeok: Please try it by yourself. Are the disciples of Geomoo leaving first?

Suzinee: They will.

Damdeok: Keep staying. If you follow them, you will just cause troubles, why don=t you stick to me?

Suzinee: Am I a bedbug? Stick to you?

Damdeok: Why don¡¯t you just say yes obediently for once? The person before you is the king.

Suzinee: O.K.

Damdeok gave a bottle of perfume to Suzinee.

Ssuzinee: What is it?

Damdeok: Be quite.

Suzinee: Okay.

Damdeok: My mother left it behind. Don¡¯t ever lose it and bring it back? Don¡¯t interfere into anything or wander about, bring it back safe and sound. Did you get it?

Suzinee: Okay.

* An operational meeting

Damdeok: Remember three things. First, we never fight against our enemies with spears or swords. Our weapon of choice for this war is fear. We will be the most fearful army under the heavens; people will recall us as the fearful Jyooshin Gaema Army.

Second, victory depends on speed. We must destroy three castles within 7 days, and take over 10 enemies¡¯ castles within 20 days.

The final thing to remember is not to die. I don¡¯t need anyone who risks his life, so survive and stay with me. That¡¯s the order from your king.

* Sukhyeon Fort in Baekje

First, the disciples of the Geomool village have landed and have gained entrance inside the castle. They pretended as if they were monks from a foreign country.

* at the ocean in front of Seokhyun Fort in Baekje

* Seokhyeon Fort in Baekje

The castellan was perturbed by a sudden attack of Kokuryo, and sent a messenger for back-ups.

* the inside of the Seokhyeon Fort¡¯s gate

The disciples of Geomool village opened the gate.

Soldier: The gate is opened.

Damdeok: The Siwoo Unit, breaks through the gate of the Seokhyeon Fort in record time. General Ko¡¯s Army¡¯s mission is to prevent the Siwoo Unit from stopping. Remember. Do not fight. It is simply enough to just leave Kokuryo¡¯s flag. The first unit¡¯s mission is to firmly plant fear into the minds of the soldiers.
Siwoo unit, don¡¯t stop and run. Get far ahead of the messenger who left Seokhyeon Fort. You must arrive first at Okcheon Fort.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 11:35 am

TWSSG Episode 14

Suzini and Joomoochi catch cup the messengers that the castellan of Seok Hyon Sung has sent to ask for backup.

* Seok Hyon Sung, Baekje

* Castellan of Seok Hyon Sung, Baekje

Castellan: I am the castellan who is in charge of this fortress.
If you want my fortress, you should kill me before.....

GenK: I am going to tell you the message like this [ riding on the horse ] as I don't have much time.
His Majesty has given his order. Killing unarmed civillians, sexual harassment, and theft will be punished with decapitation.

Castellan: As a general of Baekje, I won't surrender even if I shall die.

GenK: We don't care if you surrender or not.
I am delivering His Majesty's message. So choose what you would like to do: put your weapons down and live with your people, or die with all your loyal followers.

Castellan: Let me know the name of your leader before I die.

GenK: He is the one whom I cannot name without bowing.

* Taewang Army of Koguryo, captures Seok Hyon Sung on the second day.

* Ok Cheon Sung, Baekje

Joomoochi and Suzini dressed as the messengers from Seok Hyon Sung enters the gate of Ok Cheon Sung.
Joomoochi teases Suzini saying that 'stay back unless you want to make your king cry.'
Suzini teases Joomoochi by lying that Dalbee said her heart is pounding whenever she sees Joomoochi.
Suzini continues teasing Joomoochi after they attack the gate keepers of the fortress.

---

* Taewang Army of Korguryo, captures Ok Cheon Sung on the fifth day.

Heukgae delivers the message of the Taewang of Koguryo.
As Baekje is a brother state of Koguryo from its foundation, those who hold the hand of its elder brother state shall be treated as brothers.
Goods that belonged to the Castellan will be returned to the people.

* Taewang Army of Koguryo, captures Eul Mi Sung on the eighth day.

Dalbee distributes food to people, trying to make it sure that it is distributed fairly.

Heukgae delivers the King's message.
"Never harm civilians. Decapitate anyone who breaks this order.
The soldiers of Baekje who don't want to serve as soldiers of Koguryo will not be killed, nor will be captured as prisoner.
We will let you leave the fortress if you put down your weapons, tell our message to your neighbors that the Taewang of Koguryo is waiting for his brothers."

* Taewang Army of Koguryo, captures Yeo Goon Sung on the eleventh day.
People of the fortress voluntarily opened the gate that they won the fortress without fighting.

* Hogae Army, camping north to Pal Gon Sung of Baekje

Gaema Army arrived at last.
When Jeok Hwan makes report to Hogae, other general bursts into anger for the delay of Gaema Army.
Hogae asks where Kiha is.
Kiha was sick that she could not travel. She woke up several days later and returned to Gooknaesung saying that she has something to do there.

When the general blames the woman for messing up their plan, Jeok Hwan pulls his sword out and warns the general to show respect to the guard of Joojak.

Messenger delivers the news that the king has already captured four fortresses.

Hogae interrogates Hyongong again.
Hyongong delivers the King's message - attack the army of Baekje when they pull back their backup forces, after that, attack Kwan Mi Sung together.
Hogae doesn't trust the King's message and asks where the symbol of Cheongryong is.

Hyongong tries to convince Hogae that the King has joined the war as a bait to help Hogae, and by doing that, Koguryo could achieve access to the sea.

Hogae thinks that the symbol is in Kwan Mi Sung, and that Damdeok has cheated him.

Another messenger delivers the news that the Baekje armies are turning back to protect their homeland.
General claims that they should attack Han Seong(the capital of Baekje) while Hyongong says that they should attack Kwanmi Sung as the king has ordered.

After killing Hyongong with his sword, Hogae says, "who did you say is the king?"


* PaIace of Gooknaesung, Koguryo

The tribal leaders are embarrassed and are asking Yon Garyo many questions.
They are angry because the king didn't inform them of his destination.
In the meanwhile, they are surprised with the news that the king has achieved four castles in a week.
Some are jealous of Heukgae, who joined the victorious battle.
They ask what Hogae did while the king is winning in such a fast pace.
They even compare the achievements of Damdeok to Hogae's.

Cho Joodo comes and delivers the news that the king has captured the fifth castle, which won without fighting.

* Shrine
The same news is delivered to the oracle.
Oracle orders to perform a ceremony next morning to wish the fortune of war.

-----

Kiha appears in front of the oracle.

The oracle asks Kiha why she is not serving the King of Jyooshin even if she knows who he is.
Kiha tells the oracle that the power of Joojak originally belonged to a shaman, who was supposed to be the mother of earth, and that the king of Jyooshin took the power from her.
Even if she was told so since she was a child, Kiha didn't care about her role as Joojak or the mother of earth, and wanted only one man, but now she thinks she was wrong.

Oracle: What are you going to do?

Kiha: What shall I do?

Oracle: Remember. The king has trusted you most.

Kiha: I thought so.

Oracle: I considered you as my daughter.

Kiha: Yes, you did.

Oracle: What are you going to do?

Kiha: Forgive me. I think I need this shrine.

Oracle: WHAT?

Kiha: Will you give it to me?
My power is growing day by day.
I am the mother of earth, and I am going to prepare the land that I will give to my child. My child will become the king no matter what the heaven's will is.

----

Kiha: Did you see? It's just a beginning..
Mother will give you Koguryo first.
What shall I give you next?

* Camp of the Taewang Army, north side of Kwan Mi Sung, Baekje.

Hyongo reports to Damdeok.
The soldiers are so exhausted that they cannot fight any more.
The army of Western Baekje that was sent to the east started to return two days ago. If they stay like this, they will be caught in the middle and will be killed.

DD: Is there any message from Hogae Army?

Hyn: There is no messages from Hyongong, I don't know what Hyongong is doing,
He must have sent some messages.

Heukgae: Do you think they will come?
Do you think that Hogae will bring his army here?

GenK: It was the King's order. How dare he does not come?

Heukgae: Your majesty and General are too innocent.
If he comes with his soldiers, he must admit that your majesty is the leader.
Do you think that Hogae with his 40 thousand soldiers will come to become your men?

GenK: We will be in trouble if they don't come.
All the Western Baekje's army that were heading east are coming back now.
We will be trapped if they don' come to help us.

Heukgae: There is only one way.
Kwan Mi Sung is said to be an impregnable fortress.
Let's go there. We will be safe then.

DD: If we are to go into the fortress, we must break it first.
Are you suggesting me to send my men to the battle field, where it is so obvious that they will die?

Heukgae: What is the use of a soldier if one is afraid of death?
There is no such one among my followers.

DD: Our soldiers are in danger, so we should go into the fortress that is safe.
To do so, we can risk our lives.... Do you think this makes sense?
I will wait till tomorrow evening.
If there is no message about Hogae, we will return to Koguryo.

Heukgae: What about the castles that we've already captured?

DD: We will have to leave them behind.
They saw how we fight, so there must be people who will volunteer to help us when we come back someday. That will do for now.

Heukgae: Woooah!!

Dalgoo: Father, why are you shouting?

Heukgae: Come here. He asked you not to fight that night, didn't he?
When the prince and you were at Daeja Sung, he asked you not to fight, didn' he?

Dalgoo: Oh, yes, he did.

---

DD: Let's stop.

Soedooroo: Your highness, what are you saying?
What are you going to talk with that dirty traitor?

Hogae: They saw my face. They are not likely to become my men, so I should get rid of them.

DD: Hogae of the Yons.

Hogae: Talk!

Soedooroo: Your highness!

DD: Don't step forward. Did you forget that you gave your lives to me?

Soedooroo: Your highness.

---

Dalgoo: He faught by himself.
The soldiers of Hogae broke the promise and shot arrows.

Heukgae: And Soedooroo protected the prince from the arrows.

Dalgoo: Yes.

Heukgae: I see, I see. That's why he became so weak.
That's why he is afraid, and I can't stand him being afraid like this.
Woooahh!

Heukgae is giving instructions to his soldiers.

* Yon Garyo's house in Gooknaesung

Yon: People said that he was cowardly and weak, so that he could not even go out for a hunt. One day he appeared at the Kyok-gu match, and now he is sending the message of victory every other day.
What is happening?

Chojoodo: Sir, a messenger is waiting. Do you have any message to Hogae?

Yon: What message?
Shall I ask him why is he so timid with forty thousand soldiers while the one with only four thousand is so victorious? Shall I tell him again the news that everyone knows?

Priest: Not everyone knows that.

Yon: Oh, the man that knows everything on earth has come.
Did you know that this will happen? Did you know that we will be disgraced like this?

The Priest told Yon that he informed the Kwan Mi Sung that the king's army counts only four thousand. He believews that the castellan of Kwan Mi Sung will get rid of the king.
The Priest also brought another news that the symbol of Baekho is in the north side of the country.
A worker of Bason said that Bason was from Malgal village, where the light of Baekho's symbol was shown when the star of Jyooshin was shining.
The priest has sent people to find where the blacksmith is hiding with the symbol.
The priest suggests Yon Garyo to send Hogae a message to head north, leaving the king to die at Kwan Mi Sung.

* Shrine

The oracle is absence of her mind.
During the ceremony, she says that she will deliver a message from heaven.
Se tries to resist against something, and shouts "No!!!"
She shouts "You.... Kiha!!!"
However, the oracle falls down and designates Kiha as her successor.
The sacred bamboo, the symbol of the oracle, is given to Kiha.
-----------

* The camp of Hogae Army

The message from Gooknaesung arrives.
Unlike their expectation - any suggestion about whether they should attack Hanseong or Kwan Mi Sung - the message orders them to head north to get the symbol of Baekho.
The symbol of Cheongryong is likely to be in Kwan Mi Sung and the king will achieve it.
Jeok Hwan and a general asked Hogae that Damdeok will face danger if they don't help, but Hogae ignors their opinion.

* Camp of Taewang Army

DD: North?

Hyn: Yes, your majesty.
They are going there to take the symbol of Baekho.
Our messenger Hyongong was killed by Hogae's knife.

GenK: This is a rebellion.
I will order the soldiers to prepare. We must go back to Gooknaesung and...

* Danbi and Bason came in and reported that the weapons and food had disappeared.

DD: Where is Heukgae and Joomoochi?

GenK: Your Majesty! What are you going to do?

DD: I must stop them. Heukgae, Joomoochi, and their soldiers will all die.
Shall I leave them to die? Do you mean that I shouldn't care whether they die or not, because they disobeyed my order?

GenK: This is war. This is not a pIace that a king can go alone.

DD: Guards, six of you follow me. Is it OK now?

GenK: Don't do this. You are not like yourself.

DD: Didn't you hear me?
Those stupids walked into the jaws of death!
I won't let them die. I will never let anyone die because of me.
Get out of my way, general Kho Woo Choong..

GenK: Your Majesty.
I am the leader of the Royal Guards who failed to protect the previous king.
I shouldn't fail again.
I failed to protect the life of the previous king,, but please let me keep my promise with him. He asked me to protect you.

DD: Suzini

Suzini: Yes, sir.

DD: Check how many soldiers are left and prepare them for a battle.

Suzini: Yes, sir.

DD: General.
I will make it sure that you will keep your promise with my father.
I won't die before you do. I promise.

------

Heukgae and Joomoochi are heading for Kwan Mi Sung.
Joomoochi wants to fight with Cheoro.

* Kwan Mi Sung, Baekje

Gageun: The leader of the court guards of Kwan Mi Sung. Also was Cheoro's teacher of martial art when Cheoro was a child.

---

Father of Cheoro is very pleased with Cheoro's ability to use a spear.
Cheoro is good at martial art, and especially talented in using a spear.

---

Gageun reports Cheoro that the number of Koguryo soldiers are only four thousand, and that about a thousand are coming from the north.
Gageun tells Cheoro that the castellan won't have to fight with such a small number of soldiers.
Cheoro doesn't want to fight. He doesn't understand why people are coming hear to die.

---

Heukgae and Joomoochi arrived near the castle.
Heukgae makes a plan, which is: Joomoochi attacks the shipyard to draw soldiers out from the castle; when the soldiers of the castle are all out, Heukgae attacks the castle.

-----------

Hyn: They will attack the shipyard first.
That is the most important pIace in this area.

DD: Isn't it the basic tactic that everyone who wants to invade this area would use?
Attack the shipyard, wait for the soldiers coming out to defend the shipyard, attack the soldiers and invade into the castle.

Hyn: Yes, sir. That was what I was going to tell you.

DD: I don't think it will work. It will work only if there are a large number of soldiers waiting outside. We will be overwhelmed in number.

Hyn: You're right.

DD: However, Heukgae has no other choice but to attack the shipyard.
It would be Joomoochi who will make the night attack, and then...
Choose some soldiers who are good at archery.
I need someone to lead them.

Suzini: I will go.

DD: Suzini!

Suzini: No one but me can bring Joomochi back.
So what can I do? I should go. Oh, he's so annoying!

---

Gageun reports that about a thousand of Koguryo soldiers are camping at the foot of the mountain.
As Gageun now knows [thanks to the information from the Hwacheon Priest] the scale of Taewang's army, he tells the castellan that he can handle them with his soldiers.
Cheoro says that he doesn't want to fight and wait till the army goes back.
Gageun knows the tactics that the past invaders had used, which were very similar to each other.

---

* Shipyard near Kwan Mi Sung, Baekje.
Joomoochi makes a night attack.
Suzini came with the archers to help him.

---

DD: Do not try to win this time. Winning is not our goal right now.
First, draw the army out of the fortress.
Second, make them think that the Koguryo army is very large.
Let's devide soldiers into three groups.
Let's try the tactic that we used at the Seok Hyon Sung once more.

GenK: I sent a message to Heukgae not to attack the soldiers coming out from the fortress.

DD: Send my message, too. If he breaks my order once more, he is not my general any more, he will have to fight as a foot soldier.


GenK: Yes, sir.

Hyn: Is the king enjoying this?

Geomul: Enjoy?

Hyn: That is, his brain and his heart are working separately, aren't they?

Geomul: Work separately?

Hyn: His brain says, "no, we must withdraw, I must save my men" while his heart says, "OK, well.. let's fight, then. Did they say it is impossible? OK, let's see..."

Geomul: What?

Hyn: No, I don't mean it. Who will be able to understand what's going on in the King of Jyooshin's mind? haha...

* Kwan Mi Sung, Baekje

Koguryo's army attacked villages around Kwan Mi Sung that messengers from villages come to ask for help.
A group of soldiers was sent to the west, and another group was sent to the south.
Dalgoo and Heukgae are pleased to see that other Koguryo soldiers are supporting them.

Heukgae says, "Look what I've done. This is what a loyal retainer should do.
When the king is distressed and cannot make decisions, you should lead the way by risking your life.

Dalgoo: What if the king abandons us?
We broke his order and started a battle. So we cannot blame him even if he abandons us.

Heukgae: Then we should blame. Blame ourselves for not being able to understand the nature of our king.
Go and tell the king that over two thousand soldiers has gone out of the fortress in three groups.
Now there must be only several hundreds remaining in the fortress.
Ask him to come and take the fortress.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 11:37 am

TWSSG Episode 15


[ * I translated to help you understand the drama, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s appropriate to use it as subtitles. It could violate the copy right and the sales of the drama. Please be careful.]

-------------------------------------------

* The Shrine.

The disciple of the shrine asks Kiha questions about the message which is news that Hogae¡¯s army is moving to the north. The shrine¡¯s role has been to pray and hold a ceremony to Heaven for a lucky day in the war, not command the war. Was it really a message from Heaven?

Kiha: I¡¯m the owner of Joojak that puts my ownership before my job as the oracle. Why do I have to answer to just a disciple of the shrine?

Kiha says that she wants the disciple of the shrine calls Yeongaryo because she needs to talk to him.

---

Yeongaryeo, is busy after the King left for the war, however he come to see Kiha.
Kiha asks Yeongaryeo whether the King¡¯s army is coming or not, and orders him to cut the previous King¡¯s loyalists and replac(c)e them with Yeon¡¯s close associates.
Yeongaryeo isn¡¯t comfortable to follow her direction, but he has no choice.

Kiha says that it might be dangerous when the King and his army, who have the best weapons and the best experience for the war, would come to the Kuknaeseong. The King should be prevented from entering the Kuknaeseong until Hogae finds the symbol of the White Tiger and calls Hogae for the new King.

The priest appears and sas that the King¡¯s army attacked the Kwanmi Fort.
He guesses that the King¡¯s army attacked the Kwanmi Fort to get the symbol of the Blue Dragon, and says, ¡°He can¡¯t come back alive as long as he attacks them on his own.¡±

---------

* attack Kwanmi Fort
[It has been known that the army of Kokuryo was strong at that time.]

The fort¡¯s gate is opened, general Gageun is injured, and the castellan is coming out from the fort.

General Ko: Your Majesty, he is the castellan of the kwanmi Fort.

Fight with Joomoochi.
Suzinee got injured while shooting the arrow.
Cheoro takes Suzinee and go inside the fort when Damdeok comes forward to fight.

-------

* Inside the barrack of the Kokuryeo¡¯s army
Dalbee is sad while she treats Joomoochi.
She scolds Joomoochi when he regretted not risking his life to kill the castellan who is a ghost, not a human being.

-------

* outside the King¡¯s barrack

General Ko sees Heukgae and Dalgoo who are restless and orders his soldier to imprison them. Dalgoo kneels down and tells his father to do the same thing. But Heukgae says that he would do it before the King, not before the barrack.

-----

Hyeongo: Your Majesty, we can¡¯t delay any longer. We have to leave with the remaining soldiers as soon as possible.

Geolmool: Hyeongo, then what about Suzinee?
Heongo: Our Geoomool Village is the group that will protect the King of Jyooshin. We shouldn¡¯t change the plan because of a girl. The back-ups of Baekje will arrive here tomorrow or the next day. What if they attack us with the Kwanmi¡¯s soldiers...

Damdeok: Please get ready! We¡¯ll move on before the sunset. Please send a message to our soldiers in the occupied territories. Tell them to get out before Baekje¡¯s Army notices and join us.

Geolmool: Yes, your Majesty!

Heongo: Your Majesty, I know what you¡¯re thinking. Please don¡¯t do that, there is no way. Please don¡¯t even think about rescuing Suzinee.

-----

* Camp at the Hogae¡¯s Army

The officers are planning to gather together at the General Obool¡¯s barrack at night.
Hogae¡¯s adjutant and Jeokhwan report to Hogae that the movements of unsatisfactory officers are unusual. Jeokhwa advises Hogae to have a meeting with the unsatisfactory officers and an adjustant says that a few of them should be cut. But, Hoage doesn¡¯t pay attention to his soldier¡¯s opinions and is just waiting for Kiha.

---

It is reported that Kiha became an oracle of the shrine.
General Obool and officers are complaining that Joojak is controlling Hogae because of Hogae¡¯s adolescence and Hogae has been drinking since they left the border of Baekje.

Kiha appears and ask them to take her to the Hogae¡¯s barrack.

---

Hogae: Am I dreaming? If not, you can¡¯t be with me.

Kiha: Please don¡¯t think you¡¯re dreaming and please listen to me. I¡¯m sorry whenever I think of you. I know you¡¯re always besides me.

Hogae: I can¡¯t stay away from you even through my shame.

Kiha: Can¡¯t you be with me forever? No matter what happens? No matter how I change? I¡¯ll ask you continuously to find the symbols of the White Tiger and Blue Dragon, and posses Kokuryo.

Hogae: Don¡¯t you still know me? You don¡¯t need to ask me. Just tell me that you want me because I¡¯m yours.

Kiha: I want you, I want your soul. I¡¯ll control you when I can have you and I¡¯ll abandon you when I don¡¯t need you. Please look for the symbol of the White Tiger and kill Damdeok when he comes here. I¡¯ll make him come here somehow, not Kuknaeseong. Please find the symbol of the White Tiger, and kill him under its name.

Hogae: Am I going to die like him someday?

Kiha: Maybe.

Hogae: I need a favor. Please kill me yourself, when the time comes.

-----

Heukgae and General Ko are waiting for Damdeok while they¡¯re preparing for the withdrawal and are surprised when they read the message delivered by Dalgoo.

---

Hyeongo wants to go look for Suzinee and Joomoochi wants to join him. Hyeongo plans, ¡°I betrayed Kokuryo, please accept me.¡± Joomoochi says that he is just a mercenary and is not going to help him when Hyeongo thanks for his help. He says that he has business with the castellan of Kwanmi Fort, not for the fight. But Hyeongo knows his intentions and is impressed about his thought.

-------

* Kwanmi Fort in Baekje

Suzinee: Is anybody here?

Cheoro: Who are you?

Suzinee: Come out! Are you the mouse? Don¡¯t hide yourself over there and come out!

Cheoro: Do I know you?

----

* Outside of Kwanmi Fort

Joomoochi and Hyeongo are looking for an entrance of the fort and are startled when the soldiers of Kwanmi Fort light the torch.

Gageun: Did you say that you¡¯re from King¡¯s army?

Damdeok: I¡¯m a messenger of the King. I have an order to deliver the message to the castellan of Kwanmi Fort directly.

Gageun: Only you..

Damdeok: It¡¯s useless to send a hundred men who can¡¯t fulfill the mission. I brought a plate that represents the King of Kokuryeo.

Joomoochi: I can¡¯t believe what I see.

Hyeongo: Is he the King?

Damdeok: I have a question for you. Do you want to get your ten forts back?

Gageun: You want entirely get the forts back to us? How?

Damdeok: I have an order to talk to the castellan directly, please take me to him.

-----

* Hyeongo and Joomoochi slip into the fort.

* Suzinee and Cheoro

* Damdeok and Gageun

Gageun: How dare you come to Kwanmi Fort by yourself? Your King doesn¡¯t care about your life.

Damdeok: My King wants to save lives even if it¡¯s just one. How about yours?

Gageun: I¡¯m the General Gageun of Kwanmi Fort. Which family are you from?

Damdeok: If I give you an answer, it wouldd be a lie. So, please don¡¯t ask me.

Gageun: Did you see the kyukoo game at the Kuknaeseong? It was magnificent!

---

* Suzinee and Chero

Cheoro: I¡¯m not a human being. I¡¯ve never been sick, because I¡¯m not a human.

Suzinee: If you want to scare me, then, please stop it. If you are a human, then who are you? Are you a bogy?

Cheoro: Everyone who sees me runs away.

Suzinee: Really? Is this your real face? What about your body?

Suzinee: Were you born like this? Are you okay?

Cheoro: Who are the two of you?

Suzinee: Him? Who?

Cheoro: Who is he? Why does he make my heart ache?

---

* Hallway of the Kwanmi Fort

Gageun: He came alone by riding horse. He said that he would return the ten occupied forts of Baekje. Do you want to see him?

Cheoro: Bring him in.

Damdeok: A castellan of Kwanmi Fort.

Damdeok: If you release her, we¡¯ll return the ten forts of Baekjue.

Cheoro: Is she your lover?

--

* Hallway outside of the room of the castellan of Kwam Fort.

Joomoochi and Hyeongo are trying to open the door.
Gageun appears and asks them whether the King of Kokuryo is the King of Jyooshin.
Hyeongo answers, ¡°Hyeonmoo¡¯s symbol recognized him before us.¡±

Gageun says; He was waiting for the King of Jyooshin for a long time. He slips into Kokuryo and sometimes watches the person who becomes the King since the star of Jyooshin has been appeared. He also heard that only the King of Jyooshin would rescue my king from the symbol without killing him.
.
Hyeongo is surprised when he heard that they had the symbol.

---

* The arrow of Choomoshin sword.

Cheoro: Please help me.

Suzinee: you¡¯re still alive.

* The symbol of the Blue Dragon

Gageun: It¡¯s a symbol of the Blue Dragon.

Gageun: The castellan¡¯s father put it in his heart to save it when he was ten years old.

Cheoro¡¯s father: General Cheonje guards the east. I¡¯ll give my son¡¯s heart to you.

Gageun: I serve you as the King of Jyooshin.

----

* Downtown of Kuknaeseong in Kokuryeo

A clown talks about Hogae¡¯s army heading to the north and he says that it is an extraordinary strategy. The candy salesman is bragging about the King¡¯s achievements; the people agree with him and taunt the supply procession heading to Hogae¡¯s army. The people don¡¯t pay attention to the clown any more and scatter.

----

* Yeon¡¯s house
Yeongaryeo is busy getting supplies for the army as the priest said that Hooyeon sent the supplies and will arrive soon.
The complaints about the war are piling up at Kuknaeseong. Yeongaryeo is restless because of his son¡¯s lack of noticeable achievements.
Yeongaryeo talks about Hogae¡¯s strict mom. Hogae wants to have the same care from the oracle.

Yeongaryeo: Hogae was like Heaven to his mother. Who is Hogae to Joojak who you serve?

---

* Bason¡¯s blacksmith shop at Kuknaeseong

The candy salesman finds someone at the empty blacksmith¡¯s shop. He finds a blacksmith and says that he heard about the rumor that he was kidnapped by Hwacheon, and asks about the blacksmith¡¯s whereabouts. The blacksmith says that he needs to see Bason to tell her something.

----

* Kwanmi Fort in Baekje
Hyeongo: We don¡¯t have enough soldiers to govern the Kwanmi Fort even if they give it to us. Anyhow, how you could go by yourself to attack Kwanmi Fort after you sent your soldiers far away not to get injured? Am I wrong?

Damdeok: Please stop it. I heard enough.

Hyeongo: Did you say that we should go back to Kuknaeseong?
Do you want the four of us to remain here to govern Kwanmi Fort?
Do you want to hire Samjeoko to get to the Kuknaeseong?
About half of the areas from here to Kuknaeseong belong to Baekje,
and do you still want to go there by ourselves? Oh, God..

Suzine: I don¡¯t think just by us.

Hyeongo: They¡¯re here!

General: Your Majesty, Are you coming now?

Damdeok: Didn¡¯t you get my order?

General Ko: I got your order to quickly send all the soldiers to Kuknaeseong.
I clearly got it.

Damdeok: Then, why are you still here?

Heukgae: Your Majesty, we told them to leave, but they didn¡¯t listen to us. What can we do if they are ignorant like you?

General: You promised not to die before me. I believed what you said and I have been waiting for you.

Heukgae: You didn¡¯t believe it. You were whining all night long. You said that you were going to go in there by yourself until the king wouldn¡¯t come at sunrise, so, I told you to find out whether the king really went in or not.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 11:54 am

TWSSG Episode 17


[ I want to help people understand what is spoken in TWSSG. However, I don't want my work to be used to harm YJ and his work by being used as subtitle. I just hope you to enjoy and help yourself. - gaulsan and suehan - ]

----------------------------------------

* Yongaryeo's house


Yongaryeo tries to convince other tribal leaders to stop Damdeok from coming into Kuknaeseong.

Most of their private soldiers are sent to help Hogae and only a few left with them.

They are afraid because they disobeyed Damdeok's order and didn't send Hogae's army to Kwanmi Fort, and also because they tried to kill Damdeok when Damdeok was a prince.


Yon Garyo asks them to open the way to North Wi's army to attack the king's army.

Tribal leaders get angry and tries to attack Yongaryeo.

Yongaryeo steps back.

"Is this what you want? I am a servant of Kokuryeo, too. Jyooshin has no meaning to me if Kokuryeo doesn't exist."

------------------------------------

Yeongaryeo: What are you doing?

Saryang: I was indicated to tell you that liegemen should stay here for a while because staying outside might be dangerous.

Yeongaryeo: What are you doing? What are you doing at my house?

The priest: It won¡¯t take long.

Yeongaryeo: You said that you would serve my son, Hogae as the King of Jyooshin, but still you¡¯re threatening liegemen.
The priest: Of course, Hwaheon needs the King of Jyooshin because only the King of Jyooshin can locate the four symbols.

Yeongaryeo: Then?

The priest: I believe you knew that he¡¯s coming even if you don¡¯t want to acknowledge that. I need him and I should have him. Him and the symbols!

Yeongaryeo: Symbols?

The priest: I won¡¯t have to hurt the liegemen inside, if you help me. I¡¯ll just borrow the plaque which indicates the symbol of the head from the noble¡¯s conference, for a little while.

---

* The shrine

The disciple: I dare to ask you. Were the words really from Heaven?
Did Heaven tell you not to let the King of this country come in and did you really hear that? I won¡¯t obey your order until you are able to prove it. I¡¯ll tell them not to act upon your orders

Kiha: I don¡¯t have time. I¡¯m very desperate. That¡¯s why.

The disciple: Are you afraid of Heaven?
How dare you sell the name of Heaven for your personal self-indulgence?

Kiha: Not only Heaven, but I will sell anything if it¡¯s necessary.
So, please don¡¯t obstruct my way. I told you that I don¡¯t have much time and I¡¯m desperate.

Kiha: I¡¯m not afraid of Heaven because I¡¯m making Heaven now.

* The King¡¯s camp is on the west-south side of Kuknaeseong

You lazy guys have become so energetic.
Yes. I can smell the girls.
Didn¡¯t your girlfriend already leave you?
When are we leaving, captain?
We are about 20 km away, right?
Let¡¯s wait a little more.

Hyeongo: It¡¯s strange, King. Somebody from the Geolmool Village should have already arrived.

Heukgae: The King is returning since he won the war. They should have come out at least 40 Km before the Kukhaeseong to greet the King. The Kuknaeseong is over the mountain, but how come there isn¡¯t anyone?

Damdeok: When did I send a messenger?

Heukgae: We sent him about 2 days ago. The message should have been delivered since yesterday.

Damdeok: Have you heard from Booroomsae of the Geomool Village?

Hyeongo: No. Have they been drunk since I left? Did they drink my hidden bottle?

Damdeok: Dalgoo.

Dalgoo: Yes, your majesty.

Damdeok: You need to organize a group for the reconnaissance. You don¡¯t need many, get about 12 people and take them with you.

Dalgoo: What do I have to investigate?

Damdeok: Find out if the gate of the paIace is closed.

Heukgae: The gate of the Kuknaeseong?

---

* Kuknaeseong

Saryang: This is the plaque of the head of the nobles¡¯ conference. Close the gate.

* The camp of the King
Damdeok: I thought the oracle would come to greet me. Am I wrong?

The disciple: The oracle told me to deliver the words of Heaven, your majesty.

Damdeok: What are the words of Heaven?

General Ko: The shrine delivers the words between the people of Heaven and the Earth.. It¡¯s ridiculous. I¡¯m afraid your ears will get dirty. I better burn it.

Suzinee: I will go straight to the point; it says that the King has seen too much blood from this war, so he can¡¯t come to the Kuknaeseong.

Heukgae: What? We, the soldiers of Kokuryo live in the battlegrounds more than half of year. We see the blood in the war, not the flowers.

Suzinee: The King should disarm himself, come to the shrine alone, and purify the sin of blood. And then he can bring his armies in.

Heukgae: Your majesty, we, the Jeollo Tribe is ready for the war.
Please remove those brats from Kauknaeseong.

Damdeok: Is this the message from your new oracle?

The disciple: Yes, your majesty.

Damdeok: Who else was there when she made the words of Heaven?
I¡¯m asking you whether the liegemen agreed with her.

The disciple: We can only tell you what we were ordered..

Heukgae: Your majesty, you don¡¯t need to ask her any more. What should I do with these traitors?

Damdeok: Is this treason?

Damdeok: We don¡¯t have many soldiers in Kuknaeseong. Are they planning to come out from Kuknaeseong and fight against my soldiers and me? If I were them, I would probably go to the tribes¡¯ side and plan for the future.

Damdeok: Are these all from liegemen¡¯s will?

Disciple: It¡¯s said that all liegemen are being confined at Yeon¡¯s house.

Geomool: It is said that all of the gates are closedand they are ready in a defensive position.

Heukgae: Please allow me to have five hundreds of soldiers. I¡¯ll open the east, west, south, and northern gates within six hours. Your majesty, please allow me to do so.

Damdeok: General Ko.

General Ko: Yes, your majesty.

Damdeok: We¡¯ll surround Kuknaeseong. Please stay outside of attack range and avoid the fighting until I order you to do so.

General Ko: Yes, I obey your order.

Heaukgae: What about me? What about our Jeollo Tribe?

Hyeongo: Your majesty, Hwacheon showed their true colors. It¡¯s a bad hidden color.

Damdeok: If I was Hwacheon, I would first steal the name of the nobles¡¯ conference,
and then, I¡¯ll move the soldiers outside of Kuknaeseong with that name and attack my soldiers from the rear.

General Ko: Do you think the soldiers of Kokuryo will fight against you?

Damdeok: To prepare for the worst is the plan. General Heaukgae!

Heukgae: Yes! Your majesty!

Damdeok: Please command the five forts that are close to Kuknaeseong under my name.

Heukgae: Command?

Damdeok: Please watch them closely so they don¡¯t follow anybody¡¯s orders except for our own and make them prepare for invasions from enemies.

Heukgae: The enemies?

Damdeok: I¡¯ll go to Kuknaeseong.

Suzinee: Are you going alone? Now?

Hyeong: Please don¡¯t. Would you mind changing your habits?
You always want to do something alone and lead.

Damdeok: They said that they¡¯ll open the gate just for me.

Hyeongo: That¡¯s why. Why.

Joomoochi: My soldiers are talented enough to jump over the wall of someone¡¯s house. It will be easy to go over the wall of a castle. So

Damdeok: I won¡¯t go over the wall of my own paIace and I won¡¯t fight against my own soldiers. There is someone we have to fight with though.

Joomoochi: So, are you willing to fight?

Damdeok: When I want to do it my way.
Hyeongo, did you send a message to your Geomool disciples in Kuknaeseong?

Hyeongo: Of course.

Damdeok: Please tell them to escape the paIace of citizens without injuries.
Somehow, it looks like the fight will happen inside of the paIace.

Joomoochi: Then, we¡¯re going to fight!!

* West gate of Kuknaeseong

Priest: He¡¯s very brave. He left all his soldiers behind and came alone.

Yeon: How about I tell the King to go back?

Priest: What about the liegemen who were waiting at your house?
Will it be okay for Hogae to become the King without liegemen?

---

Disciple: The shrine has been waiting for a long time.

Damdeok: I¡¯ll be back. I¡¯ll open the wine warehouse when I¡¯m done. See you later.

---

Damdeok: Thank you for helping the country while I was gone.

Yeon: Congratulations, your majesty.
Are they just guarding you? How about General Ko?

Damdeok: It looks like you are the only one to come greet your King¡¯s return in several months.

Yeon: Do you want to go to the shrine? Then, I¡¯ll escort you..

Disciple: The shrine prepared the gold rope for the ceremony.
Only the King can go over the gold rope.

Yeon: I think, your majesty.

Damdeok: Who is going to hurt me in my own paIace and my own country? I don¡¯t think this is the time for even someone to be here. The King¡¯s position should be taken over the proper way to make every castle and every village understand. Whoever becomes King will be the same.

---

* Gate of the paIace

Soldiers: Is it true? Did you occupy the ten forts in twenty days?
It takes seven days to pass the ten forts by horse.

Suzinee: The intelligence of Kuknaeseong is bad. The name of the scary Gaema Army of Jyooshin is known to Baekje and Kaya. Why don¡¯t you know about them? Tell him about them. Where is the restroom?

Joomoochi: I¡¯ll go to the very front of the Kin¡¯s army with this ax.

* The shrine

Kiha: I admire you for occupying the ten forts of Baekje and Kwanmi fort within three months. We¡¯ll have the ceremony between 11 am and 1 pm So, first..

Damdeok: How did the previous oracle pass away? Did you do it?

Kiha: It¡¯s the will of Heaven.

Damdeok: I don¡¯t think you are the only one. If I know you right.

Kiha: You didn¡¯t know me in the beginning.

Damdeok: Maybe. Can you tell me about you now and what Hwancheon left behind that you desire?

Kiha: You asked me about my mind towards you on the night when the abortive revolt was attempted in Kuknaeseong and I took you to the refuge village. Do you remember that?

Damdeok: It has been a while since I had forgotten about that night and pIace.

Kiha: You asked me and I¡¯ll give you an answer now.
I¡¯m always with the King of Jyooshin. I¡¯ll do my best until he builds the kingdom of Jyooshin. I¡¯m willing to make the star of Jyooshin and hang it in the sky, if it¡¯s necessary.

--

Young Damdeok: I don¡¯t know whom I can trust here in Kuknaeseong, near the King.
I want to trust you, so please help me.

--

Damdeok: You see Hogae as the King of Jyooshin. I felt the same way as he was a brave king of kokuryo . I became a King to save peoples¡¯ lives, because I believe that they¡¯re brothers and the people of Jyooshin are the people of Kokuryo or Baekje. My soldiers were dangerous and had tremendous hardships because of my belief. Don¡¯t humiliate my soldiers for your deceitful sin of blood.

--

Young Damdeok: Please always stay near me, Kiha. Please stay near me whenever I need you.

--

Kiha: Do you remember the promise you made? You promised that you will serve the person who gets the symbols of four gods first as the King.

Damdeok: So?

Kiha: All liegemen of Kokuryo are in our hands. What we need is the symbol of Hyeonmoo which is next to you. We will have three of four symbols when Hogae brings the symbol of the White Tiger. We have the symbol of Joojak in my hand. If you don¡¯t want it, please kill me now. I don¡¯t know how far I¡¯m going, please kill me to stop.

Damdeok: There was something keeping me hanging on, and that¡¯s why I came here. But, now it¡¯s over. It¡¯s all over.
--

* near the west gate of Kuknaeseong.

* Inside of Kuknaeseong.

Joomoochi: The Yeon¡¯s house was completely surrounded. It looks like they¡¯re Hwacheons.

Damdeok: Were Yeon¡¯s soldiers with them?

Joomoochi: Yes.

Suzinee: The security might be ready at the paIace. If you send a signal, then they¡¯ll move right away.

Damdeok: Good.

Suzinee: Hwacheons are different than regular soldiers. They were raised as assassins since the beginning of their time. Our soldiers would receive casualties if we fight against them fairly like in war. They are playing dirty.

Damdeok: I won¡¯t fight fairly. I only fight fairly when they¡¯re worth it.
Is it close to eleven o¡¯clock yet?

* Yeongaryeo¡¯s house

Priest: It¡¯s getting close to eleven o¡¯clock. I¡¯m very curious how much the King of this country cares of his people.

* Street in Kuknaeseong.

Damdeok: Four in front.

Joomoochi: Three on the right.

Suzinee: Give me two.

Damdeok: I heard that the secret prison of Hwacheon is here.

* Market

The disciples of Geomool received the signal and have told the people to go inside of their houses.

* Gate of the paIace

Damdeok: The security needs to go to the gate of the east, west, south, and north and control the guards. Open the west gate to make General Ko¡¯s army enter. Move quickly. Hold the ones in Yeon¡¯s house completely. There are hostages inside, it¡¯s better not to irritate them. And wait for me until I get there.

[There are fight scenes at the Yeon¡¯s house and the secret house of Hwacheon at the same time.]

Joomoochi: What are you looking for?

* The symbol of Jyoojak

* Yeon¡¯s house

Priest: Move.

I¡¯m Taedaehyeong Yeongaryo, the chief of the Georoo Tribe.
On what ground, are you surrounding my house?
Are you without a commander? Why is nobody answering my questions?

General Ko: Long time, no see, Yeongaryeo. I¡¯m Kowoocheung of the security.
The King has ordered to stay in the house. And I¡¯m obeying his order, Yeongaryeo. He said he would be here soon, please get dressed up and wait for him.

Yeon: How did you get inside? Did you open the gate of the paIace? You are not supposed to come inside until the blood is purified.

General Ko: Who has ordered not to let the King¡¯s soldiers in.
You¡¯re using the liegemen of the King as hostages. How could you become such a stupid and fearless person?

The chief of Gwanro Tribe: The King is here. He still thinks of us as his liegemen.

Yeon: Did you hear it? It says that he has plenty loyalists. When I look at him he looks like a futile king.

--

General: You¡¯re here.

Damdeok: You just made my job easier.

General: I don¡¯t know the liegemen¡¯s whereabouts. But, Yeon is on the other side of this wall.

--

Damdeok: I came here to take my liegemen. I heard that they¡¯re here..

Yeon: Yes, they¡¯re at my house.

Damdeok: Would you please tell them to come out and greet me?

Yeon: Did you hear what the King said?

Priest: I¡¯m sorry, your majesty. They¡¯re hostages.

Damdeok: Are you the chief of Hwacheon?

Priest: I¡¯m very sorry. Our Hwacheon is a humble group who serve the power of fire. I¡¯m just sitting at the corner.

Damdeok: I heard that your dream is to get the four symbols.

Priest: I believe you heard from the oracle, I was waiting for you to exchange the hostages with the things you have.

Damdeok: The things I have? Are you talking about these?

Damdeok: Yeangaryo.

Yeon: Yes, your majesty.

Damdeok: Why do you play along with this evil? You don¡¯t care about anything other than making your son King?

Yeon: I didn¡¯t change my mind yet. But I need a favor.

Damdeok: What?

Yeon: They took my plaque. I believe they already passed the border and delivered the message to the castles to make the army of North Wee pass safely. Please stop them, your majesty.

Hyeongo: Your majesty, the west has sent a message that the defensive forces of the border are ready for the attack and have already started moving. It¡¯s said that each castle has called their top defense force. An ant can¡¯t even move in, your majesty.

Damdeok: Is it okay now?

--

Priest: Excellent! If your father saw this, he would be very proud of you.

* Priest used his psychic and killed a liegemen.

Damdeok: Here it is! Here is one! Another one is over there, the symbol of Hyeonmoo. Here is the symbol of the Blue Dragon. Do you want them all?

Priest: Can I have them?

Damdeok: Set my people free first.

The chief of Sono Tribe: Your majesty, I have a question for you. Did you kill my son?

Damdeok: No.

The chief of Sono Tribe: That¡¯s what happened. I had a suspicious mind and didn¡¯t obey Jyooshin. I don¡¯t think I can go to Heaven. Please forgive me. I¡¯ll go first.

The chief of Gwanno Tribe: I¡¯ll give up my life for forgiveness.

Damdeok: Stop it.

The chief of Gwanro Tribe: Please find the Jyooshin.

Damdeok: Stop it!!

Hyeongo: Hyeonmoo is the dark anger and the Blue Dragon is the cold mercy.

--

* Hogae¡¯s camp near Yeomsoo of Georan

Captain: Hogae isn¡¯t here. He probobly went to a very important pIace with Byeoldong Army.

General O: Where is it? He took thousands of soldiers, but no ones know his whereabouts.

General O: We¡¯re the captains and generals. Why don¡¯t we know about it?

--

Captain: Did you say that you brought the King¡¯s order?

Soldier: I was told to give to Hogae directly.

General O: Here is another secret. Another secret we don¡¯t know.

Captain: Isn¡¯t it true that the King occupied Kwanmi Fort with only four thousand soldiers?

Soldiers: I honored to participate in that war with the King.

General O: Did the King fight? Did his true cowardness come out?

Soldiers: Three thousand soldiers joined the Kwanmi Fort War. We lost the first battle, there were about one thousand injuries. The king went to Kwanmi alone at night and made the castellan of Kwanmi give up.

General O: You¡¯re lying.

Captain: What are you doing?

--

* Camp

Soldiers: Please tell us!

Siwoo soldier: All of you didn¡¯t know? The castellan of Kwanmi was hiding the symbol of the Blue Dragon and that symbol protected the King. I didn¡¯t see it, I hear that the Blue Dragon has risen above Kwanmi Fort. This big dragon above the Kwanmi Fort.. You tell them now..

Soldier: I¡¯m the disciple of Geomool. Hogae went to find the symbol of the White Tiger.

Siwoo soldiers: The White Tiger? Bason must have told them about it. She must have told them where it was.

Siwoo soldier: There might be a pretty girl too. I barely stopped my boss and came here to find her for him. His dark face would be noticed easily. What about his hair? So, I have to find and take her. Where is she now?

Soldier: He took her.

Siwoo Soldier: Who?

Soldier: General Hogae.

Siwoo Soldier: It drives me crazy.

* Hogae¡¯s camp in Georan

Bason: Hogae¡¯s personality isn¡¯t the lowest. He provides the meal when meal time comes. I like it.

Dalbee: He has been a nice boy since he was young. He was kind to his servants.

Bason: His face is covered with the sheep. He killed the innocent people and that is his real personality.

Soldier: Blacksmith.

Bason: Me?

Soldier: Hogae called you.

Bason: I told him everything.

Dalbee: Sis, please be careful when you talk.

Bason: Okay, I¡¯ll do.

Dalbee: Answer all the questions.

Bason: I¡¯ll do it.

Dalbee: Please watch your mouth, sis.

Hogae: Did you see him with your own eyes?

Bason: Pardon me?

Hogae: I heard that you were the blacksmith of the King of Kokuryo. Did you see him?

Bason: Of course. He came to my blacksmith¡¯s shop. I didn¡¯t know he was the King when he came the first time. I recognized him as the king when he came with his bodyguards the second time.

Hoage: He came down. The King of Kokuryo showed up at the mere blacksmith¡¯s shop.

Bason: Yes.

Hogae: What did he say?

Bason: Yes? Ah.. I remember it clearly. He said, ¡°I might go to the war soon. Can you reduce the injuries? Hyeongo said that you might know about it. Can you help me??

Hogae: That¡¯s why you should help him? You have made the lightest but strongest armors and the strongest arrows which can travel quickly.

Bason: So..

Hogae: Your brother can probobly make those kinds of armors and arrows as well.

Bason: Mine are better than his.

Hogae: The farmers in here are dreaming to have tools that won¡¯t get rusted after years of use.

Hogae: Check if your brother made these.

Hogae: Where is the man who made these?

Assitant Soldier: Kita Village; it takes a few days to get there because it¡¯s a very isolated area.

* Major conference room in Kauknaeseong

Heukgae: How are you doing? I heard on the way that the ones badmouthing in Kuknaeseong have showed action films.

Jojoodo: Several deaths and injuries. Please don¡¯t laugh.

Heukgae: Hahaha.. I¡¯m so happy and want to dance. I heard that my old friends that were blind, deaf and had rotten spirits have devoted their lives for Kokuryo. Don¡¯t we have to celebrate it, Yeongaryeo? I think you lost your chance to die for Kokuryo, Yeongaryeo. That¡¯s why your face looks so bad?

Heukgae: Is the King inside? I have lots of things to report to him. I have to report about the situations of the forts in the west. Hmmm.. Why did I pick up this plaque? Is this the one you had before, Yeongaryeo? Hahaha.. okay..
When will the King be coming out?

Secretary: He meets with the embassy of Shilla, and he will meet the embassy of Hooyeon after that. He probably won¡¯t finish until sunset.

Heukgae: Did you hear it?

Jojoodo: We¡¯ll wait for him until he finishes.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 12:02 pm

TWSSG, Episode 18

* Gooknaegoong, Koguryo

Damdeok is meeting with the envoy of Shilla.

Shilla: Shilla has been suffering from pirates coming from Japan.
Shilla can not defend all of them, but once they put their feet on our land, we can attack and clear them up once in a while.
Now we have information that the pirates are making a base in Kaya.
Then they will invade our country much more easily.

DD: It must be Baekje that pressured Kaya to allow the Japanese build their base in Kaya.

Shilla: Baekje did that because Shilla is in good connection with Koguryo.

DD: I know. As a matter of fact, that was one of the reason why Eastern Baekje couldn't send more reinforcements when I was attacking Kwan Mi Sung.

Shilla: You already knew that, your Majesty!

---

* Office

Hyonjang (the scholar-like Geomul villager) is worried of the king, who was not able to eat or sleep well recently.

Hyongo and the secretary doesn't pay attention fo Hyonjang. They are trying to choose a good-looking box to keep the symbol of Cheongryong in.

Hyn: Would you have a look? Which box would make the symbol look better?

Heukgae: Yes! That's it!

Hyn: Which one?

---

* Court

All of a sudden, Heukgae asks Suzini that what does she thinks about him becoming her father.

Heukgae: What if I become your father? I am Heukgae, the leader of Jeolno Tribe.
I don't have a daughter. What do you think of me as your father?

---

* Office

DD: What did you say?

Heukgae: I always kept it in my mind since that day.
I remember what the previous king has said to me.
'I am asking you to give your daughter as a king's wife,' he said.
I promised him that a woman from my family will become your wife.

DD: Huh,

Heukgae: You will be the king who rule a very large country.
You might need to leave this paIace for a long time.
Some evil people might try to take over your power when you are absent.
That's why we need a strong queen.
The one who will never give up whatever trick they play; the one who will be on your side till the end of this world, to the end of her life. We need such woman as the mother of this country.

DD: Listen, Gochooga.

Heukgae: Your majesty, I would like to ask you to see my daughter.
I've never seen a girl with such a strong mind.
She is loyal to you... just like me.
Morever, she is so strong that she can fight with men with her fingers.

DD: I've heard that your daughter is already married.

Heukgae: Oh, um... as a matter of fact, I will have a new daughter tonight.

DD: What?

---

* Somewhere in the paIace

People are already drinking liquor.
Hyongo is looking for Heukgae.
Heukgae appears.

Heukgae: Oh, I'm sorry that I did the work in the wrong order.
I was in such a hurry.
I must have told you first, have thanked you for raising her, have asked for your permission,and...

--

Suzini shows Joomoochi her new dress and asks how she looks.

Suzini: Uncle (the peddler) told me that there is a huge wine cellar in Jeolnoboo.
He said that there are hundreds of barrels, didn't you say so?

[ They are waiting the king to come to start the party. ]

--

Hyongo asks Heukgae if he knows who's daughter Suzini really is.

-----

* Shrine

Saryang tells Kiha that the Priest has moved to another pIace to hide, and waiting for Kiha to come.

DD: There, there, and there!
Kiha: I don't know how far I will go, so kill me if you want to stop me.
DD: There was something left in my heart. That's why I came here to meet you.
Now, I made my mind. Everything is over.

----

* Party

Suzini: What did you say?

Dalgoo: Don't tell me that you didn't know it.

Suzini: What is he talking about?

Peddler: Nothing difficult to understand. It is just as you heard.

Suzini: So, Heukgae-nim is trying to make me his daughter to make me what?

Dalgoo: The queen, the wife of the king, the mother of this country.
People won't accept an orphan to become queen, so he is going to make you his daughter, and then...

Suzini: Oh, ... Stop joking!
How can you do this to your king? Is it funny?
You're playing around with your own king.
.
.
Dalgoo: Didn't father give you any word?
Did he just ask you to be his daughter, and did you just say yes?
.
.
.

---

Hyongo tells Heukgae about Suzini's family.

She was born to the 'Hae' family of Baekje, and the light of Joojack appeared when the star of Jyooshin shined.
When Geomuls went there, every households were killed, and the symbol of Joojak was lost. They found Suzini in that house, and the mark of Joojak appeared briefly on Suzini.
At the end of Hwan Woong period, Joojak burned this world.


Suzini: What?

--

Suzini: You said the women with the Hwacheon is the Joojak.

Hyongo: I wished it were true. I wished you not to be the Joojak.
I danced in joy when she claimed that she was the Joojak.
On the other hand, do you remember that you could control fire when you were young?

Suzini: Is that why you didn't allow me to play with fire?

Hyongo: Yes.

Suzini: What happens if I am the Joojak's guard?

Hyongo: I must kill you before it is too late. That's why I am keeping my eyes on you.

Suzini: I don't think I am the guard of Joojak, not before the ¡®ÁÖJoo' stands for 'liquor'(ñĞ, pronounced 'joo').

Hyongo: Even if there is very little chance that you are the Joojak's guard, I can't let you become the king's wife..
Hwanwoong's wife burnt this world after giving birth to a child. Her power was so strong that nobody could stop her.

Suzini: What happened then?

Hyongo: Hwanwoong had to kill the woman he loved by himself.

Suzini: Hehe.... Nothing to worry, then.
The king never loved me, and will never love me in the future.

----

DD: Come here.
I can smell the liquor.
Who else can drink in this pIace except for you?

Suzini: I'm sorry. I won't drink here again.

DD: I heard that you chose not to become his daughter.
Didn't you hear that Jeolnoboo has the largest wine cellar in this country?

Suzini: I don't care of the size any more. As I grew up, I tend do choose by quality.

DD: Did you hate it that much? To the extent that you chose not to enjoy the wine cellar of Jeolnoboo?
You told me that we should share our drinks.
You have a habit of drinking so much at night, and I have a habit of not being able to sleep at night.
It might be good to spend nights together like this.

Suzini: When was the last time you slept?

DD: Don't you like it?

Suzini: May I ask you something?

DD: You are going to ask me anyway.

Suzini: When Gochooga told you that he will adopt me as his daughter, you must have been awfully embarrassed.

Suzini: Can't you tell me that you weren't? even as a lie?
'Frankly speaking, if you become his daughter, I would be very...'

DD: thankful?

Suzini: You don't have to be thankful, but.... just...

DD: May I tell you frankly?

Suzini: You are going to tell me anyway.

DD: I would feel sorry for you.
I will also feel sorry that I lost my best friend.
Do you know that I am really sorry already?

Suzini: Do you know the meaning of my name?
It is the name of falcon that is tamed. She used to fly in the sky, so she won't live long if she is tied up. Funny, isn't it?

DD: This tastes good.

------

* Damdeok and Yon Garyo

Yon: The vassals are waiting for you for days.
Please show your mercy by sentencing who should die and who should be kicked out.

DD: Are they waiting for me to be killed or to be kicked out?

Yon: Yes, your majesty. I am also waiting for that.
I gave my hand to the enemy, and I lost the medal of the tribal leader.
I am going to kill myself to wash the shame and go to heaven.

DD: Is it so difficult for you to accept me as your king instead of your son?

Yon: I already felt that my son might not be the one when the symbol of Hyonmoo awoke at Daeja Sung.
This time, I saw with my own eyes the symbol of Cheongryong awaking.
I thought deeply while waiting for you at the paIace, and made a decision.
Even though the heaven has chosen you, as a father, with the love I've raised him for 18 years, I chose Hogae.
Like heaven made its choice, I made mine.
If this is arrogance and disrespect, I will pay for my sin.

DD: Let's go.

---

* Conference Room, PaIace

DD: I would like to ask you a question.
What kind of king do you want?
Don't you mind what kind of person he is as long as he has the symbols that is told in the legend?

Two thousand years ago, there was no boundary for Jyooshin.
Do you want that land? Is that why you need the king of Jyooshin?

---

DD: How shall I give you that land? Tell me.
If we kill all the men, women, children, and animals, the land could become ours.
Then their sons and grandsons will seek their revenge upon us.
Then we will have to kill, be killed, and kill again and again!!
Do you want a land like that?

---

Heukgae: Forgive me for being so dull that I can't understand.
Do you mean we should not fight at all?
Should we just stay as small Koguryo?
Don't fight back even if your neighbor country invades. Is this what you are saying?

DD: If you have given me some more time, I could brought dozens of Baekje forts without war.
If you haven't sent 40 thousands of Koguryo soldiers to the battle field without any plan, if you have given me some more time...

I could have divided Baekje into two countries.
I already made Shilla to stand on our side.
The tribes in the prairies including Yooyeon....

Patriarch of Jeolnojok.

Heukgae: Yes, your majesty.

DD: Why are they invading the border of Koguryo from time to time?

Heukgae: They need agricultural products.

DD: What do they have?

Heukgae: They have good horses and livestock.

DD: Yon Daega.

Yon: Yes, your majesty.

DD: What do the Georans have?

Yon: They have a large salt mine in Beeryo area.

DD: Who needs that salt?

Yon: Sookshin would need it.

DD: What can we provide them?

Yon: They would need iron from us.

DD: What would happen if we could provide what each of them need?
If we stand in the center and make all of us live in peace for at least a century?
Can't you understand?
Do you just want to fight and win? While spreading seeds for revenge?
Don't you understand what I want?

----

* Forrest

Hyongo and Hyonjang brought the symbol of Cheongryong to give it back to Cheoro.

Cheoro says, "There was one thing good to have it inside me.
I dreamed the same dream, hundreds and thousands times.
I always watched the world from the sky.
I watched people far away.... and there she was.
As I met her now, I don't need it any more.

I won't go away. I will always be around the king of Jyooshin.
I will feel him if he needs me.

----

* Office

Joomoochi: We're here, your majesty.
We are about to leave now.

DD: How long do you think it will take?

Joomoochi: We are the Sheewoo. Wherever Hogae army might be, we will find them within several days.

DD: By the way, do you really have to go with them?

Joomloochi: Maybe you are feeling anxious to stay here without me.

DD: I am anxious, because you might make trouble.

Shiwoo soldiers: Hahaha

DD: Did your men learn what they should do when they arrive there?

Joomoochi: Are you ready?

SHiwoo soldiers: Yes, sir!

Joomoochi: They're ready.

DD: Rescue my blacksmith and your woman.

Joomoochi: My what?

DD: Don't make trouble.

Joomoochi: Oh, you really...

DD: We will meet soon in Georan's territory. Be careful.

Joomoochi: Yes, sir. Let's go.

---

* Camp of Hogae's main army, near Georan Yomsoo territory.

Hogae's staff officer seems to be very nervous. He doesn't like the fact that Sheewoo guarded the king's messenger to their camp.

The messenger told the message of the king to the staff officer.

"The king has sent his last warning to Hogae and his army.
Come back with your army immediately.
If you do not follow this order, the king will consider you as rebels."

--

Joomoochi is angry that Hogae brought Bason and Dalbi with him.

--

* Georan, Kitai village

Hogae's soldiers are killing villagers to threaten the village chief to speak where the blacksmith is.
The chief asks Hogae why is he killing so many people.
Hogae says that if the chief doesn't give him the information, they will have to attack other villages.
The chief tells him the name of the blacksmith.

---

* In a cave

Saryang delivers Kiha's message that she will stay at the shrine.
The Priest says that they should never let Kiha tell Damdeok about the baby.
He orders Saryang to stay with Kiha when she starts labor.
If the baby is a girl, take her to Hwacheon to make her the next leader of Hwacheon, and if the baby is a boy, kill him, take his heart, and bring it in the box (that the Priest gave Saryang) that the blood shall not dry up.

---

* Office

Heukgae asks Damdeok why doesn't he kill Kiha.
It is impossible because the Oracle is bound only by the law of the heaven.
Heukgae says that he would assassinate her then.

DD: I told you. I won't kill er.

Heukgae: Why?

DD: Can't you obey my order unless I tell you the reason?

Hyongo: Is it because the woman who controlled the fire caught the love of the Hwanwoong?

DD: Are you asking me whether I still love her?

Hyongo: Isn't it true?

DD: She killed my father and the oracle, and threatened Koguryo. Are you asking me that I still love such woman?

--

* Secret room of the paIace

* MarketpIace

The performance is praising Damdeok and his army.

Peddler saw a messenger running on a horse.
The messenger, who seems like coming from afar, is heading Yon's house.

----

* Office, Damdeok and Yon

Secretary: Yon Garyo has come to meet you. I asked him to wait outside.
He seems to be very upset. What about not meeting him?

DD: My friend likes wine very much.
She told me that this was the best wine in my wine cellar.

Yon: I heard that you've sent your message to Hogae's army.

DD: Yes, I did.

Yon: You ordered them to come back immediately.

DD: Yes.

Yon: He is now winning victory after victory.
It is not easy to stop in such circumstance.

DD: I also think so.

Yon: I heard that, you would define his army as rebels if they don't come. I must have received a wrong information, haven't I?

DD: Your information if correct.

Yon: Your Majesty!

DD: Yes, I expect Hogae to disobey my order and become a rebel.

Yon: Are you going to kill him?

DD: I will go to Georan as soon as everything is prepared.
I am planning to bring small number of soldiers with me, and make friends with people there while I go through Georan.

Yon: Did you say that you are going to make friends? At the pIace where Hogae fighted gory battles?

DD: Isn't it possible?
I am going to tell them that I am after the rebels and ask them to help me.
I think they will feel glad that I came.
What do you think about it?

-----

* Suzini and Cheoro

Suzini: Do you know what? There is a thing that even the king cannot do.
What shall I do? Shall I go and do it secretly?
No, he might get angry and never meet me again.

I don't remember, but I had a father and a mother.
Father. Mother.

Listen. I drank liquor from I was seven years old, but I never got drunken.
I realized since then, that there is nothing done if you just keep thinking.
Let's do it and think after that, huh?

-----

* Shrine

The Priest is not recovered, yet. Kiha and Saryang is discussing about the symbol of Cheongryong.

17 years ago, when the symbol of Cheongryong was stabbed into the child's heart, it exploded vigorously.
Everyone thought that the child died, and the symbol disappeared.
But the symbol appeared at Kwan Mi Sung, and the person who threw the spear at Yon'w house was the castellan of Kwan Mi Sung.
Kiha wants to meet him.

Then, a disciple comes in and tells Kiha that Suzini came to meet her.


* Shrine

Suzni and Cheoro refused to put their weapons down.
As Kiha wanted to meet them, she lets them in with their weapons.

--

Suzini: I have a question about your symbol.
Did you steal it from the "Hae" family of Baekje?

Kiha: "Hae" family of Baekje?

Suzini: The house where the light of Joojak appeared when the star shined.
Someone killed all the family and stole the symbol.
It was you Hwacheons, wasn't it?

Kiha: Saryang.
Was that what happened? Is the symbol of Joojak from the "Hae" family of Baekje?

Saryang: Yes, it is.

Kiha: So, was that so important for you?

Suzini: It is important, because I am the daughter of that family.
So, it must be your group who killed my parents and set fire on my house.

Kiha: Parents... House....

Suzini: You also killed the king and the oracle, and now you are standing here as the oracle of Koguryo.

Kiha: The oracle is not bound by the rules of human.

Suzini: I know. Even the king said he cannot punish you.
I'm sorry that I don't care that you are the oracle.
I just want the price for the death of my parents.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 12:28 pm

0






Name
suehan


Subject
[Trans] TWSSG Episode 19


[ I want to help people understand what is spoken in TWSSG. However, I don't want my work to be used to harm YJ and his work by being used as subtitle. I just hope you to enjoy and help yourself. - gaulsan and suehan - ]

----------------------------------------

* The Shrine

Suzni and Cheoro refused to put their weapons down.
As Kiha wanted to meet them, she lets them in with their weapons.

--

Suzini: I have a question about your symbol.
Did you steal it from the "Hae" family of Baekje?

Kiha: "Hae" family of Baekje?

Suzini: The house where the light of Joojak appeared when the star shined.
Someone killed the whole family and stole the symbol.
It was you Hwacheons, wasn't it?

Kiha: Saryang.
Was that what happened? Is the symbol of Joojak from the "Hae" family of Baekje?

Saryang: Yes, it was.

Kiha: So, why is that that so important for you?

Suzini: It is important, because I am the daughter of that family.
So, it must be your group who killed my parents and set the fire in my house.

Kiha: Parents... House....

Suzini: You killed the king and the oracle, and now you are standing here as the oracle of Koguryo.

Kiha: The oracle is not bound by the rules of human.

Suzini: I know. Even the king said he cannot punish you.
I'm sorry that I don't care whether you are the oracle or not.
I just want the price for the death of my parents.

-------

* The Shrine

Suzinee asked Kiha to put out the fire on Choero¡¯s clothes. Kiha said that she can make a fire, but couldn¡¯t put out one.

Suzinee attacked Kiha with the powerful fire and Kiha asked her not to hurt her baby.

---

* Kiha remembers the death of her parents and the fact that she was kidnapped by Hwacheon

Kiha: Saryang! Saryang!

Saryang: Yes.

Kiha: Is she my sister?

---

* Main PaIace

Damdeok: Did you have to catch up with your family?

General: Yes, your majesty!

Damdeok: General, Joongeui! I heard that your wife is pregnant.

General Joong: She delivered a baby once I came back. It¡¯s a girl.

Everybody laughed.

Damdeok: Officer Wooseok, did your son¡¯s second birthday pass?

General Woo: Yes, your majesty. I have a son.

Damdeok: How about you two families tie the knot?

General Woo: His daughter is just like him. It¡¯s a bit much, your majesty.

General Joong: What did you say?

Heukgae: You two look similar. What are you guys complaining about?

Everybody laughed.

General Joong: When are we leaving to Georan, your majesty?

Damdeok: As soon as possible.

Heukgae: We need to recruit and train them as well.

General Woo: Even Hogae¡¯s army has to go quickly because Georan might attack us if we don¡¯t get moving.

Heaukgae: That¡¯s what I said. Hogae¡¯s army killed so many Georans and now they seek for vengeance. I think all the soldiers have prepared the horses.

Damdeok: I don¡¯t think we need more soldiers. But I¡¯m thinking about taking hundreds of carriers to carry the supplies. Generals! Please make sure to inform the soldiers that our goal for the trip to Georan is to avoid the war, not to join in it. So, please emphasize that whoever, regardless of their position, attacks the enemies and cause unnecessary battle will be beheaded at the moment it is revealed.

Heukgae: Then, are we just going to move the military supplies for Hagae¡¯s army, your majesty?

Damdeok: No. I want to bring the presents to our future brothers. We don¡¯t have time to recruit and train them. If we recruit more, then the old and women might have to hunt and farm for themselves. If we collect the materials from the nobles and business men, then the materials will become scarce and will reach exorbitant prices. We have to go and bring materials quickly. We don¡¯t have much time.

Secretary: It¡¯s a gamble.
The King is collecting the materials for this trip. Please write down the maximum amounts of materials you can give.

The secretary says that they won¡¯t be paid, but the business and trading rights of salt will be given by proportion later on.

The big salt land is located at the northwest side of Georan and the rights to obtain and sell the salt will be given.

---

* Yeon¡¯s house

Jojoodo talks about the King¡¯s suggestion to ask Yeon to give out materials because the King¡¯s suggestion involves major business rights and interests.

Yeon Garyeo doesn¡¯t pay attention to Jojoodo and prepares the message to Hogae.

Yeon Garyeo: His mom said before she died, ¡°be careful to the one who has the wisdom of the snake.¡± I didn¡¯t know what she meant at that time even if she was expiring. Kokuryo is just a small country for him. The land he wants to have is endless and he will do anything to get it. He will use the four thousands of our soldiers for bait, not just my son. I really didn¡¯t know about him and underestimated him. I have to let my son know about this because I don¡¯t want my son to fall into this trick.

----

* The conference room of paIace

General Ko: May I ask you to leave this room? You have continued the meetings for several days. You have to leave here first, so the generals can rest.

Heukgae: Who is he?

Damdeok: You did good work. I¡¯ll see you tomorrow morning.

Heaukgae: Is this blood?

Damdeok: Are you bleeding?

Heukgae: No.

Dalgoo: It¡¯s blood.

---

* Geomool Village

The doctor diagnoses and says that the fire got entered his internal body and it seems he is hopeless.

Suzinee tells Hyeongo about the happenings at the shrine.

Suzinee: I couldn¡¯t control myself. I was angry against my will so I blocked the fire, hit the man, and attacked to kill. The owner of Joojak loses consciousness, is it right? Then, am I the owner of Joojak? It drives me crazy. Really. Can it be cancelled? How about I just say that I don¡¯t want to be the owner? The record says that the owner of Joojak lost consciousness and attempted to kill the King of Jyooshin, doesn¡¯t it?

Suzinee asks him that she wants to meet Damdeok for last time.

Suzinee: I¡¯ll meet him just once, is that okay? I can¡¯t let you kill me. You¡¯ll cry for your entire life after you kill me. You fed me, changed my diapers and raised me. I learned everything that I know from you. I can¡¯t betray you. Master, I don¡¯t think I can pay you back. Please help me.

---

* Cave

Kiha recovered her memory and goes to the cave to kill the priest.

Kiha: The light of Jyoojak lit above the house on the beach in Baekje. Did you kill the family of the house and set the fire to find the symbol of Jyoojak? Have you been using a 5 year old girl as your servant after she was found at the house with a lack of memory? Are you the one who killed my parents? Now you are going to make me kill my sister?

The priest tells her about his true colors.

Priest: I¡¯m the priest of the fire tribe who stole the power of fire and has lived eternally. I¡¯m also a poor man who recovered from being aged due to the power of the red jade. I already stole the power of fire two thousand years ago. The one who lives thanks to the fire, can¡¯t kill someone by the fire. Do you know how long I have lived? I even wanted to die. I stabbed my heart because of the painful long years I have been through. I just hid and stole the piece of fire, but I became like this. Please remember Kajin, Kiha. You were the disciple who kept the fire.

---

* Damdeok

He goes to the main building of the paIace, but he doesn¡¯t find Suzinee.

---

* Geomool

Hyeonjang: Did you really use the power of fire?

Master: We can¡¯t confirm everything, but we can¡¯t wait. The records say just totake the symbol of Joojak¡¯s birht, and kill the owner for peace of the world. Did you hear it? Who is willing to help her last moment? Hyeonjang? Hyeongam?

Suzinee: I¡¯ll do it myself. I have been doing all the dirty work of Geomool Village until now. I¡¯m really worryed about you. How can you live without me? I need a favor. Please help the castellan of Kwanmi Fort who got hurt to help me. I¡¯m not comfortable to leave him that way.

Master: It¡¯s said that the owner of Joojak is the mother of earth and can¡¯t resist not helping the starving people and the ones in pain. Okay, we¡¯ll do our best.

Suzinee: Candy salesman!

----

* Kuknaeseong

Suzinee: Can I help you?

Damdeok: Who are you?

Suzinee: What?

Damdeok: What are you wearing?

Damdeok: Hahaha, where are you going?

Damdeok: Why don¡¯t you do it properly this time? Don¡¯t forget to tie a hole like last time. Where did you go? It bothered me that you weren¡¯t around. Did something happen at the Geomool Village? I saw your masters leave quickly

Damdeok: Tell me.

Suzinee: What?

Damdeok: It¡¯s strange because you¡¯re so quiet. Are you in trouble?

Suzinee: Please stay like this for a while; I want to think about something.

Damdeok: Are you crying? How dare you hold the King from behind?

Damdeok: Let me see your face.

Suzinee: I¡¯m still drunk. It¡¯s said that this bottle can make a drinker cry, really it happens. I came here to return this to you. You let me borrow this sometime ago, and you didn¡¯t ask me to return it to you, so I have kept it for a while. I had a hard time not damaging it when I was fighting. It¡¯s perfect, right?
I wanted to hear, ¡°You¡¯re so pretty.¡± That¡¯s why I wore this dress today. I want to be remembered this way. It¡¯s embarrassing, really. I¡¯m leaving.

Damdeok: What do you want me to remember? Get to the point.

Suzinee: How can I talk right if I am drunk?

Dadmeok: You¡¯re beautiful. Whatever you wear, you¡¯re beautiful. Is it okay now?

Suzine: You can¡¯t change your mind later on, okay?

Damdeok: I can¡¯t repeat it.

Suzinee: I¡¯m leaving. Let me go, let me go.

Damdeok: Get sober soon, and don¡¯t be late. The training will be starting. All the archers are waiting for you.

Suzinee: Yes.

Suzinee: The scent of your back is fantastic. Did you know that?

---

* Hyeongo and Suzinee

---

* Hogae Army¡¯s headquarters near at Yeomsoo in Georan

Siwoo tribes talk about the situation of Kuknaeseong.
They spread rumors; all the nobles are on the King¡¯s side now. The King ordered Hogae to return to Kokuryeo and if not, he will treat him as the treason. The King will behead the treason and turn their families to servants. They are spreading the rumors by the King¡¯s order.

Joomoochi is still looking for Bason and Dalbee and it¡¯s unsuccessful.

----

* The village of blacksmith at Kitai in Georan.

* Booldol: he has the symbol of the White Tiger.

Bason: Are they doing that because of this, father?

Bason lied and said that her brother isn¡¯t among the ones who were arrested, but Hogae¡¯s soldier asked the child and found Booldol.

Hogae: I came here to find the symbol of the White Tiger and I heard that you have it.
I spent so many days and sacrificed so many things to get here. Can you give it to me?

Booldol: Are you the owner? I heard that only one owner can take it.

Bason; Booldol! It¡¯s me, Bason.

Booldol: I know. I recognized you right away. How have you been? Did you marry?
Do you have any children?

Bason: Where is it? Just give it to him.

Booldol: Did you bring them in here?

Bason: They will kill you.

Booldol: Did you bring him because he is the owner? Or, is he the King of Jyooshin?

Bason: Give it to him, Booldol.

Booldol: Only real owners will recognize it. Father said that I can¡¯t give it to him until then.

Bason: I¡¯ll find it. I can find it. Please wait for me. Please.

Hogae: Do you think I¡¯m not the owner? Don¡¯t you have any feelings?

Booldol: Are you on the same side of the people who killed my father? Those guys tried to take the symbol forcecfully. My father gave up his life to keep it. I¡¯m his son.

Bason: Booldol! Booldol!

* The symbol of the White Tiger

* The symbol of the Blue Dragon

* Camp at the King¡¯s army

Officer: Go inside! Who is going to fight?

---

Damdeok: Do you think the symbol will work?

Hyeongo: I didn¡¯t have any confidence until I tried it. I thought that the symbol might treat him if it had chosed him as its owner. I just look forward to it. What a relief! I¡¯m so thankful.

Damdeok: How is the progress? We¡¯ll leave tomorrow and I hope the castellan of Kwanmi Fort can go with us.

Hyeongo: Yes.. The materials were collected about one and a half time more than what we¡¯re expecting because the expectations of salt was very high.

Damdeok: Is she around?

Hyeongo: She?

Damdeok: Suzinee. I haven¡¯t seen her for a while.

Hyeongo: Suzinee?

Damdeok: Is she avoiding me?

Hyeongo: It might take a while.

Damdeok: Take a while?

Hyeongo: I sent her far away for an errand. Please understand the situation because it¡¯s a very important matter of Geomool Village. She went far away. It might take a while too see her again,

Damdeok: How can I make you tell me what you¡¯re hiding from me?

Hyeongo: Suzinee went to leave this world. She decided with braveness and happiness. Please understand her, your majesty.

---

* Geolmool Village

Damdeok: Where is Suzinee?

Hyeonjang: She isn¡¯t here, your majesty.

Damdeok: Are you talking nonsense?

Hyeongjang: It was the will of the previous head of Geomool and it¡¯s the duty of Geolmool Village, your majesty.

Damdeok: What? You can¡¯t let her live because she might be the owner of Joojak?

Hyeongo: Not just Joojak. It¡¯s the black Joojak.

Damdeok: Why didn¡¯t you kill the owner of Joojak?

Hyeongo: Because we couldn¡¯t find the prove whether or not she was the owner of the Black Joojak.

Hyeonjang: She will first use the power of fire, and will not be able to control the power. The image of Joojak will then be revealed on her body.

Damdeok: So, she lost her consciousnee and used the power of fire. That¡¯s why you, raised her as a child, to kill her?

Hyeongo: She already showed the sign of Joojak. I saw it when she was a child.

Damdeok: Where is she?

Hyeonjang: We don¡¯t know.

Damdeok: Why don¡¯t you know her whereabouts?

Hyeonjang: She left alone. We didn¡¯t ask her where she was headed.

General Ko: You have to send the armies tomorrow, your majesty.
You said that we have to hurry for this country and the people. It seems that Joomoochi and his soldiers already arrived there and are undergoing the plans. You ordered that plan yourself. You repeated numourous times that it has to be on time.
Hyeongo: It can¡¯t be failed because of a girl.

Cheoro: I¡¯ll go.

Damdeok; Go to the bar and casino downtown first. I believe she wanders there. She can¡¯t survive without this world. Maybe she is drunk somewhere.

Cheoro: I can find her wherever she is.

Damdeok: I have a question for you. I got your Kwanmi Fort, and is it okay to think that I have you as well?

Cheoro: You as the King of Jyooshin aren¡¯t supposed to ask those kinds of question?

Damdeok: This plaque represents me. You will be protected anywhere in Kokuryo. Please be sure to find and bring her.

----

* Headquarters of Hogae¡¯s army at Yeomsoo in Georan

General O: I¡¯m glad you came back safely. I have a lot to report to you.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 12:32 pm

TWSSG Episode 20

* Hogae's army in Georan territory

Hogae's staff informs Hogae that the King's army has come to Georan, and that the king warned he would consider them as rebels if they don't obey his order.

Gen Oh: We didn't complain whatever you did because we believed that you are the King of Jyooshin. Now we have information that the king has got three symbols in his hand. Did you decide to disobey the King from the moment you killed his messenger at the border of Baekje?

Hogae: Who is it? Who brought that rumor here?

---

* Joomoochi and his men attack the soldiers to rescue Dalbee and Bason.
Ilsoo comes and takes Joomoochi to Hogae.

---

* Hogae asks Joomochi the purpose he came here.

Joomoochi: I, Joomoochi of the Sheewoo, don't know how to tell a lie.
I will tell you what I was told to do.
First, protect the messenger.
Second, tell the soldiers the truth, not a lie, to make them realize what to do.
Third, Rescue Bason, the blacksmith, and the woman with her.
That's all.

* Hogae asks the state of things in Gooknaesung.

Joomoochi: He swept them away.
He got rid of the so-called Hwachdon, and saved most of the nobles, including Yon Garyo.

Hogae: Ho many are your men?

Joomoochi: There are quite a lot.

Hogae: How much do you need to work for me?

Joomoochi: We already have a contract.

Hogae: Who came to ask you to work together?

Joomoochi: It was the king himself.

Hogae: The blacksmith said the same... that he came himself.

Joomoochi: He is not a man who stays behind the scenes.
He prefers to stay with commoners.

Hogae: Go back with the blacksmith.
Take all your men with you. If there is anyone left, I will kill him.


* Hogae summons Ilsoo.

Hogae: I don't think they will become my people.
It will be like giving wings to the king if we let them go.

Ilsoo: I will take care of it.


----

* Joomoochi and his men are preparing to leave.
After seeing Ilsoo giving order to the soldiers, Joomoochi hurries.

Joomoochi: I've learned something from the king - to make decision on time to fight and time to run.
Run fast! Run for your life!!


---

* Taewang's Army

Heukgae: I don't like Hogae, but his army is really strong.
Look at this. This people were attacked suddenly. They didn't have time to resist.
Oh, even a baby is killed.

Hyn: It makes sense in a point. If anyone is left alive, he or she would deliver the news to the neighboring villages.
Hogae's strategy must be "to kill and seal the mouths".

GenK: Your Majesty. We should move faster.
The patrol reported that the tribes are uniting.

Heukgae: We might have to pay for what Hogae have done.

GenK: To them, Koguryo is the bitter foe.
We must move faster to not give them time to prepare.

DD: Doljok!

Doljok: Yes, Doljok, the captain of the fourth squad waits for your order.

DD: Do you see those bodies?

Doljok: Yes, I see them.

DD: I think we should conduct a funeral. Could you and your men prepare for that?

Doljok: Yes, your Majesty.

Hyn: Your majesty, we are in a plain where there is nothing to hide us.
We can be seen from everywhere.

DD: Yes, you're right.

Hyn: Yes.

Heukgae: Your Majesty, are you waiting for them to attack us?
In an open pIace like this?

DD: They will need at least several days before they attack.

DD: Captain of the second squad.

Captain: Yes, sir.

DD: Search thoroughly. If bodies are left unburied, infectious disease could break out.

Captain: Yes, sir.

DD: You said that you served as a guard at the border, didn't you?

Soldier: Yes, sir.

DD: I've heard that Georan people have sharp eyes. Is that true?

Soldier: Yes, sir.
They have sharp eyes to differentiate far objects in the fairy.


Heukgae: Teacher, You said you are the king's teacher. Do something to stop him.

Hyn: Don't you know him?
He looks gentle and seldom raises his voice, but he is not an easy man.

GenK: He doesn't listen to our advices.

Hyn: How can I stop a man who goes into the Kwan Mi Sung alone?

GenK: I sometimes wish I could tie his limbs and carry him safely.

Hyn: Wow....

Heukgae: Go and try!

Hyn: Haha...

Heukgae: Just talk?


---

* A hide-out of Hwacheon near Gooknaesung.

A member of Hwacheon who works in Baekje is reporting to the Priest.
Jinsawang, the king of Baekje, died while he was hunting, and Ashin became the king. Ashin trusts Hwacheon because Hwacheon has helped him.

Priest: orders him to encourage Ashin-wang to attack Koguryo and take back the forts that previously belonged to Baekje.

The Hwacheon member and Saryang tell the Priest that it is not easy.
It was the people in the eleven forts who decided to follow the Taewang of Koguryo. Some forts even volunteered to opened the gate to Taewang.
If Baekje returns, all the people will be punished as traitors.
Moreover, Ashin is a smart person, who is not easy to handle.

Priest:: Why did we serve the royal family of Baekje like a dog for the past hundred years? Ashin needs to make people respect him by winning a war.
Attacking Kwan Mi Sung is a good chance for him.


The Priest is going to Hooyeon to make them turn their backs to Damdeok.
The Priest is worried because if Damdeok gains both Georan territory and Hogae's soldiers, Damdeok will become too powerful.
The priest orders Saryang to stay with Kiha.


---

* Kiha and Saryang

Saryang: I brought some soup for you.

Kiha: Where is the monster Priest?
Why didn't you go with him? Do you think I can't kill you?

Saryang: It is very easy to kill me. You can take my life at any time you want.
The shrine is not safe. Yon Garyo is not cooperating with Hwacheon any more.
The priest ordered me to advice you to go to Hogae and help him find the fourth symbol.

Kiha: The priest has lived such a long life that he forgot how to think like a human being.
Saryang. You took care of me from the time I was a child, like a father or a brother.
If I ask you to leave that person, who is immortal and has unimaginable power; if I ask you to be on my side.... would it be too much?

---

* Gooknae Sung

Are you waiting for someone?

---

* Taewang Army

Hyn: What a big fire.

DD: The wood is well dried up.

Hyn: Haha... well, yes.
So all the Georans could all come and see us.

GenK: Your Majesty. We are in the light, and our enemy are hiding in the darkness.
Please allow our soldiers to take defensive measures.

DD: It would look weird then.
We are performing a funeral. It would look strange if we hold weapons in a funeral.

Heukgae: Whoaa!!

Hyondong (A Geomool disciple, the scribe of the Taewang Army):
The Taewang army moved slowly. It was very different from the time we attacked Baekje. Taewang ordered to bury all the dead bodies and to take care of all the lost livestock. He always ate the same meals and the same wine with the soldiers.
The Taewang still couldn't sleep well.
His followers begged him to take a rest, but it seemed that he slept less than when he was in Gooknaesung.

Suzini(memory): Your majesty. You smell very good. I think you don't know that.

---

Soldier: Hahaha.... so I told her, 'OK, help yourself, have an affair if you want. I will bring a couple of women from Georan instead. Wait till I come back.'

DD: What will you do if you go back?

Soldiers: Good morning, your majesty.

DD: Good morning.
This expedition will not take long, so your wife will be OK. Don't worry.

DD: Breakfast is too salty today.

Soldier: Yes, it is. The food doesn't taste good since Dalbee has been kidnapped.

GenK: I sent seven groups of patrols in seven directions. They will send their first reports before noon.

DD: Thank you.
Oh, did you have breakfast? I think the cook put too much salt in the food.

GenK: I will tell him.

DD: Let's eat.

---

* A group of patrol was attacked by Georan.

----

* Taewang Army

Wounded soldier: I delivered a report to the king.

DD: Dalgoo, call the doctors.

Soldier: The Georan attacked us from the south. This....

DD: What about other patrols?

soldier: They are all dead.

DD: Order everyone to take defensive measures. Make it sure to stay calm.

soldier: Yes, sir.

DD: Gochooga.

Heukgae: Yes, your majesty.

DD: To which tribe does this belong?

Heukgae: It has the mark of Kwi-doo-ari tribe.
It's the second largest tribe among eight Georan tribes.

DD: Kwi-doo-ari tribe live at the northest part of Georan, don't they?

Heukgae: Yes, sir.

GenK: This soldier is from another patrol.

Soldier: Georans are gathering in the north-east direction.
They are about two thousands.

DD: Which tribes are they from?

Soldier: I couldn't find it out because I had to stay away from them.
I am sure that they were two different tribes.

Heukgae: They are uniting. They never united before.

Hyn: They are faster than we've thought.
I think they came to a conclusion that they should unite to fight against Hogae.

DD: Teacher.

Hyn: Yes, sir.

DD: Prepare what I've brought for this.

Hyn: Yes, sir.

DD: Gochooga.

Heukgae: Yes, sir.

DD: We're going to find the bodies of my soldiers.

Gen K: Your Majesty, they are hiding there to attack us.

DD: Thirty men goes ahead, and additional five groups will follow secretly.

Heukgae: Yes, sir!

DD: Gochooga.

Heukgae: Yes, sir.

DD: Don't move the soldiers without my permission. Understand?

Heukgae: At your order, sir.

DD: We're leaving as soon as we're ready. Inform me when the soldiers are ready.

Heukgae: Yes, sir.

Gen K: Are you planning to go with them?

DD: Yes.

GenK: Don't you have belief in your soldiers?

DD: Is there any other one here?

Gen K: It's only me who is here, sir.

DD: I don't have belief in myself.
All the teachers, agents, generals, and soldiers give me informations and advices, but it is me who makes decisions.
Do you know how much I am afraid?
What if I make mistakes, what if I am wrong, what if I didn't listen, what if....

Gen K: Your Majesty.

DD: I can make them die.

Gen K: Your Majesty.
Would you turn around?
I fought in the battle field since I was fifteen.
Whenever there were orders to advance, I was the one in the front line.
However, I was always afraid of dying.
Do you know what?
Since I've started to serve you, for the first time in my life, I came to think that I don't care if I die.
The soldiers outside must be of the same mind.
'I could die for this man.'
So, be with us. That's all we need.


---

* Gookjaesung, PaIace

Secretary: Did you realize that he seldom sat on that throne?
I dare asked him why. He said, he didn't finish the mission that his ancestors have given him, so he doesn't deserve to sit there, yet.

DD: Keep this.
This is the medal of the leader of the tribal assembly. I got it back.

Yon: Are you appointing me as the leader again?

DD: I think I won't spend much time in Gooknaesung.
Take care of the administrative affairs of this country.

Yon: Are you giving me the full right of the administration?

DD: I already gave you.
I have to go. The soldiers are waiting for me.

Yon: You mean I can do whatever I want in every states, every provinces, and every villages of Koguryo?

DD: Oh, take care of the ten forts and 120 villages that used to belong to Baekje, too. Baekje must want it back, so support them of what they need.

Yon: Your majesty, I've already told you.
When I have to choose between you and my son, I will choose to support my son.

DD: When the time comes, do as you wish.
This country needs you now.
You are good at domestic matters, much better than me.
I know that you are loyal to Koguryo, so why should I worry?
Yon Daega, do you know the meaning of Jyooshin?

Yon: Jyooshin?

DD: The land that Baedal people have lived is called Jyoooshin.
I have a long way ahead to retrieve it.
That's why I am asking you to take care of this pIace.


Secretary: His majesty told me to introduce you to the Jangsa and the Chamgoon.

* Jangsa: a department newly established by Kwang-gaeto Taewang, to record chronicle.

* Chamgoon: a department newly established by Kwang-gaeto Taewang, to advice military affairs to the king.

Secretary: Please come this way.


Hyongong: I am preparing gifts that will be sent to Hooyeon.
His majesty was worried of Baekje's invasion while he was absent.
The newly achieved forts are not safe, yet.
He ordered me to keep good diplomatic relations with Hooyeon so that Baekje could not start a war easily.

Secretary: These staffs are collecting information about the relation between Kaya and Japan. Those staffs are recording the relation between Kaya and Baekje.

Yon: Did his majesty order all of this?

Yongong: Yes, sir. We still report him once in three days, and receive his new order.

---

* Hogae's Army

Messenger: This is the urgent message from Yon Daega.

Hogae: My father sent me a message.
He wrote that the king is going to trade us away.
The king is planning to cooperate with Georan to attack us.
This is our king!!
He defined this 40 thousand soldiers as rebels and are now trying to cooperate with enemy to get rid of me.
This is our king.
I, your leader, am telling you now.
I am going to fight against the king who doesn't even know who is the enemy.
I am going to fight for my mother land Koguryo.
Anyone who spy or try to run away will be killed. Understand?

Generals: Yes, sir!!

---

DD: They are not well organized. Some tribe might make mistake to attack us.

Gen K: Don't worry about this pIace, your majesty.
Please take care of yourself.

DD: Joomoochi.... I wish he comes soon.

Dalgoo: We are ready to leave, sir.

DD: Let's have a game of play.

DD: Let's get started!

---

* Taewang Army and Georan

Heukgae: This is the king of Koguryo. Georans should show respect.

DD: Are you from Kwi-doo-ari tribe?

Dootai: We are the Kwi-doo-ari, the first tribe from the north.

DD: I heard that Atirah, the Khan of Georan is here, too.
This is my present to Atirah.
My greetings to Atirah in here. Deliver it to him.

Heukgae: The souls of the dead Koguryo soldiers need revenge, but our generous king let you go.
The king knows everything about you Georan.
You must have heard about us. This army assisting the king is the famous Jyooshin Gaema Army.

---

* Yon Garyo's house

Kiha: There are lots of things to ask to each other, but I want to make it short.
The Priest is on his way to Hooyeon.
I made my mind to have Hwacheon in my hand.
I think you don't know well about Hwacheon, yet.
Hwacheon has a long history of over a thousand years.
The headquarter is Abullansa, and I can tell you that it is the center of the spider web of Hwacheon, which is connected to every part of this world.
Hwacheon has controlled all the countries including Bookwi, Jeonwol, Hoojin, Kaya, and Koguryo.
Even you, the leader of Koguryo were under its control, too.
With Hogae, I want to build the country of Jyooshin with the people's power.
I want my symbol of Joojak back.
Also, I am going to bring the symbol of Cheongryong to Hogae as a gift.
Are you going to cooperate with me?

Yon: I must ask you a questin before I give you my word.
What is Hogae, my son, to you.

Kiha: Could this be the answer?

---

* Cheoro and boys.

Big boy: People say that you are waiting for Suzini. Are you her friend?

Small boy: She told us not to tell anybody.

Big boy: It's OK. She's going to die anyway.
She is sleeping, she didn't wake up for days.

Small boy: Is she going to die?

* Clinic

Doctor neither knows the reason, nor knows how to cure her.
Her pulse is weak, and barely breathing.
She is going to die soon.

* Forrest

DD(dream): Eoi!

Suzini(dream): Suzini is my name.

Hwan Woong(dream): My Saeoh.

Cheoro: Wake up.
He told me to find you and come back with you.

---

* Taewang's Army

The messenger of four tribes of Georan came.

Gen K: I am General Kho Woo Choong.

Messengers are from Kwi-doo-ari, Karakitai, Juldus, and Kurdstan
[The names are not correct, I've just wrote what I've heard.]
The name of the young leader is Dutai.

Gen K: Welcome. I wan to hear the message.

DD: I will talk with them.

DD: I've heard that the chief of Karakitai saw his first grandchild.
Deliver my congratulatory message to your chief.

Messenger: Yes, I will.

DD: I, the king of Koguryo will listen to the message of Atirah, the new Khan of Georan.

Dutai: The message of the Khan Atirah and leaders of four tribes is this.
Today at noon, we want to meet you at the pIace that we prepare.
The king of Koguryo can bring seven men and seven horses with him.

Heukgae: How dare you are imposing a condition!
Only seven men with our king?

Joomoochi: I must be one of them, right?

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 1:20 pm

TWSSG Episode 21


[ I want to help people understand what is spoken in TWSSG. However, I don't want my work to be used to harm YJ and his work by being used as subtitle. I just hope you to enjoy and help yourself. - gaulsan and suehan - ]

----------------------------------------

[Voice of Yeon Garyeo]
I, Yeon Garyo should have atoned to my sins earlier; I humbly talk to you, your majesty.
Now, the Heaven shows proof that you are the King of Jyooshin.
But, I still don¡¯t understand.

* Yeon Garyeo gives books to the Geomool Village with information about state affairs in various areas.

If the Heaven decides everything, why do human beings have to work hard for success?

If the Heaven already appointed the King of Jyooshin, what are the bases of it? I¡¯ll take advantage of the power the King has given to me to take the symbols of Jyooshin and send them to my son.

I don¡¯t think my son, who the Heaven has ignored, can use the power of the symbols, but I still want to talk to him, ¡°The King can¡¯t depend on the power of the Heaven any longer, you have to do your best to become King, and make the people of earth appoint their own king.¡±

----

I, the unfaithful liegeman who lost the trust of the King, don¡¯t deserve to see the world.
The King of my country, your majesty!
Now that I think of it, I have wanted to create a king for Jyooshin myself and not have to wait for a King of Jyooshin to come.

---

* Suzinee and Cheoro
Suzinee says that she doesn¡¯t want to go back to the King.

---

* Camp of the King

Heukgaek: Please tell them to approach the king if they have something to say. Why do you have to go to enemy lines with just seven subordinates, your majesty?

Damdeok: Never move the soldiers at the border line of Hooyeon. We have a good relationship with them now, but I can¡¯t trust them. The shipyard in Kwami Fort is the problem. Please talk to Yeon Garyeo to handle this matter because he knows how to handle it.

Heukgaek: I¡¯ll go with seven subordinates your majesty.

Damdeok: Gochooga!

Heukgae: Yes, your majesty.

Damdeok: I have to go back to Kukgaeseong if I can¡¯t succeed in this deal. I can only hunt with five thousand soldiers here. Do you understand me?

Hyeongo: The pIace for the conference is set. We decided to set up a tent at the Awoosae field. Twelve enemies from the other side are coming. They said that their numbers can¡¯t be reduced because they have four tribes. We also decided to not bring the soldiers within one majang (about 400 meters) outside of the conference pIace.

Damdeok: Dispose seven units right away, so that we can move quickly if we¡¯re attacked.

Heukgae: Don¡¯t worry about that.

General Ko: It¡¯s time, your majesty.

Damdeok: Are you going with me?

Hyeondong: Yes, your majesty.

Damdeok: Stay by my side when it gets dangerous. Don¡¯t be scared and stick with me, okay?

Hyeondong: Yes.

Heukgae: Please take a soldier that is experienced with the sword if you need to take anyone. What are you going to do with the writer?

Damdeok: We need records to not repeatedly make mistakes in case I make any. It is an error when making one mistake but two is a sin.

Suzinee (recall): It is an error when making one mistake but two is a sin. Please drink a little, I will finish.

Deok: Somebody said that.

---

* Conference pIace at Awoosae field.

Hyeondong (voice): The conference at Awoosae field has begun. The plans are being achieved since the King has stepped in Georan. Another plan is being carried out on the north side of the conference pIace at the same time.

---

* Atira of Georan Kan (the leader of tribes union)

Atira: I¡¯m Atira and I was chosen by eight tribes last spring. I¡¯ll ask my questions without exchanging greetings. What on earth are your Kokuryeo people doing on our land?

The leader of tribe: My tribe has lost half their lives as the villages and livestocks were being burnt down. The remaining of our Karakitai will look for revenge.

Atira: I heard that the King of Kokureyo is good at ruses. I have a question for you. What kind of trick are you going to use this time?

Damdeok: When are you going to tell the truth without futile inquiries and word games?

Dootai: Kan! The King of Kokuryeo in front of you sent all the corpses of Georan to Heaven.

Atira: I want to treat him fairly. How about you?

Atira: Are the words written in the letter true? The letter says that Yeon Hogae, who made the Georan land the heII, is the traitor.

Damdeok: His sin is being against my will. My will stated that we wanted to make a friendship with the brothers of Georan since the beginning; however the mass of misunderstandings grew due to him. I¡¯ll punish him for his sins.

---

* Camp of Hogae

---

* Conference pIace

Atira: What are these? Do you think we will be able to forget about the deaths of my people with these gifts?

Damdeok: Then, what are you going to do? Do you think you are capable of winning against us if your eight tribes get together? You have only seen the power of the traitors of Kokuryeo in the last two months. Do you want to see what is going to happen if I bring all of my soldiers? Do you want to see the land of Georan, where living things can¡¯t be found anymore?

Atira: So, what do you want to talk about?

Damdeok: Who wants to be a brother among your four tribes first?
You don¡¯t need to worry about the attacks from other tribes when you become the younger brother of Kokuryeo.

The leader of tribes: What did you just say?

Damdeok: I said, ¡°Who wants to become the younger brother of Kokuryo first?¡±

The leader of tribes: What? A younger brother?

Atira: Please continue, the king of Kokuryeo.

Damdeok: You have to listen to me even if it¡¯s disgraceful and you don¡¯t want to hear it.

The leader of tribes: We don¡¯t want you to stay on our land.

Damdeok: These eight tribes have never united since Georan has established. You just fight and kill. The big countries are surrounding Georan, the hostile land, and the starved people. How long are you going to live like this?

The leader of tribes: Atira! We don¡¯t need to hear this crap. Let¡¯s attack!

Damdeok: Do you want to hear what is going to happen when Kokuryo becomes your big brother? Or would you like to just kill me and meet Yeon Hogae as he becomes the King of Kokuryeo?

Atira: I want to finish talking with the King of Kokuryeo as a Kan.

Damdeok: Dalgoo!

Dalgoo: Yes, your majesty.

Damdeok: I¡¯ll build the trade market at the middle of a tribe¡¯s land who wants to be a younger brother of Kokuryeo. Anybody regardless the countries and tribes can go to there buys and sells the products. You might exchange your livestock for clothes, crops, and iron tools.

Atira: Hahaha.. You, the King of Kokuryo came here with your soldiers just to do business?

Damdeok: Just business? I¡¯m telling you that I¡¯ll make the road from Kuknaeseong to the end of Seoyeok going through the middle of Georan. Atira, do you understand what I¡¯m saying?

Atira: Tell us the truth. You came here for help because you don¡¯t have confidence to beat the traitors of Yeon Hogae. Why do you behave so rudely?

Damdeok: I don¡¯t need your help to call my soldiers; eventually forty thousand soldiers will return to me in a matter of days.

Damdeok: My soldiers are waiting one mazang (about 400 meters) back as we promised. This is the promise that Kokuryo is talking about. What about yours?

Atira: I need proof.

Damdeok: I¡¯m listening.

Atira: I need Yeon Hogae. I¡¯ll build a bonfire for the new brother and talk after I soak my hand in his blood.

---

* Camp of Hogae

Geomool Village distributes the fliers and Hogae¡¯s soldiers started wavering.

Hogae: King, Damdeok has a habit to use tricks instead of fighting fairly. Five thousand of king¡¯s soldiers are in the south about three days distance. If they provoke us, it means that they¡¯re waiting for us to come out first. I can see his trick clearly and don¡¯t want to fall into it. Generals! Please watch the soldiers and stop them from wavering.

* Hogae and Jeokhwan

Jeokhwan is not comfortable with fighting against the King¡¯s army.

Hogae: Do you know yet? The King doesn¡¯t want to give in. He would rather want someone like you behead me. Do you want to do that?

Jeokhwan: You joined the Hooyeaon War in Yodong when you were eleven years old. I saw you by your side at that time. You ran faster than anybody, threw the arrow farther than anybody, as you were smiling. I was thinking you were different because you were born when the star of Jyooshin shined; I already rebelled at that time because I imagined what kind of king you would be after you grew up.

Hogae: I might walk to heII from now on. Are you still going to follow me?

Jeokhwan: I¡¯ll be right behind of you.

---

* Conversations of soldiers

Soldier A: It¡¯s said that three days were given, and the soldiers who return within three days will be considered the King¡¯s soldier.

Soldier B: What if we don¡¯t return?

Soldier A: Then, we would be traitors.

Soldier B: If we are traiters, are we allowed to go back home?

Soldier A: What if our Hogae becomes a King?

Soldier B: Can we go home?

Soldier A: Do you remember what the mercenary said? The King has three symbols and he conquered the Kwanmi Fort in twenty days. It¡¯s said that he uses the Blue Dragon now!

Soldier B: Then, we can¡¯t go back home!

---

* Camp of the King¡¯s army

Dalbee: Please stop it. You don¡¯t eat and sleep. How long are you going to continue? I¡¯m so mad.

Damdeok: Both of you had troubles, right?

Dalbeel: I¡¯m sorry for your troubles..

Damdeok: I heard about your brother. Are you okay?

Bason: I should have talked to you about the symbol of the White Tiger. I should have talked to you early so that you could have it. I really didn¡¯t know where my brother was. I just thought that I could see him as long as I follow you.

Damdeok: Rest a while.

Bason: Hogae took it. It looks like I gave it to him. I haven¡¯t seen my brother in seven years as he protected the symbol as if it was his life, but I voluntarily found and gave it to him.

Damdeok: Bason.

Bason: I want to cut my hand and I really came here to cut my hand. But I couldn¡¯t do it when I saw the dull swords and axes.

Damdeok: Listen to me. Your hand isn¡¯t only yours. I won¡¯t forgive you if you hurt your hand. Please feed and create a peaceful environment for the owner. Do you understand me?

Bason: Yes.

Damdeok: What are the conditions of Hogae¡¯s soldiers¡¯ shoes?

Dalbeel: The shoes?

Damdeok: It has been more than 6 months already. I want to know the condition of their supplies.

Dalbee reports about the poor condition of food, water and supplies of Hogae¡¯s army.

Hyeongo: I think we can start it right away, your majesty.

Damdeok: Please move all the soldiers.

General Ko: Now?

Damdeok: We¡¯ll start to move before the sun rises and reduce the distance to one day with Hogae¡¯s army tomorrow night.

* Hogae¡¯s camp

The fighting spirits of Hogae¡¯s army were demoralized. The sounds of the flutes coming from the Geomool village are playing making the soldiers sadder. The soldiers are starting to desert.

Jeokhwan: Keep in mind, whoever deserts will be executed right away!

---

* The village

---

* Hogae¡¯s camp.

Hogae: Were you going to go to the King¡¯s Army base? Tell me the reason you want to join them. If you give me a reasonable answer, then I won¡¯t kill you.

Soldier: I just want to go back home. I have an old sick mother. All my brothers died in the war and I¡¯m the only one alive.

Hogae: All the soldiers are missing their families as well. You want to go home when your enemies are near you. Your comrades are risking their lives, but you turn your back, desert, and demoralize their fighting spirits. I wasn¡¯t gong to kill you if you gave me a justifiable reason under the name of Kokuryo. All deserters will be executed!
.
---

* Deserters and Gaema armies at the field.

General: Tell Hogae¡¯s army that the King arrived, come out and bow to him.

* Camp of the King¡¯s army

Dalgoo: Atira, the leader from Georan came to see you.

Damdeok: Did he bring his soldiers?

Damdeok: Yes, there are about two thousand of them.

Damdeok: I didn¡¯t get the message that you were coming.

Atira: I came here for your help because we might one day become friends.

Damdeok: I might have to move my soldiers. What do you need?

Atira: I know you¡¯re gathering Hogae¡¯s deserters safely. We just need Hogae. You just do what you¡¯re doing now. We¡¯ll avenge for Georan ourselves.

Damdeok: I¡¯m not happy with that idea. Yeon Hogae is a traitor, but he is the highest position in Kokoryo. I¡¯m the only one who can punish him. Do you understand me?

---

Hyeongo: The message from Kuknaeseong has arrived, your majesty.

Damdeok: Yeon Garyeo took two symbols.

Heukgae: What! I should have killed him earlier.

Damdeok: He killed himself. We lost the best administrator of Kokuryo.

Damdeok: Hyeongo, please count the number of soldiers who surrender. General, Ko, please gather those soldiers seperately and form a unit.

General: Yes.

Heukgae: Do we move now?

Damdeok: Hogae will order an attack if he finds out about his father¡¯s death. If combat occurs we will lose. Let¡¯s divide one thousand soldiers into two groups, five hundred each, and move quickly. Hyeongo will tell you the routes. The first goal is to make Hogae¡¯s army confused and cut any connections of attack. The last goal is to raise the amount of surrenders. What I would like to see the most is for the rebellion to occur inside of Hogae¡¯s army.

---

Joomoochi: I have something to tell you when I come back.

Damdeok: Joomoochi? I want you go with me.

Joomoochi: I¡¯m going with you. I¡¯ve been going with you!

Damdeok: I¡¯m thinking about meeting Hogae without Georan¡¯s knowledge.

Joomoochi: Yes?

Damdeok: Let¡¯s go.

---

* Hogae¡¯s camp

Kiha delivers Yeon Garyeo¡¯s last letter and his death to Hogae.

Hogae: Did the King finally kill my father? What was the charge? Why? Why?

Kiha: He must have killed himself. He wanted to be killed with the same poison which killed your mother and I gave to him. He asked me to leave with you and turn you into a king. Here are the two symbols. We¡¯re going to have the power of the Heaven soon. I came here to ask you to become the father of this baby.

Hogae: Is this the King¡¯s baby? Stop it!

Kiha: You said that you would stay with me and would be mine eternally.

Hogae: I¡¯m ready for combat. Let¡¯s move right away.

Hogae (to Saryang): Leave with the woman inside right away. I don¡¯t want to see her anymore.

---

Hogae is confused due to his father¡¯s death and Kiha¡¯s pregnancy.
The conflicts are arising between generals due to the executing of deserters.
A general reports that the soldiers of Soonno, Sono, and Kwanno will join the King¡¯s army.
The reports of the King¡¯s armies surrounding Hogae¡¯s army keep coming in.
The reports of thousands of Georan¡¯s armies advancing came in.

Hogae is confused and kills the general of Sono tribe.
Other general says that he¡¯ll behead Hogae and bring his neck to the King.
Jeokhwan and Gaema armies protect Hogae.

---

* In the village. Suzinee and Cheoro

Suzinee: Why you keep following me? Don¡¯t you have pride? Did you fall in love with me?

There was someone who talked to me like that a long time before.

I think I have to stay with him. He¡¯s not far. I have to go. Let¡¯s go. I told him that I would take you. I want to stick to my word.

Suzinee: I¡¯m sorry, castellan. I need a favor. Please tell the King that you couldn¡¯t find me and it looks like I am nowhere to be found.

Cheoro: Weren¡¯t you the King¡¯s woman?

Suzinee: If I pray desperately everyday, even after I die, then I might be his woman. Please take care of my king. Please follow him secertly when he goes out alone and drink with him sometimes. Please make him laugh once a day. I¡¯ll pay you back even if it¡¯s in the next lifetime. It was nice to meet you and I¡¯ll see you in the next lifetime.

---

* Kiha starts labor, Saryang goes to the village, and brings the woman who helps with the delivery.

---

* The King¡¯s camp

Joomoochi: Did you eat something? What¡¯s going on?

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 1:42 pm

TWSSG Episode 22

* Camp of Taewang Army

Heukgae, Dalgoo, and Hyongo are worried that the king is sick.
His pulse is very fast and irregular. They don't know the reason.

Soldier: Thousands of surrenderers are coming. Two generals are leading them.

DD: Gochooga.

Heukgae: Yes, your majesty.

DD: Go and give them a warm welcome instead of me.
Reorganize them as our soldiers immediately.

Heukgae: Yes, your majesty.

Hyn: Over half of the rebel have surrendered. It is likely that they are divided.

DD: Master.

Hyn: Your Majesty.

DD: Meet the leaders and ask what Hogae is doing.

Hyn: Yes, sir.

Hyondong: Burumsae brought a news that a revolt stir up inside Hogae's army.

DD: Let's go before more soldiers get hurt.

GenK: Your Majesty, Are you OK?

---

Kiha nearly faints during labor.
The midwife and Suzini try to wake her up.
The Priest came in a hurry after receiving the news that Kiha has brought the symbols of Cheongryong and Joojak.
Priest orders Saryang, "do what you should do if it is a boy. Only a small heart can be kept in this box, so you must not miss the proper time."


* Hogae's Army

Jeokhwan: The rebels are increasing in number.
Gaema army cannot defend all of them.

Ilsoo: Sir, we should run and wait for another chance.

Hogae: Don't follow me any more.

---

* It was a difficult labor. The mother and child were in danger, but the child managed to be born.

Saryang: Is it a girl?

Szni: It's a boy.
I think I know who the father is. Why did she come to this battle field in such condition? I feel really bad.

Saryang tells Suzini that Kiha is her sister. He also asks her to run away with the child.

Saryang: Please save the child.
The Hwacheons are waiting outside.
They will open his chest and take his heart out.
I can't stop them. Please save the child.

Szni: What are you saying? Are you crazy?

Saryang: Run as far as you can.
Never let the world know before his heart grows.
Hwacheon is at everywhere, even Gooknaesung is not safe.
He is the son of your king and your sister.

--

Kiha: My child! Where is my child?

The priest tells Kiha that the child is dead, that Saryang brought the child's heart to him.

Kiha shouts, "it's a lie" repeatedly, and attacks the Priest.

Priest: You must not forget.
As the mother of earth, you must not forget the Ho-jok(tiger tribe).
Come to Abullan-sa if you want to kill me.
Come to Abullan-sa if you want to own the whole world.
Everything started from there.


Saryang: Please don't die. Please live and .... your child...

---

The Priest bursts into anger after knowing that Saryang has deceived him.

Priest: He deceived me!
We should find out the child. The child is alive!

---

* Hogae's camp

Soldiers surrender and greets the king.
General Oh waits for the punishment, but Damdeok returns his sword back.

* The rest of Hogae's army surrendered to the King.

DD: Any information about him?

Hyn: I've sent out scouts.
Gaema soldiers are with general Yon, and they are about twenty.
They were heading.....

Soldier: Stop!

Joomoochi: Oh, You! The castellan of Kwan Mi Sung!

Cheoro: If you are looking for the Gaema army being chased by Georans, I saw them on my way here. About 40-50 Georans were after them.

DD: What about Suzini?

DD: General Kho. Go with a battalion and stop the Georan's main army.
Don't fight, just stop them.

GenK: Your majesty, are you going to rescue him?

DD: I told you. He is the marshal of my country. There is only me who can arrest and kill him. Lead the way.

Hyn: Your majesty, you should bring at least a platoon with you.
You shouldn't go alone.

DD: If I bring soldiers, Georan will notice.
Then another war will break out.
Master, listen to me. Never send soldiers to follow me.

Hyn: Your majesty, the Georans....

DD: Just stop their main army.

Joomoochi: Let's move fast and eat. I'm hungry.

Heukgae: Where are they going? Are they going after Yon Hogae?

---

* A deserted village near Kiduhari area.

Hogae feels as if he is being hunt.
Dootai of Kiduhari tribe appears with his soldiers.
He claims that the king of Koguryo has given Hogae to the hands of Georan.

DD: Didn't you hear the order of your Khan?
You can't touch that Koguryo man without my permission.

Dootai: If the Khan knows that you are a team, he must burst out with anger.
The goddess of Georan is helping us.
Here are the king and the marshal of Koguryo,
Let's make victory by killing them all.

DD: I am warning to the Georan soldiers!
This is my last warning.
I, the king of Koguryo, came here to meet my men.
I cannot show mercy to you if you keep interrupting like this.
I will have to kill all of you to prevent another war.
So, won't you stand back?

Dootai: The one who kills the king, he will become the hero of Georan! Attack!!

---

DD: Do you see them? The ones who were killed because of us.

Hogae: The king of Great Koguryo. His highness. Oooogh!!

DD: This is what the king has to do.
You don't know what will happen next, but you still have to make decisions every day, every moment. And you regret every time.
If I have brought soldiers with me, if I have listened to my teacher's advice, I might not need to kill them all.

Hogae: Stop speaking nonsense.
Kill me if you came to kill me.... so that I could kill you.

DD: Do you want to become a king like this?

Hogae: Don't you understand yet?
I didn't want to become king. All I wanted was revenge.


DD: Hogae, don't you know why I came here?
Why did I come here without my army?
Why did I have to kill all of these people?

Hogae: I guess you want to laugh at me. So how does it feel like?
What else do you want? Do you want me to go down on my knees and admit you as my king?

DD: Do it. Kneel down and admit me properly!!


DD: Give me a justifiable reason so that I can let you go.

Hogae: Reason....
You are the one who made both of my parents die, and the one who destroyed the heart of my woman.
Are you suggesting me to serve you as a king?
Do not hesitate. Kill me!!

DD: Yon Hogae, the marshal of Koguryo.
You have won consecutive victories in the battles with Georan, and provided a chance for Koguryo to rule Georan.
However, you disobeyed my order and I cannot forgive you for that.
I take back your title as the marshal and banish you from this country.
Never come back to Koguryo.

Hogae: Stop. It's not over, yet. Stop!


DD: Joomoochi!

Joomoochi: My lord... My lord....

* The symbol of Baekho

----

DD: How is he?

Doctor: He is getting better.

DD: Don't sit up.

Jeokhwan: What happened to the marshal?

DD: His man took him. I didn't ask where they were going.

Jeokhwan: I am an unfaithful servant, but may I ask a favor of you?

DD: You weren't unfaithful to me.
You came here because I've sent you here. I ordered you to help the marshal.
Tell me what you want.

Jeokhwan: I would like to ask you to tell a lie, your majesty.
The Georans must be on a hunt for the marshal.
I won't be able to live long with this wound, so please give them my head and tell them it is the marshal's.
I know that you are the one that the heaven has sent us. I beg you to tell a lie.

Your majesty,
Please send my head to the Georans.

---

* Taewang's camp

Joomoochi wakes up.

People ask, "are you all right? Do you feel pain?"

Joomoochi answers that he feels itchy.

Dalbee: Food?

Joomoochi: Yes, food.

* the symbol of Baekho

Hyn: Hyonmoo needs dark anger,
Cheongryong needs cold mercy,
Baekho needs pure courage.
So Joomoochi.

Joomoochi: What?

Hyn: The symbol of Baekho has chosen you as it's guard.

Joomoochi: So what do I do with that?

Hyn: As a blacksmith, what kind of metal is this?

¹Ù¼Õ: Nobody can handle this metal. We can't melt it nor mold it.

Hyn: Did you hear? I think you should keep this this way.

Joomoochi: How is the king? He was sick when we left.

Hyn: Oh, the king has recovered physically, but it seems that his heart is sick now.

---

DD: You found her?

Cheoro: Yes, I did.

DD: What happened then?

Cheoro: She asked me to tell you that I didn't find her.

DD: So you left her alone and came here?

Cheoro: On her request. She asked me to protect you and stay with you.

DD: If I go there.... to the pIace where she was.... do you think I could find her?

Cheoro: No. She is not there.

---

A member of Hwacheon reports Kiha that they found Hogae, wounded, in a nearby village.
Kiha says that she will go to meet him.
The funeral of Saryang is prepared.
Kiha asks the man to bury Saryang deep in the ground so that he won't feel cold in there.

Saryang(recall): Please don't die. Please live and .... your child...

---

* A motel

Kiha: Hwacheon is a day's distance from here.
Everyone is waiting for us - the shaman of fire and the man the shaman serves.

Hogae: I don't have anything to help you.
I became such a helpless man.
I am so weak that I cannot even blame the woman who gave poison to my father.

Kiha: I don't have anything left, either.
I've lost everything I cherished more than myself.
After losing everything, I came to realize.
Don't you know, yet?
We are nothing to the heaven.
The heaven is interested in only one man.
Whether he passes the test is the only thing the heaven is interested in.
You and me, we are just pieces of fire wood used to set up the test.

Hogae: Pieces of fire wood thrown into the furnace that was prepared to make him stronger?

Kiha: I am going to fight against the heaven.
I will not let heaven bother people's life any more.

Hogae: What will be left for us if we do so?
If there is no heaven, the world will turn into a heII.
I don't trust the nature of human being.
I know by looking at myself.
How ugly and cruel have I become?

Kiha: I don't care if it becomes a heII.
At least I will be able to make my own way.

---

Hyondong:
The king returned to the capital with about 10 thousands dispIaced Koguryo civilians and uncountable number of livestock.
The king chose to take a long way around, which passed near Hooyeon, to warn Hooyeon not to break faith.


* Gooknaesung

Hyondong: The king abolished tribal armies and all soldiers of Koguryo came to belong to the king's army.
The new territory enjoyed autonomy as long as they observed the federal law.
The king supported Taehak and Kyongdang [the name of schools of Koguryo] that king Sosurim has founded and raised lots of scholars.

* Yon Garyo's house

Hyondong: The king grieved over Yon Garyo's death.
He repeatedly said that he lost a minister that he could rely on.

---

* A-bool-lan-sa

The Priest greets Kiha as the mother of earth and the shaman of fire.
Kiha asks other leaders of Hwacheon the way she can kill the Priest, but they don't know the answer.
Kiha tells the Priest that she will not do anything before she kills the Priest.
The Priest tells Kiha that her son is alive.
With the help of the Priest, Kiha recalls what Saryang and Suzini did.

The Priest tells Kiha that if she does what he wants, he won't harm Suzini and the child. The Priest wants the four symbols and Damdeok's heart.

---

* Gooknaesung, King's office

Hyondong: People of Soogoksung are afraid of Baekje troops that they are afraid to go out to do their work.

DD: You said before that soldiers of Dongpye were looking for a pIace to train.
Arrange them to train in Soogok-sung.

Secretary: Yes, sir.

Hyondong: The next is a message that was sent secretly from abroad.

DD: General.

GenK: Yes, your majesty.

DD: I have to finish this work today. What about sharing this work? Half and half?

GenK: Your majesty, I would prefer to attack Baekje all by myself.

DD: That's a good idea. Haha...


DD: Read it again?

Hyondong: I am working ... at the paIace of Hooyeon...

DD: No, before that.

Hyondong: I've heard that you can heal any kind of pain within a day.

[ This is a secret letter from a man, who is a descendant of Koguryo people who has been kidnapped as hostages decades ago. He is working in the paIace of the prince Moyongmo.]

Suzini(recollection): I think that a king must heal any kind of pain within a day.
He must stand up again and go forward.
"Follow me. I am the king!" he must say.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 1:46 pm

Subject
[Trans] TWSSG Episode 23


[ I want to help people understand what is spoken in TWSSG. However, I don't want my work to be used to harm YJ and his work by being used as subtitle. I just hope you to enjoy and help yourself. - gaulsan and suehan - ]

----------------------------------------

Damdeok: The prince of Hooyeon needs help to protect himself from the enemies.

General Ko: But, we can¡¯t go there with the troops, because it belongs to Hooyeon.

Damdeok: In case we need to move quickly, please have five thousand soldiers available at Shin and Hyeondo Fort.

General Ko: Yes. But, what are you thinking now?

Damdeok: Did you see the all the documents piled up like a mountain? Please deal with them. General Ko.

General Ko: Your highness.

Damdeok: I think that if I help the future King, I may be his lifesaver. Master!

Hyeongo: Yes, your highness.

Damdeok: Are the disciples of Geomool in Yongseong.

Hyeongo: Of course, there are lots of disciples especially in Yongseong.

Damdeok: You have to go with me.

Cheoro: Yes, your highness.

Damdeok: I¡¯ll leave Joomoochi, so you are the only one I can depend on.

General Ko: Are you going there this time as well, your highness?

Damdeok: Please help Joomoochi, General Ko. I don¡¯t think he can handle it all by himself.

---

* Blacksmith¡¯s shop

Joomoochi: Sis, please take care of my ax.

Bason: Why do you sharpen the ax everyday?

Joomoochi: Look at it carefully. It looks too sharp.

Bason: Tell her. Hold her and tell her, ¡°Be mine.¡¯, and ¡°I can make you happy.¡±

Joomoochi: Repeat it. What do you want me to tell her?

Dalbee: It seems like the King is going to leave soon. Aren¡¯t you going with him? I prepared the food for him.

Dalbee: Do you know the house of the big tree at Donggol? The King asked me to go see that house, and I went there to take a look. He said that he would give it to me if I liked it. Please go and take a look at it yourself once you come back.

Joomoochi: It¡¯s okay as long as you like it. Hahaha!

---

Damdeok: Please tell the castellan of Gageum Fort to put all his effort and skill into making the battleship.

Donggam: I¡¯ll tell him right away.

Damdeok: Make sure the seeeds are distributed for the farming season.

General Ko: Please bring the soldiers that are in the back, your highness. I¡¯ll talk to the soldiers and tell them to change into everyday clothes.

Damdeok: Do you want me to take the securities to enter the country and be noticed? I¡¯ll be back.

General Ko: I¡¯ve never seen him in such a hurry. What did the letter say?

Gamdong: Pardon me?

General Go: The King has been acting strangely since he read the letter from Hooyeong. Don¡¯t you think so?

Joomoochi: Your highness! Thank you for the house. Hahaha!!

----

* Yongseong in Hooyeon

* Gowoon¡¯s house

* Gowoon; He is a Korean that becomes adoptep by the King Moyongbo of Hooyeon. Later on he, himself becomes the King of Hooyeon.

Gowoon: Please leave this house and take the children with you for a while. I¡¯m going to get some more people, and head towards the Prince to protect him. Only women and children will be remaining in this house, if I do leave to be the protector of the King. Please stay at the country house with the servants.

Suzinee: Okay. Have you heared anything from Kokuryeo?

Gowoon: Actually, I didn¡¯t expect to get help. If the conflict occurs internally in Hooyeon, then King of Kokuryo will be pleased. If I were him, I would trigger the disputes as well. I shouldn¡¯t have asked for help.

Gowoon: Suzinee, if something happens to me..

Suzinee: Don¡¯t worry about the children. I¡¯ll take care of them.

----

Servant: Where are they from? I¡¯ve never seen them before.

Hyeongo: Is this his house?

Geomool: Yes, Hyeongo. They¡¯re from Kokuryeo.

Servant: Kokuryeo?

Hyeongo: Didn¡¯t your boss send the secret message to Kokuryo, did he?

----

Gowoon: Are you from Kokuryeo?

Damdeok: I came here on the King¡¯s order.

Gowoon: Please sit down. The King of Kokuryeo must have received the letter I sent him. Did he tell you, if he will send the troops?

Damdeok: No.

Gowoon: I see. It¡¯s difficult for him to send the troops to another country. But I was told that he will help me some way.

Damdeok: Who told you that?

Gowoon: Pardon me?

Damdeok: Who told you about the mercenary?

Gowoon: I have a language teacher who came from Kokuryeo.

Damdeok: Can I see her now?

Gowoon: She already left with my children.

Servant: It¡¯s said that Moyonghoe was sending his people to the Prince¡¯s paIace and the only ones noticed were more than a hundred.

Gowoon: What?

Servant: Are they going to attack the Prince¡¯s paIace during the day time?

Gowoon: What is the King doing right now?

Gowoon¡¯s man: Not much.

Gowoon: Doesn¡¯t he want to get involved in this matter? We have to protect the Prince. Moyonghoe is the illegtiimate child of the King; he is trying to kill the Prince now because the King said the survivor would become the King. Can you help me? I have to protect him. I¡¯m his adjutant
.
Hyeongo: We came here to help you.

Gowoon: I gathered about 50 people. They may not be very helpful because they¡¯re not swordmen.

Damdeok: Just four of us. Does Moyonghoe have private soldiers? Are they good?

Gowoon: Didn¡¯t you say the King of Kokuryo sent you here?

Damdeok: Yes. Four of us.

Gowoon: Damn it!

Damdeok: We¡¯re totally underestimated.

Joomoochi: I don¡¯t think they¡¯ll feed us.

Hyeongo: Are you hungry? What do you want to do, your highness?

Damdeok: First I must to save him because I have a question for him.
---

Damdeok: What do you think about them? Are they useful?

Joomoochi: They¡¯re no match to us. It looks like half of them don¡¯t know how to pull out a sword.

Damdeok: Do you want us only to save the Prince? I saw his paIace on my way here and it doesn¡¯t look big. About a hundred people can surround the paIace, it looks like there¡¯re not many people inside, and the gate can be opened easily.

Gowoon: The King didn¡¯t allow the Prince to have the troops. He probably is afraid of something.

Damdeok: I¡¯m not confident when it comes to fighting against more than a hundred people. I¡¯ll bring him to outside secretly. But I¡¯ve never seen him before. And he has never seen me either. Can you go with me?

Gowoon: Please come in.

----

* Moyeongbo¡¯s paIace

Soldiers: Open the gate, Moyeongbo!

Joomoochi: Let¡¯s divide ourselves into two groups. I¡¯ll handle one half, and two of you, handle the remaining half.

Damdeok: They¡¯re too many.

Joomoochi: There¡¯re not! They seem weak!

Damdeok: Then, why don¡¯t do it alone?

Joomoochi: Move, everyone!

Joomoochi: How about this gate?

Damdeok: I like this one better.

Joomoochi: There isn¡¯t much difference.

---

Damdeok: Please go check the front gate because it might be opened.

Damdeok: Let¡¯s go.

---

* Outside the Prince¡¯s paIace.

Hyeongo: It¡¯s the time. Now, it came up! Go over there, just show your face, and run to the other side.

Soldiers: Run away? Don¡¯t we have to fight?

Hyeongo: You¡¯re so slow. You should have understood me quickly. Go over there, just show your face, and run to the other side. Run. Run!

---

Gowoon: I¡¯m Gowoon, Prince. Are you inside? Please open the door, Prince!

Damdeok: We don¡¯t have much time.

Gowoon: I came here to take you, Prince!

* The Prince Moyongbo of Hooyeon.

Prince: I¡¯m encountering a disaster, why doesn¡¯t my father do anything for me?

Gowoon: I¡¯ll surely protect you even if I have to risk my life.

Damdeok: Did you say that you were from Korea?

Gowoon: Yes.

Damdeok: Because it sounds similar.

Damdeok: Was it Moyonghoe who attacked the Prince today? Is he here?

Damdeok: What is going on outside?

Joomoochi: It looks like they¡¯re coming soon.

Damdeok: Is it Moyonghoe?

Joomoochi: If it¡¯s not him, what are you going to do?

Damdeok: Oh!

---

* Outside the Prince¡¯s paIace

Hyeongo: Did you get the information about the language teacher in Gowoon¡¯s house?

Geomool: It¡¯s said that the language teacher is a young woman and she has taught the children since one year ago while she was living there. Gowoon¡¯s wife died a while ago and he probably allowed her to stay in his house because she was Korean and took care of the children well.

Hyeongo: Is that right?

---

Gowoon: It¡¯s said that she had something to take care of and went to her relative¡¯s house.

Damdeok: Do you know where the relative¡¯s house is?

Gowoon: She went to that house with her child sometimes. I don¡¯t know where the house is because I¡¯ve never asked her where she went to.

Damdeok: The child?

Gowoon: I took care of her because she lived alone with a child. Do you know her? Please come in. Dinner is ready. Please come in.

Damdeok: Where did you leave her?

Hyeongo: Ah!

Damdeok: Are you sick, master?

Hyeongo: My chest.

Joomoochi: Are you hungry?

Damdeok: Take the master inside.

---

Joomoochi: Would you like to have some porridge, master?

Gowoon: The King appointed me as the commander thanks to you, I appreciate it. Did you know that the Queen of Kokuryeo and many of the Koreans that were captured were brought here during the era of King Kokukwon?

Damdeok: I heard about that.

Gowoon: My grandfather was among them and belonged to the King¡¯s family.

Damdeok: I heared that the Koreans built Kos¡¯ village here.

Gowoon: Please look at this. I heard that the Queen gave this to my grandfather when she was captured by Moyong. Since you belong to the King¡¯s family, please give this to the King of Kokuryo.

Hyeongo: Oh..

Damdeok: Are you okay?

* Cheongoong: It is the bow which Hwangwoong used and it came from Choomoshin¡¯s sword.

Hyeongo: It¡¯s about Cheongoong, your highness.

Damdeok: There are only two letters.

Hyeongo: Because the letters were hidden. The front page is in Geomool village and this should be the next page. I would never expect that it would even have existed.

------

* Kuknaeseong

Damdeok: The letters are visible. What do they mean ?

Geomool: I need a favor, your highness.

Damdeok: Why are you so serious?

Geomool: Please burn these documents, even if the old queen kept them for important reasons.

Damdeok: May I know the reason?

Hyeongo: It is about the usage of Cheongoong. It says that only the King can use Cheongoong, and he can save the symbols¡¯ lives and kill them.

Damdeok: I once used it at Kwanmi Fort.

Hyeongo: It also says that Cheongoong can destroy the symbols.

Damdeok: In other words, only Cheongoong can destroy the symbols. How? Shoot the symbols with the arrow?

Hyeong: It¡¯s simple. It happens when Cheongoong is shattered.

Damdeok: It looks very strong.

Geomool: The King of Jyooshin will have died when it is shattered. It says that the symbols and the King, the owner, of them will die.

Hyeongo: That¡¯s why it was hidden in Choomoshin¡¯s sword and only the heart of King Jyooshin can call it.

Geomool: This secret shouldn¡¯t be disclosed in this world. Please allow us to burn this document.

Damdeok: Don¡¯t you think it¡¯s odd?

Hyeongo: What?

Damdeok: Why did Heaven give the power? Why did Hwanwoong lock it up and why did the Heavens leave these documents? How do you think? I only think like that?

Hyeong: Oh my god. Please stop it.

General Ko: The message from the border in the south arrived. Baekje attacked us and they¡¯re heading towards Soogok Fort.

----

* Office

Hyeongo: I apologize, your highness. We missed the information. This is Soogok Fort. I guessed that they would attack Kwanmi Fort again, but I was wrong.

Damdeok: They may know it¡¯s impossible to attack Kwami fort, because they know that castellan Gageum is there.

General Ko: We¡¯re ready, your highness. I only selected calvarymen to move quickly.

Damdeok: General Jinmoo of Baekje will command this time as well, Hyeongo?

Hyeongo: I heard that King Ashin of Baekje will come with five thousand calvarymen with horses.

Damdeok: Calvarymen?

Hyeongo: He may want to finish the war quickly before back-ups arrive.

Damdeok: Send a message to Soogeok fort to fight until I arrive there.

General Ko: The eastwest of Soogok Fort is a mountainous area and south of it are plains. The river runs through the front and it has a large amount of agricultural areas which are hard to defend. I doubt that they can fight until we arrive there.

Damdeok: Let¡¯s run without stopping.

Joomoochi: Do I have to wear the armor, your highness? There isn¡¯t a suitable one for me.

Damdeok: It¡¯s said that Bason already made one for you.

Joomoochi: I better resign from the general position.

Damdeok: I know someone that can help you put it on. You don¡¯t know how to put it on. Go and ask her to help you. How long do I have to coach you?

General Ko: Please give him an order, and tell him that you¡¯ll punish him if he can¡¯t succeed it.
----

* Third year of King Youngrak¡¯s era; War to regain Kwanmi Frot of Baekje.
Retreat Baekje by Sooseong War which used the geography.

Hyeondong: The King Ashin caused war continuously as the King defeated them consistantly with the low amount of soldiers.

* Fourth year of King Youngrak¡¯s era; Soogok Fort of Baekje was attacked. Five thousand King¡¯s calvarymen defeated them.

* Fifth year of King Youngrak¡¯s era; Paesoo of Baekje was attacked. The King and his seven thousand soldiers defeated thirty thousand soldiers of Baekje and captured eight thousand of them.

Heongo: I thnk it¡¯s the time you were waiting for. According to the information, Ashin recruits and collect the supplies forcefully.

Hyeongdong: This is from Shilla, master. The ones who ran away from Baekje to escape the draft are going to Shilla. They are destroying the forts of Shilla and Shilla have asked us to help them.

Damdeok: How is Kwanmi Fort?

General Ko: The thirty big battleships are ready. The Navy and the reinforcements finished training.
.
Damdeok: What about Georan?

Joomoochi: You don¡¯t need to worry about them. All the tribes are busy fighting for the road of interchange which passes their own land.

Damdeok: What about Shilla?

Hyeongdeok: They will move soldiers towards Kaya to not support Baekje as the message arrives.

Damdeok: Okay, let¡¯s start slowly.
The first troop goes to Arisoo by land. Wait in front of the river and the goal is to get the attention of Baekje.
The second group passes Arisoo and goes near Han Fort.
The third group should be formed by the soldiers with horses. They should land on the beach of the West, and run to Han Fort. Just put a flag in the forts and villages you pass. And join the first group who are waiting in front of Arisoo and attack them from every direction at the same time.

Hyeongdong: Sixth year of King Youngrak¡¯s era; an expedition started towards Baekje on the year of Byeongshin. The spirits of the King¡¯s troops were extremely high. They prepared for this war for four years. Baekje was breaking internally by itself as the King wanted. King Ashin was surrouned by resent of the people, rather than Kokuryeo. The King occupied the Han Fort of Baekje before that season passed. The King Ashin of Baekje came to see the King on foot arriving a day after the Han¡¯s Fort was occupied.

* Sixth year of King Youngrak (396 A.D.)
Attacked three sides and occupied 58 forts and 700 villages of Baekje.

* King Ashin of Baekje

General Ko: You should kneel down if you came here beg for survival.

Ashin: I need a favor from the winner before the loser kneels down.

Damdeok: I¡¯m listening.

Ashin: Kaya who depends on Baekje is located in the southeast region, and West Baekje is located across the sea. It might take at least a year to conquer them through the bleeding war.

Heukgae: What are you talking about? You always started war and we saved you all the time.

Ashin: I heard that the King of Kokuryo wants to have brothers, not the land. Please save the name of Baekje and stop the futile bleeding.

Heukgae: What? Futile bleeding?

Damdeok: Do you want me to save the name of Baekje or your life?

Ashin: I swear that I¡¯ll be your servant from here on out. Please treat Baekje as your brother country and make me your servant.

Damdeok: If you kill yourself, then I¡¯ll appoint someone to be the King of Baekje and save the name of Baekje.

Ashin: I¡¯ll return your favor during the next lifetime. May I use your knife?

Ashin: I trust the King.

Damdeok: How do the people of Baekje have knowledge of our relationship? Do they know that we, Kokuryo and Baekje, are brother countries under the King of Choomo and the distant people of Jyooshin?

Heukgaek: Do you believe him, your highness? If you save his life, he¡¯ll probobly turn his back against us and gather the soldiers right away to attack us.

Damdeok: Please control Baekje constantly. All the troops should be ready, we¡¯ll return to Kuknaeseong.

Heukgae: Your highness!

---

Hyeongo: Do you want to save the name of Baekje?

Damdeok: Yes.

Hyeongo: Surely, they¡¯ll attack us from behind.

Damdeok: Maybe.

Hyeongo: You might regret it.

Damdeok: I already did.

Hyeongo: Then, why did you do that?

Damdeok: Because, I feel as if I¡¯m fighting against Heaven.

Hyeongo: Fighting agasint Heaven?

Damdeok: Do you know how much I hate the name of King Jyooshin and the symbols of the four gods?

Hyeong: Pardon me?

Damdeok: I lost a lot because of it. Mother, father, and my people..

Hyeongo: Your highness.

Damdeok: I¡¯ll make Jyooshin without the Heaven¡¯s help.

Hyeongo: Do you know how long humans can last without Heaven¡¯s help?

Damdeok: Is that right?

Damdeok: Do the Heaven want us to beg and hang on?

Damdeok: Where are you?

---

* Abulansa

Hwacheon is looking for Suzinee by the Kiha¡¯s order, but it¡¯s not succssful.

---

* Joomoochi¡¯s house

Candy salesman: Did your Siwoo tribe refuse the land the King gave to you? What¡¯s going on?

Siiwoo: We decided to take all the roads instead of the land.

Bason: How? Can you put your name on the roads?

Siwoo: I¡¯m making a big Siwoo business group which can load, deliver, sell, and buy all the products everywhere. All the markets in this world will be our hunting pIace. Hahaha..

Dalbee: How long will the King stay in Kuknaeseong this time? He came back not long ago after he had occupied Sukshin. He doesn¡¯t stay in Kuknaeseong much. I¡¯m worrying about his health because he stays in the field most of the time.

---

General Ko: The troops of Hooyeon are moving, your highness. They are moving towards our border.

Damdeok: Do you know the numbers?

Hyeongo: It¡¯s said that about thirty thousand of them.

Heukgae: Something fishy is going on. How dare they send thirty thousand soldiers?

Damdeok: They were defeated by four hundred thousand of North Wi two years ago. Even their King died.

Hyeongo: That¡¯s what I¡¯m saying. How dare they cross the border with a little power?

Gamdong: Messengers from Shilla urgently want to see you, your highness.

Shilla: Your highness!

Gamdong: They said that the Japanese are filled from Namgeo Fort to Shilla Fort in Shilla. They¡¯re urgently requesting our help.

---

* Abullansa

Hogae: Have you heard something from the messenger we sent to Baekje?

Hwacheon: The King Ashin is tougher than we thought. I don¡¯t think he¡¯ll do what we want him to do.

Hogae: I¡¯ll make him to do it. How is the power of the soldiers of Kaya and Japan?

Hwacheon: Japan keeps sending the ships to the beach of Kaya.

Hogae: Make them attack Shilla continuously and have Shilla request back-up from Kokuryo. Somehow, we have to disperse the military power of Kokuryo.

---

Dalgoo: Shin Fort was defeated, your highness. The troops of Hyooyeon attacked Shin Fort.

Hogae: What are you going to do, King of Kokuryeo? Are you going to help Shilla or come to Hooyeon to regain the forts occupied by Hooyeon? Both of them won¡¯t be easy because Baekje is waiting. Why don¡¯t you move whereever you want?


Damdeok: I¡¯ll give you fifty thousand soldiers, Gochooga. Take fifty thousand soldiers and push them to the end of Kaya. Push them fiercely to the end.

Heukgae: That¡¯s my method.

Damdeok: Baekje doesn¡¯t even think about moving.

Damdeok: Dalgoo!

Damdeok: Yes, your highness.

Damdeok: Please bring two generals. General Baekje will probobly be in his house and General Cheongje will be in the forest.

Soldier of Hooyeon: The King of Kokuryo is moving to this side. He has a low amount of soldiers. It¡¯s said that there are about seven thousand.

Hogae: Move the soldiers of North Wi quickly!
Move twenty thousand soldiers first and from then on out release twenty thousand soldiers simultaneously for ten days. Tell them to come here, Abullansa.

---

Kiha: I¡¯ll entrap the King of Kokuryo. I need your help to entice him. I heard that two symbols are in the Geomool Village, can you bring them to me? I heard you put your people in the Geomool Village. Only you can make them to move. Bring the symbol of the White Tiger and the Blue Dragon because I want to get the land of the Ho tribe you have been dreaming so long to get it.

Priest: hahaha..

----

* Tavern

The King called Gowoon, and Gowoon came to Kokuryo secretly.
He stopped by the tavern and ¡®Ajik¡¯ got his order. Ajik is the child Suzinee raises.

Gowoon: I think she recognized my face. I need to talk to the King secretly. I can¡¯t tell you the details. But I¡¯m also Korean and please believe that I came here because the King had called me secretly.

---

* Hyeongdo Fort of Kokuryo – First fort in the south among the occupied forts.

Gowoon: Hooyeong is controlled by someone. As you might know, the Prince you had helped at that time became King. He had been poisoned though.

Damdeok: Who are they?

Gowoon: It¡¯s Hwacheon and they are controlling North Wi. They also sent Hooyeon to the front in this war.

Damdeok: I heard that the imperator of the generals of North Wi was born in Korea.

Gewoon: Are you talking about Kim Hoin? He made the soldiers of North wi the strongest troops in one year. I don¡¯t know whether he is a Korean or not, but I heard that his method of training is similar to Kokuryo¡¯s.

Damdeok: Was the Shin Fort operation made by him as well?

Gowoon: Yes. All of thirty thousand soldiers of Hooyeon, regimentation, and quatermaster followed his operation. Our soldiers of Hooyeon are just bait, your highness. We were ordered to run to Mabeol once you attacked Shin Fort.

Hyeongo: Did you say Mabeol?

Gowoon: Yes.

Hyeongo: Abullansa is located at Mabeol, your majesty. It is the headquarters of Hwacheonhoe, they blocked our access and built the headquarters of Hwachoenhoe. ---

Joomoochi: It has been a while.

Gowoon: I was surprised to know that you guys were the famous White and Blue Generals of Kokuryeo. And he was the King.

Joomoochi: He said that we are famous. Did you hear him?

Gowoon: I¡¯m so happy to meet you. And I met the language teacher who used to teach my children on the way. How many years ago was that?

Gowoon: The language teacher the King was looking for had disappeared and I didn¡¯t know her whereabouts. I ran into her on the way.

----

Gowoon: It seems like she already left. She isn¡¯t here.

Cheoro: It seems that she left not too long ago. If we run fast, I think we can find her.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:09 pm

TWSSG Episode 24

* riverside

DD: Is this yours? Did the wheel break down?
I guess we can go back if we fix this.

Suzini: Please let me go... Please think as if you didn't see me at all. Please.

DD: No, I won't let you go again.

Suzini: I can't stay near you. So... please let me think that I've seen someone that looked very similar to you.

DD: Do as you want. If you don't come with me, I will go with you.

Suzini: You are the king. You should stay at the paIace.

DD: From now on, the pIace where you are is my paIace.

DD: Now you will have to stay here for a while.
I will go and come back with my paIace and my men.

DD: Don't leave. Stay with me whatever you do, even if you are going to become the black Joojak. I will stop you. So you don't have to go.

---

* A village house

GenK: Twenty thousand soldiers rode on battleships, sailed through the East sea, and arrived at the southern part of Shilla.
The other thirty thousand soldiers are going south by land, cleaning up the armies of Kaya and Japan.

DD: They must be fast, like sweeping the enemy away with a broom.

GenK: Don't worry, sir. General Heukgae is in the lead.

Joomoochi: Where is she? I heard that you found her!!

---

* Back yard of the house

Child: Auntie~!

Hyn: Hey you boy!

Suzini: Thank you for bringing this firewood.

Child: Yeay!!!

Hyn: Suzini.

Suzini: Is it OK to carry this so carelessly?

Hyn: This is not the real one.
I am not good at fighting, not good at horse riding, not good at the power to control water, either. How can I manage to keep the symbol?
I wasn't even able to keep my disciple.
So... the real symbol is in Geomul village.

Suzini: The Geomul villagers, are they all getting off easily?

Hyn: Of course.

Suzini: Oh, do you mean they have no problem without me?

Hyn: I wished you not to be found.

Suzini: I know.

Hyn: ... so that you could live long.

Hyn: I have a question that I can't help asking you.

Suzini: What is it?

Hyn: That child, whose child is he?

Suzini: He is the son of my sister.

Hyn: What? Your sister?

Suzini: Yes, my elder sister.


Joomoochi: Who is this? Such a woman-looking person? Suzini!!!

Suzini: Yes.

Joomoochi: Wow~~! Suzini.

* Inside village

Dalgoo: 15 thousands of the enemy are moving towards north.

GenK: 15 thousands is a half of their men. Isn't it strange that they are moving north, while we are here in the south?

DD: They want us to chase after them.

GenK: To where?

DD: We will come to know if we go after them, but I am not going.
I have an information that they are the bait.

DD: Dalgoo.

Dalgoo: Yes, your majesty.

DD: Go to Georan.

Dalgoo: To Georan?

DD: Meet Atirah and deliver my secret message to him.

Dalgoo: Yes, your majesty!

DD: There is someone using the Hooyeon's army as a bait. I think they are not doing this just to win several forts.

GenK: Fifty thousands of our soldiers are heading for Shilla now. Shall I call them back?

DD: No, it's too late.
Moreover, Baekje will move if we draw them back.
Call all the other armies we have. Except for small numbers to guard the forts, bring all of them.


* backyard

Joomoochi: Dalbee is pregnant now, and she walks like this.

Suzini: You're kidding!

Joomoochi: Oh, I will become a father of two children next month!


Child: Excuse me. Are you all right?

Suzini: Poor Dalbi.

Hyn: Poor indeed.

Joomoochi: What? Don't you know how much I love Dalbee?
She is pretty, she gives me food, and she's smart.


* river side

* memory of Gamdong

Priest: Did she appear after eight years?

Gamdong: Yes.

Priest: With that child?

Gamdong: Yes.

Priest: You said they are sisters?


* Damdeok's room

DD: This is Baekje, Shilla, and Koguryo.
Where is Gooknaesung?
Great! You are a fast learner!

DD: He said his name is 'Ajik'.

Suzini: Yes, 'Ajik'.

Child: My name is 'Ajik' because I can't have my real name, yet.
[ The meaning of 'Ajik(¾ÆÁ÷)' is 'yet, so far' ]

DD: How can that happen?

Child: I mean it!

Suzini: Here is some warm water to wash your face.

DD: You said he is your sister's son, right?

Suzini: ..Yes.

DD: Sister.... did you meet her while you were hiding away?
Shouldn't I ask you?

DD: I guess you are a naughty boy.

Child: No, I behave very well.

DD: You're lying. Look at this dirt on your face.

DD: Does your auntie still drink much wine?

Child: No, she doesn't know how to drink wine. Not even a drop.

DD: Did you stop drinking because you were worried if you would fall deep asleep, so that I could catch you?

DD: Now, it's done. Where do you sleep?

Child: I sleep with my auntie.

DD: That's not good. There are lots of people who want to meet your auntie.
Open this. This is an armor that Bason made for you.
I carried it with me all the time.

Suzini: Ajik, will you go ahead? I will go right after you.

Child: Yes.

DD: I didn't believe that you were dead, As I didn't agree such thing.

Suzini: I have something to tell you when the proper time comes.

DD: I'm afraid I can't wait any more.

Suzini: Can you promise me? That you won't hesitate when the time comes.

DD: I promise. But I will do it my way. I will not follow the way that the heaven has arranged it, but I will do it in the way that I could agree.


soldier: Your majesty, the enemy are leaving ShinSung, and...

Joomoochi: That rascals are killing civilians to show their way.
What shall I do? How should I kill them?

DD: Bring the child and follow me. It will be safer to follow me.


* Geomul Village

The Hwacheons are attacking Geomul village.
( The Priest was able to attack them earlier, but he was waiting till he finds the child first.)
The disciples who are good at magic are gone to help the king.
The villagers tries to hide the symbols, but...

---

*Abullansa, Hogae's office

Ilsoo asks Hogae whether they should keep killing the captured civilians.

Hogae: That woman is going to end everything.
She is going to kill the King of Jyooshin, achieve the heaven's power, and then give up everything.

Then she will never concern about this world again. She has nothing left to care for. Then she will say good bye to me.
Doesn't she know? I never wanted the power of heaven.
What is the use of having such power? For whom shall I use that power?


* Plain

GenK: They are showing us to follow the bodies. This will lead to their bait.

Joomoochi: They are only 15 thousands. Even if we are only seven thousands, we can easily get rid of them. They're Hooyeon army! They are not good at fighting.

DD: Teacher, isn't there any news?

DD: Isn't there any news about Bookwi?

Hyn: Bookwi, ... The army of Bookwi is....

DD: What's wrong?

Hyn: Geomul village has been attacked. They've taken away the symbols of Baekho and Cheongryong.
As the leader of Geomul village, I am awfully sorry to Geomul villagers, and to your majesty. I beg your pardon.

DD: What happened to the villagers?

Hyn: I don't know. No one survived that we don't have any information.
No, it must be the Hwacheons. This is the message that they are sending you to come to Abullansa.
They have all the symbols, and all they need is the king.
They want you to open the Shindansoo with your own will, or....

DD: They will take my heart and open it.

Hyn: Yes.

--

* Conference room

Dalgoo: The Khan of Georan has sent 10 thousand soldiers.

DD: Welcome brothers.

GenK: Now we have 12 thousands of Georan soldiers, 7 thousands of Taewang soldiers, and 12 thousands of backup forces from this area.

Joomoochi: Malgal has also sent 5 thousands. Is there any space for them?

GenK: That makes 43 thousands. On the other hand, the enemy counts 100 thousands, your majesty.

Hyn: Your majesty, please don't go.
Even though they have four symbols, they cannot open the seal without the blood of the King of Jyooshin. If you go with this number of soldiers, it is as if you are going to give your heart to them.

---

* Suzini's room

Suzini: What are you doing here?

Cheoro: Guarding.


* Other pIace of the fortress

soldier: Look! Here's our captain!
Where have you been?
You are prettier than you were.
He used to cry whenever he thought about you.


* Suzini's room

The deaf woman is folding the child's cloths.
She found Gamdong carrying the child, but she could not stop him.

Child: Hi,

Gamdong: She wants you to come.

Child: Auntie?

Gamdong:: Let's go.

---

Soldier: The child is not here.

Suzini: No.

Soldier: The secretary brought the child with him. He told me that you've sent him.

Suzini: He is in danger.

Cheoro: He will be somewhere around here.

Suzini: It must be the Hwacheons. Let me go!!

DD: Hwacheon? What are you talking about?

Suzini: I must find the child.

DD: Why do you think that the Hwacheons took him?

Suzini: He is... He is...

DD: Go and look for the child.
Why are you so worried?


GenK: Your majesty.

DD: This is a letter they sent to me.
It says something about the son of the King of Jyooshin.
Look... They wrote that they took the son of the King of Jyooshin. That want me to come if I want to save the child.
The king of Jyooshin is me, I think, and what's this?

Suzini: That's why I couldn't tell you. That's why I was hiding all the while.

DD: I am asking what are they talking about?

Suzini: The child, Ajik, is your son, and also my sisters.


* Office

DD: You mean he is my child, and she is your sister?

Suzini: I wished if it were not true.

DD: So you protected the child.... for the past years... by yourself?
What should I do? What can I tell you?

GenK: We've searched the fortress, but he is not found.

Cheoro: I think they already took him out of the fort.


Hyondong: This is the signal to prepare for a battle.
The king might have decided to move.

DD: I am going to Abullansa, now.

Hyn: Your majesty.

DD: We don't have time. We should start before we make the plan.

Hyn: Why did you change your mind? You said that you will wait till they come.

1. DD: My son has been kidnapped. He carries the blood of the heaven, and they can open the seal with his blood.

----

Heukgae: I came with some of my fastest men.
I couldn't stay in Shilla while my king is preparing for a holy war here.
What is this signal? Are we going right now?

---

Hyondong: Taewang's army are around 40 thousand, while the enemy was 100 thousand. Even though we were smaller in number, the morale of the army was very high.
This is the holy war.
The king of Jyooshin is going regain the power of heaven.

---

* Abullansa

Kiha: We are almost there.
Go and take the heart of Damdeok. I will help you.

Hogae: If I take his heart and release the power of the heaven....

Kiha: Take it. Take the power before the priest takes it.

Hogae: You are telling me to take the power of heaven.
I've already thought that you would tell me so.
So, are you agoing to die with him?
Just the same as you stabbed him with the Gauri sword?
How can I make you live?

Kiha: The one with the power of heaven doesn't die, and doesn't get older.
So would you wait for me?
In my next life, I will meet you again. I promise.

Kiha: Good bye. I will be waiting for you.


* The field near Abullansa

Heukgae: Your majesty, we are ready. We are waiting for your order.

Hyn: No, we have one thing left, don't we?

DD: They are many and we are few, but I am sure that we will win.
Why? We don't know how to loose.
I will stand in the frontline.
Follow me to the last moment.

soldiers: Yes, sir!!

DD: My army, my brothers. Do you see me?

Soldiers, shouting in reply.


Hyn: It is the time at last.

Heukgae: Are you ready?

===

* Megalith(large stone)

Priest: The power of heaven is sealed inside that megalith.
It will belong to us Hojoks at long last.

- Kiha recollection -
Kiha: Do you rememger?
DD: I've already forgotten that pIace and that night.
My love has come to an end.

=====

* Battle field

- General Heukgae dies.

* Abullansa

Priest: Don't let anybody come in.
Don't let anybody bother us.


* Megalith

Priest: We can't wake any longer. Damdeok's army is now coming through our last defense line.

Kiha: Who is he? Whose child is he?
I am asking.

Priest: We have waited for two thousand years.

Priest: Be wide awake, the shaman of fire.
Yon Hogae cannot bring the heart of the King.
That child also has the heavenly blood.

Kiha: Heavenly.... blood?

Priest: He received the heavenly blood from his father and the blood of earth from his mother.

Kiha: Heavenly blood.
It can't be. ... Do you mean.... this child is?
¼³¸¶....¼³¸¶.. ÀÌ ¾ÆÀÌ°¡...?

Priest: I can't kill that child.
The life of human is so short, and this is the moment that we have waited for two thousand years. We can't wait any more.
The child must feel happy if he knows that his blood could be changed into the power of heaven.
Now, Kiha, take his heart.

Kiha: Are you telling me to take my son's heart?

Priest: If I were him, I will be happy.... to sacrifice myself.


Suzini: Don't kill him! He is.... your child, sister.

Kiha: ... Sister...

Suzini: Please don't harm him.

---

* Battle field

- General Kho dies of Hogae's spear.

DD: General Kho.

GenK: Your majesty.

- Hogae, dies of his own spear that Damdeok threw to him.


* Megalith

Suzini: Unni, Stop!! What are you doing?

Voice of Kiha's mother: Kiha, this is your sister, and you are her elder sister.

- Blood dripping from the child's hand.

Kiha: No, No!!!

- Kiha, busts into anger and becomes the black Joojak.

---

DD: Kiha, please stop.
If you can't stop by yourself, I will have to stop you.

Suzini: Please stop her, before it is too late.

DD: Now I realize what I should do.
I didn't trust you. Kiha, I am sorry. It was my fault.

- Damdeok breaks the handle of the sacred bow, and the four symbols starts to disappear.

DD: Everybody make mistakes.
I must tell the heaven that this is the nature of human being.
They regret when they make mistakes, and they learn when there is things they don't know.

The heaven is asking us, whether we can stand by ourselves, or do we want them to rule over us.
The mission of the King was to answer to this question.
That was the mission.

This is my answer.
I trust people.
I also believe that the Jyooshin country will win someday.
If I cannot finish that work, I believe someone will manage to work it out.
Now I returned the power of heaven back to where it belonged.
So you are safe now.

* Narration

Choomo-Wang, the founder of Koguryo, has built this country.
His father was God(õÁ¦, ô¸ğ¨), and his mother was the daughter of Habaek.

The 17th King of Koguryo was respected for expanding the territory of this country and for making his people live in peace, and he was called, ±¤°³Åä°æÆò¾ÈȣſÕ(ÎÆËÒ÷ÏÌÑøÁäÌû¿÷¼èİ - The great king who opened up the large land, brought peace, and who was respected by people.) .
His generosity reached to the heaven, and his power reached to four seas.
People could live in peace, being able to work at their home town.

The country became wealthy, the people were happy, and crops gave good harvest.
Some say that Taewang has got rid of the heavenly power, and some say that he has released it free, but nobody knows which is true.
We have one thing certain, the word that the Taewang has left for us.

"It is the heaven, not human, that is waiting, so look around, there is the heaven."

***

subtitle>
Yongrak 14, Attacked Hooyeon, achieved the hegemony of international commercial power.

Yongrak 17, Hooyeon falls and Bookyeon founded.

Yongrak 18, Greets the king of Bookyon, Kho Woon, as brother.


Yongrak 20, Makes a round to Eastern Booyoh, and brings 64 forts and 1400 villages under his influence.

Yongrak 23, October, Kwang Gae To Dae Wang dies.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:18 pm

DİZİ HAKKINDA BYJ İLE BİR RÖPORTAJ:
Special 2 - YJ's part

------------------------------------

Staff: Do you think we need to use the other one temporarily?

YJ: No, it hurts. Can I have the clutches?

N: Taewang, Bae Yong Joon injured his leg once again on December 2 right before filming the last episode. He looked like Taewang who hasn¡¯t slept to accomplish the dream of Jyooshin. He looked like a King who was physically tired, but the stubborn expression in his eyes looked determined.

Kim: Cut! OK!!

N: Finally, it came to an end. It¡¯ has been long time but they didn¡¯t realize it was the end. Taewang, Bae Yong Joon finally smiled. And.

Kim: The filming was devastating.

N: Kim the producer and Bae Yong Joon couldn¡¯t even talk, and the only thing said between them was ¡®you¡¯ve had troubles¡¯ and embraced each other. Everyone experienced excitements and suffering during the two years of filming.

Kim: All casts come here. It really has been a long time, hasn¡¯t it? I appreciate your patience and that you have come thus far even with all the troubles. Let¡¯s applaud to Yong Joon.

YJ: You did a good job.

Kim: Jeonghak, Seongwuk, and you all did great. Where is Taeyoung?

Staff: He went to remove his make-up.

Kim PD: I really appreciate all of the staff who has gone through hardships. It looks like it¡¯s not over yet. Is it really over? It looks like it won¡¯t be over in forever in our minds.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:19 pm

N: TWSSG started with a great deal of concerns and expectations and just finished its non stop running of 3 years. It is a unique story which combines a historical character and myth.

The drama was so magnificent and energetic to watch that the TV screen seemed small. All cast were the main characters regardless of the roles they played. TWSSG changed our concerns to applause us for the interest of the audiences and became the most interesting drama in 2007.

The King Gwanggaeto has run the wide lands and put intrepid flags on the unfamiliar roads which no one dares to step on. The drama TWSSG left clear footprints on them and now we want to reveal what wasn¡¯t disclosed in the story.

* Taewang

YJ: My favorite lines?
He talked to his armies like this when he departed to the war, ¡°Don¡¯t die, try to survive until the end, and stand by me.¡± But most Kings say, ¡°Follow me and fight until the end.¡± He said, ¡°Try to survive until the end.¡± I like the meaning of it. I hope we can have a leader like him soon. Hahaha.

N: He was different from other Kings. He was really concerned about one who might die even at the moment when the fate of his country was on his shoulders.

--

Damdeok: We will not fight against the enemies with swords and spears. Our weapon is fear. We¡¯ll be the most fearful army in this world and we¡¯ll be called the fearful Jyoonshin army.

Secondly, the victory of this war depends on speed. Three castles of the enemy will be ours within seven days and we¡¯ll take ten castles within 20 days.

And, lastly, don¡¯t die. I don¡¯t need you if you are not alive. Try to save your life somehow and stay with me. These are your King¡¯s orders.

--

YJ: There are such lines in the script. ¡°I believe in the man.¡± Isn¡¯t that right? I believe in the man.

--

General Ko: Are you going?

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:19 pm

Damdeok: Yes.

General Ko: Don¡¯t you trust your troops?

Damdeok: No, it¡¯s not that. I don¡¯t believe in myself. I get information and advice from advisors, armies in the war, generals and soldiers, but eventually I am the own who has the last word. Do you know how much I get scared every time? What if I make mistakes? What if I¡¯m wrong? What if I¡¯m too stubborn?

General Ko: Your Highness.

King Sosurim: You first have to survive. Don¡¯t show that you¡¯re superior to the others. Don¡¯t show that you¡¯re faster, braver, wiser, and nicer than the others.
Let them point a finger at you, ignore you, and forget about you.

N: He was born with the fate of the Heaven, but he was raised without the knowledge. He wasn¡¯t interested in being the King and was a free-spirited Prince.

Damdeok: Here are the back-up players, Deokyi and Suzinee. Please allow the exchanges of the players.

N: He appeared for the first time, because of his personality not for
his greed to win.


Kakdan: I¡¯m afraid that you might be hurt.

Damdeok: I won¡¯t cry even if I lose. I promise.

Kakdan: Then..

N: He talked mischievously and softly when he wanted to compete with ChooMoo in the martial arts, because of his heroic personality. But, the ones who were special to him risked their lives continuously to deliver the message to him.

Kakdan: The King told me to tell you to be a King of Jyooshin when he was dying.

Hyeongo: Then, the King..

Damdeok: Don¡¯t you have eyes, ears, or brains? I left my father and my country alone to live with my woman. Do you still want me to become a King?

N: So, he wanted to confirm himself of the will of the Heaven. And he decided to become a King, not just a King, but a good King. Now, the lethal weapon which showed the light of a King is..

Damdeok: Hey, get up! I¡¯m the one who came here to ask.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:20 pm

N: What a smile!

Joomoochi: Let¡¯s not do it if you don¡¯t want it.

Damdeok: How about thirty blows.

N: He talked like he needed a favor, and only possessed weak power which couldn¡¯t be refused, not like other Kings who had bloodshot on their necks.

Soldiers: Good morning, Your highness.

Damdeok: Good morning. It won¡¯t take long this time. Don¡¯t worry about your wife, she will be safe.

N: And he always used a strategy to take care of the average people, not the selected ones. This is the King¡¯s attractive point which can benefit the people and his so called tender charisma.

Kim: We started filming with a hope to describe a good CEO, before the conquest of King who possessed lands little by little and became only a King who crossed ¡°the Great Wall¡±. The true King Gwanggaeto was the one who extended his lands by the wars, but made the roads of business exchanges which can connect salt and oil, salt and wool, salt and milk and enriched the people. I hope the people who are dreaming to become a leader care for the people, throw away the individual¡¯s interest, and learn just half of the things about King Gwanggaeto. I also hope to see many King Gwanggaetos near us.

Damdeok: Siwoo unit, break through the gate of Seokhyeon Fort with force. .
The mission of General Ko¡¯s troops is to block the enemies to stop Siwoo unit.

N: The war isn¡¯t one with blood and swords which may cause revenge, but it is the miracle to be accomplished with the wisdom and determination without any bleedings.

Damdeok: Don¡¯t fight with enemies. Just leave the flags. First unit¡¯s duty is to intimidate.

Heukgae: We won¡¯t kill or capture anybody who doesn¡¯t want to be a soldier of Korea. If you put down your weapons, then I¡¯ll release you outside of the castle. Go and tell your neighbor that Korea is waiting for brothers.

N: Taewang, who didn¡¯t fight, conquest to become brothers through economic interaction, not just expansion of lands. This was resulted from the world view, ¡®we¡¯re one under the Heaven,¡¯ and it is a broader meaning of reclamation and advanced innovation

And this true aspect of Taewang made the viewers more excited than spectacle combat scenes throughout the entire broadcasting.

Kim: Who would play a role as King Gwanggaeto, if not him? I¡¯m so used to seeing him in romantic dramas; it gives off the impression that he is too soft. But, I noticed his charisma hidden inside of him.

N: Bae Yong Joon was the topic of conversations and even got the nickname of ¡°Yondalf¡± when the first episode was broadcasted. Actually, Yonsama, a Hallyu star who was extremely popular in Japan. They could be seen within each other but are supposed to be seen as Hanwoong or Hero King.

In the spring of 2006, he participated in the spectacular historical drama, which might be a reckless gamble and endless challenge, because he wanted to work with Kim Jonghak and Song Jina for a long time. And he filmed as the King who always studied and prepared.

Because of his attitude, he wasn¡¯t just a Yonsama, but the tender charisma led to his high praise.

N: However, last October, He got an injury of severing a ligament of the finger from a sword of another cast while he filmed against Hwacheonhoe.
Unfortunately, it was just the beginning.

YJ: Why don¡¯t you tie it with elastic?
It seems like it needs to be stitched.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:21 pm

Was it a real sword?

* Director of Martial Art, Yang Gilyeong.

We have lots of injuries.
Bae Yong Joon is supposed to be hospitalized to undergo surgery.
He can¡¯t walk now. I apologize to all the casts.

Q: You got injured a lot.

YJ: Yes. It was the first time for me to film action scenes and ride a horse.
I got injured a lot because of my lack of experience in this field.
The weather was cold as well. Some people said that I was getting old,
but I don¡¯t think so. Hahaha.

YJ: I don¡¯t know. I don¡¯t know whether I have been changed because I just played the role of Damdeok as I was living as him. Sometimes, people say that I have changed a little. But It was just me. And I don¡¯t think I could finish the filming without Director Yoon Sangho¡¯s help. He worked so hard and supported me.

* Director of Martial Art, Yang Gilyeong.

Even, I was amazed during the filming. Can I call him a perfectionist?
He asked me to film again when it didn¡¯t satisfy him.
Sometimes, he asked, ¡°Is it okay?¡±
I answered, ¡°It¡¯s good.¡±
And, he asked me again, ¡°Are you sure?¡±
Then, I sometimes felt guilty. Hahaha.
Anyway, He¡¯s marvelous. He worked so hard.

--

Bae Yong Joon had to complete so many action scenes for one year and seven months.
He was so faithful and almost perfect in the detailed and proficient training with his personal trainer which got him stronger and faster.

A caring man must be shown in the character of Damdeok more than his fighting.
He has to pay attention to show Damdeok¡¯s personality and the temperate proficient action scenes, not actions scenes resulted from anger as well.

YJ: It¡¯s always said that something was missing when the filming was completed.
And those feelings make us film new work. But this work is the most regrettable one.
I don¡¯t know. I guess Director Kim would need to cry after he shouts, ¡°Last cut!¡±
I don¡¯t know whether I¡¯ll cry or not. Hahaha.
I already have misty eyes.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:27 pm

Oracle: Who was inside of Taesil on that day?

Guard: The King was with the disciple of the shrine..

N: This scene is Director Kim¡¯s favorite scene.
The scene shows his anger after he confirmed betrayal by one person he had trusted most after he lost his father and his friends.

Guard: I was just behind. And I saw it as well.
I saw her stabbing his heart.

Oracle: Yeon Garyeo already took over this country. Please go away and don¡¯t come back. That¡¯s the only way you can survive.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:28 pm




_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:30 pm




_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:31 pm




_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:33 pm




_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 2:34 pm




_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 3:10 pm


So this week saw the start of the LEGEND (태왕사신기) extravaganza, kicking off with four consecutive days of broadcasting — an introductory special, followed by the first three episodes. Boasting perhaps the grandest scale of any drama to date, extensive special effects, two veteran writers of what are widely regarded to be the two best kdramas of all time (Sandglass and Eyes of Dawn), and a cast headlined by well-known and well-regarded names, the series — which started shooting over a year ago, in March 2006 — is already pulling in huge ratings and is likely to keep it up. According to the special, the drama has been three years in the making, going into planning in 2004 and even going so far as to erect an entire sprawling set on Jeju Island.

I wouldn’t call Legend (whose Korean title literally translates to “The Great King’s Four Deities”) a sageuk — it’s more of a fantasy epic. I’ve heard the Lord of the Rings tossed around as a common comparison, with a few mentions of Final Fantasy. Those are pretty apt, although I’d throw another name into the mix: fantasy epic anime Record of Lodoss Wars for its themes of grand-scale warfare mixed with mythical and magical forces.

But, at the core, there’s also a basis in history, and that’s what makes Legend both interesting and daunting (from the perspective of one who has never formally been taught ancient Korean history and lore). (Note: don’t take this post as any kind of an authority, because most if it is cobbled together with recent research, and may contain errors.)

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
samanyolu
Admin
Admin


Kadın
Mesaj Sayısı : 27042
Yaş : 49
Nerden : İstanbul
İş/Hobiler : yazar
Lakap : yazar
Kayıt tarihi : 12/04/08

MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Ptsi Nis. 15, 2013 3:12 pm

..Honestly, I wasn’t intending to watch Legend — as I’ve mentioned, I don’t favor sageuks; I don’t particularly love LOTR or the fantasy genre, and although the return of megastar Bae Yong Joon to television is a huge draw for many, let’s just say that I’m watching in spite of Yonsama. (Nothing personal — I agree he’s a good-looking man, and he seems to be a talented actor, but there are some actors who just don’t appeal to certain people, and he never took with me.)

But because of the overwhelming interest in the series, I thought I’d pop in and give it a try. My impression after watching the first few installments was of mild interest — I’m not hooked, but I’m intrigued enough to keep going. I’m actually more interested in seeing where fact and fiction bleed into each other, because there are some concrete facts that the story works into its foundation, and then a lot of mythical elements that get built on top. I’m taking this as an opportunity to do some research and self-educate about Korean history and lore, to get a fuller appreciation for how Legend balances the two.

_________________
..
HAYATIMIN İSMİSİN
ZAMANIN İLACI
HAYATIN TADI
SONSUZLUĞUN VARLIĞIMSIN.
Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
Kullanıcı profilini gör http://samanyolu.forumup.com
Sponsored content




MesajKonu: Geri: TAE WANG SA SHIN GI   Bugün 12:42 pm

Sayfa başına dön Aşağa gitmek
 
TAE WANG SA SHIN GI
Önceki başlık Sonraki başlık Sayfa başına dön 
3 sayfadaki 4 sayfasıSayfaya git : Önceki  1, 2, 3, 4  Sonraki
 Similar topics
-
» Lee Hom Wang
» My Queen (2009)

Bu forumun müsaadesi var:Bu forumdaki mesajlara cevap veremezsiniz
asianeagle.niceboard.com :: A-Movies & TV Sets :: KOREAN DRAMAS&MOVİES-
Buraya geçin: